CHRIST (Deemed to University), Bangalore

DEPARTMENT OF PROFESSIONAL STUDIES

School of Arts and Humanities

Syllabus for
BCom (Professional/Honours/Honours with Research)
Academic Year  (2023)

 
1 Semester - 2023 - Batch
Course Code
Course
Type
Hours Per
Week
Credits
Marks
BBA141A DIGITAL FINANCE Multidisciplinary Courses 3 3 50
BBA141B MARKETING AND SELLING SKILLS Multidisciplinary Courses 3 3 50
BBA141D TALENT MANAGEMENT Multidisciplinary Courses 3 3 50
BBA141E UNDERSTANDING OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS Multidisciplinary Courses 3 3 50
BBA141F SUSTAINABILITY?AND GREEN MARKETING Multidisciplinary Courses 3 3 50
BLS141 INTRODUCTION TO BIOLOGY Multidisciplinary Courses 3 03 100
BLS142 PRINCIPLES OF FORENSIC SCIENCE Multidisciplinary Courses 3 3 100
CHE141A CHEMISTRY AND SOCIETY Multidisciplinary Courses 3 3 100
CHE141B NUTRICHEM Multidisciplinary Courses 3 3 100
COM141 FUNDAMENTALS OF ACCOUNTING Multidisciplinary Courses 3 3 100
COM142 BRAND MANAGEMENT Multidisciplinary Courses 3 3 100
COM143 ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT AND SMALL BUSINESS MANAGEMENT Multidisciplinary Courses 3 3 100
COM144 FINANCIAL LITERACY Multidisciplinary Courses 3 03 100
COM145 CREATIVE ADVERTISEMENT Multidisciplinary Courses 45 3 100
COM146 INTRODUCTION TO EXCEL FOR MANAGERS Multidisciplinary Courses 3 3 100
COP101-1 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING - I Major Core Courses-I 4 4 100
COP102-1 COST ACCOUNTING Major Core Courses-I 4 4 100
COP103-1 BUSINESS ECONOMICS Major Core Courses-I 4 4 100
CSC141 PROGRAMMING IN C Multidisciplinary Courses 3 3 100
CSC143 WEB DESIGNING USING HTML, PHP AND MYSQL Multidisciplinary Courses 3 3 100
CSC149 INTRODUCTION TO DATA SCIENCE Multidisciplinary Courses 3 3 100
DMT141 DANCE MOVEMENT THERAPY Multidisciplinary Courses 2 3 100
DMT142 INTRODUCTION TO CARNATIC MUSIC Multidisciplinary Courses 3 3 100
DPS01-01 BRIDGE COURSE IN ACCOUNTING Bridge Courses 4 0 50
DPS02-01 BRIDGE COURSE IN ECONOMICS Bridge Courses 4 0 50
DPS161-1 ORGANISATIONAL STUDY Skill Enhancement Courses 2 3 100
DSC141 PRINCIPLES OF DATA SCIENCE Multidisciplinary Courses 3 3 100
DSC142 PYTHON PROGRAMMING FOR DATA SCIENCE Multidisciplinary Courses 3 3 100
ECO143 DEMOCRACY AND ECONOMY Multidisciplinary Courses 3 3 100
ECO144 GLOBALISATION AND DEVELOPMENT Multidisciplinary Courses 3 3 100
ECO145 ECOLOGY AND DEVELOPMENT Multidisciplinary Courses 3 3 100
ENG181-1 ENGLISH Ability Enhancement Compulsory Courses 2 2 50
EST141 TRAVEL AND TRAVEL NARRATIVES Multidisciplinary Courses 3 3 100
EST142 READING SPORTS AND LITERATURE Multidisciplinary Courses 3 3 100
EST144 DESIGN THINKING AND SOCIAL ENTREPRENEURSHIP Multidisciplinary Courses 45 3 100
EST145 POETICS , POLITICS AND PIVOTAL PEOPLE OF ROCK N ROLL Multidisciplinary Courses 3 3 50
EST147 HISTORY OF INDIAN BUSINESS Multidisciplinary Courses 3 3 100
EST148 THE OCEANS IN CINEMA: A BLUE HUMANITIES READING Multidisciplinary Courses 3 3 100
FRE181-1 FRENCH Ability Enhancement Compulsory Courses 2 2 50
GER181-1 GERMAN Ability Enhancement Compulsory Courses 2 2 50
HIN182-1 HINDI Ability Enhancement Compulsory Courses 2 02 50
HIS141 HISTORY AND CINEMA Multidisciplinary Courses 3 3 100
KAN182-1 KANNADA Ability Enhancement Compulsory Courses 2 2 50
LAW142 RIGHT TO INFORMATION Multidisciplinary Courses 3 3 100
LAW143 LABOUR AND SOCIAL WELFARE Multidisciplinary Courses 3 3 100
LAW144 ENVIRONMENTAL LAW Multidisciplinary Courses 3 3 100
LAW145 PARLIAMENTARY PROCEDURE AND PRACTICE Multidisciplinary Courses 3 3 100
MAT142 QUANTITAIVE TECHNIQUES FOR MANAGERS Multidisciplinary Courses 3 3 100
MED141 MEDIA AND POLITICS Multidisciplinary Courses 3 3 50
MED142 AUDIO AND VIDEO PRODUCTION TECHNIQUES Multidisciplinary Courses 3 3 50
MED143 CELEBRITY PR Multidisciplinary Courses 3 2 50
MED144 HARRY POTTER AND CONTEMPORARY ISSUES Multidisciplinary Courses 3 3 50
MED145 SOCIAL MEDIA Multidisciplinary Courses 3 3 50
MED146 PUBLIC SPEAKING Multidisciplinary Courses 3 3 50
PHY141 FUNDAMENTAL OF FORENSIC PHYSICS Multidisciplinary Courses 3 3 100
POL141 DEMOCRACY AND ETHICAL VALUES Multidisciplinary Courses 2 2 100
POL142 SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY AND INNOVATION IN INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS Multidisciplinary Courses 3 3 100
PSY143 ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE AND HUMAN-MACHINE INTERACTION Multidisciplinary Courses 3 3 100
PSY155 PSYCHOLOGY OF GENDER Multidisciplinary Courses 3 3 100
PSY157 SCIENCE OF WELLBEING Multidisciplinary Courses 3 3 100
PSY158 STRESS MANAGEMENT Multidisciplinary Courses 3 3 100
PSY159 PSYCHOLOGY OF LEADERSHIP Multidisciplinary Courses 3 3 100
SOC141 WOMEN'S ISSUES Multidisciplinary Courses 3 3 50
SOC142 CONTEMPORARY SOCIAL PROBLEMS AND CHALLENGES Multidisciplinary Courses 3 3 50
SOC143 SOCIOLOGY THROUGH CINEMA Multidisciplinary Courses 3 3 50
SPA181-1 SPANISH Ability Enhancement Compulsory Courses 2 2 50
STA142 DATA ANALYSIS USING EXCEL Multidisciplinary Courses 3 3 100
THE141 THEATRE APPRECIATION Multidisciplinary Courses 3 3 100
THE142 IMPROVISATION AND DEVISED THEATRE Multidisciplinary Courses 3 3 100
2 Semester - 2023 - Batch
Course Code
Course
Type
Hours Per
Week
Credits
Marks
BBA142A ADVERTISING AND SALES PROMOTION TECHNIQUES - 3 3 100
BBA142B EMOTIONAL INTELLIGENCE AND MANAGERIAL EFFECTIVENESS - 3 3 100
BBA142D WEALTH MANAGEMENT - 3 03 100
BBA142E WORKING WITH SPREAD SHEETS - 3 3 100
BBA142F FINANCIAL EDUCATION - 3 3 100
BBA142G GROUP AND TEAM EFFECTIVENESS - 3 3 100
BLS143 PRINCIPLES OF HORTICULTURAL TECHNIQUES - 3 4 100
BLS144 PRINCIPLES OF AYURVEDA - 3 3 100
CHE141 CHEMISTRY IN ACTION - 3 3 100
COM148 PERSONAL TAX PLANNING - 3 3 100
COP101-2 BUSINESS MANAGEMENT AND ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOUR - 4 4 100
COP201-2 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING - II - 4 4 100
COP202-2 MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTING - 4 4 100
CSC152 INTRODUCTION TO BLOCKCHAIN - 3 4 100
CSC153 INTRODUCTION TO DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS (DBMS) - 3 3 100
CSC154 INTRODUCTION TO PYTHON PROGRAMMING - 3 3 100
CSC155 USER DESIGN EXPERIENCE (UX) - 3 3 100
CSC157 VISUALIZATION TECHNIQUES USING EXCEL - 3 3 50
DPS161-2 SERVICE LEARNING - 2 3 100
DSC143 DATA VISUALIZATION - 3 3 50
ECO143 DEMOCRACY AND ECONOMY - 3 3 100
ECO146 GENDER AND DEVELOPMENT - 3 2 50
ENG181-2 ENGLISH - 3 2 100
EST150 GENDER AND POPULAR CULTURE - 3 3 50
EST151 COMPARATIVE PHILOSOPHY: DARSANA AND PHILOSOPHY - 3 2 50
EST152 SKILLS FOR PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT - 3 2 50
EST153 PARTITION NARRATIVES - 3 3 50
EST154 LITERATURE FROM THE NORTHEAST - 3 3 50
EST156 RETELLING OF EPICS IN INDIAN LITERATURE - 3 3 50
FRE281-2 FRENCH - 2 2 50
GER281-2 GERMAN - 2 2 50
HIN282-2 HINDI - 2 02 50
KAN282-2 KANNADA - 2 2 50
LAW142 RIGHT TO INFORMATION - 3 3 100
LAW144 ENVIRONMENTAL LAW - 3 3 100
LAW146 LAW AND PRACTICE OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY - 3 2 100
LAW147 CORPORATE LAW - 3 2 50
LAW148 LEGAL DIMENSIONS OF MARKETING - 3 2 100
LAW150C CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY AND HUMAN RIGHTS - 3 3 100
MAT141 MATHEMATICS FOR MANAGERIAL DECISIONS - 3 3 50
MAT142 APPLIED ARITHMETICS - 3 3 100
MAT143 MATHEMATICS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS - 3 3 100
MED147 MIDDLE CINEMA IN INDIA - 3 3 100
MED148 LANGUAGE OF CINEMA: A VISUAL APPROACH - 45 3 100
MED149 INTRODUCTION TO SEMIOTICS - 45 3 100
PHY141A INTRODUCTION TO ASTRONOMY AND ASTROPHYSICS - 3 3 100
PHY141B RENEWABLE ENERGY - 3 3 100
POL141 DEMOCRACY AND ETHICAL VALUES - 2 2 100
POL143 POLITICS AND SOCIETY OF INDIA SINCE INDEPENDENCE - 3 3 100
POL144 INDIA AND THE WORLD - 3 2 100
PSY144 BASICS OF CONSUMER BEHAVIOUR - 3 3 100
PSY155 PSYCHOLOGY OF GENDER - 3 3 100
PSY157 SCIENCE OF WELLBEING - 3 3 100
PSY158 STRESS MANAGEMENT - 3 3 100
PSY160 UNDERSTANDING ADDICTION AND SUBSTANCE USE - 3 3 100
SOC141 WOMEN'S ISSUES - 3 3 50
SOC142 CONTEMPORARY SOCIAL PROBLEMS AND CHALLENGES - 3 3 50
SPA281-2 SPANISH - 2 2 50
STA141 ELEMENTS OF STATISTICS - 3 3 100
SW141 INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL WORK AND SOCIAL WELFARE - 3 3 50
SW142 INTRODUCTION TO ORGANISATIONAL BEHAVIOUR - 3 3 50
THE144 ACTING FOR MEDIA - 3 3 100
    

    

Introduction to Program:

B Com (Professional) programme is designed for young aspiring management accounting professionals, equipped with strategic decision-making skills, with an ethical and global outlook.

Programme Outcome/Programme Learning Goals/Programme Learning Outcome:

PO1: Apply the knowledge of accounting, taxation and legal domains to solve strategic business problems

PO2: Effectively employ knowledge of Finance, Investment and Risk management for business value creation

PO3: Exhibit Discipline Specific expertise in the areas of Finance, Banking and Insurance

PO4: Demonstrate leadership traits, communication skills, digital proficiency with innovative and entrepreneurial mindset for optimal performance in personal, professional, societal and environmental domains

PO5: Exhibit social sensitivity to embrace diversity and inclusion and function as ethically responsible individuals with integrity and tolerance to contribute effectively to society

PO6: Demonstrate decision making skills and critical thinking through practical application of knowledge and skills in experiential learning

PO7: Apply research skills and conduct independent research and thereby monitor and forecast future trends

Programme Educational Objective:

PE1: To impart the students with higher level knowledge and understanding of contemporary trends in Commerce.

PE2: To be conversant with the broad legal and regulatory framework governing commercial activity.

PE3: Equip the students to evaluate environmental factors that influence business operation with the conceptual requirements and skills on preparation and interpretation of financial statements.

PE4: To create strong, globally recognized Management Accounting professionals.

PE5: To develop specialized competency in the fields of Finance, Banking and Insurance.

PE6: To introduce and develop research culture amongst students and to equip them with research skills necessary to conduct a structured and systematic research.

PE7: To sensitize students towards ethical issues arising out of business and society interface.

Assesment Pattern

Evaluation Pattern:

Department of Professional Studies follows a rigorous system of continuous evaluation, and the assessment events include quizzes, tests, assignments, mid-term and end-term exams, individual/group project work, presentations etc.  

Students are evaluated for each course on the basis of written examination and continuous internal assessment. Each paper carries maximum of 100 marks and is evaluated as follows:

End Semester Examination (ESE)

50%

Mid Semester Examination (CIA-2)

25%

Continuous Internal Assessment (CIA - 1 & 3)

20%

Attendance 

05%

Total

100%

                       

       Written Examinations consists of:

         Mid Semester Exam – 50 marks   (2 hours duration)

         End Semester Exam – 100 marks (3 hours duration)

       A student should have secured minimum 40% marks in the ESE to pass in that paper.

       In aggregate for each paper, for internal and end semester put together, at least 40 marks out of 100 must be secured to pass in that paper.

Grading Pattern:

Grading pattern will be the same as approved by the University for UG Courses as detailed herein below:

Percentage

Grade

Grade point

Interpretation

Class

80 & Above

   A+

  4.0

Outstanding

Distinction

70 --- 79

   A

  3.5

Excellent

First class

65 --- 69

   B +

  3.0

Very good

First class

60 --- 64

   B

  2.5

Good

First class

55 --- 59

   C +

  2.0

Average

Second class

50 --- 54

   C

  1.5

Satisfactory

Second class

40 --- 49

   C -

  1.0

Exempted with 50% aggregate

Pass class

39 & Below

   F

    0

Fail

Fail

 

 

 

Examination And Assesments

 Continuous Internal Assessments:

 

 

CIA – 1  and 3 : Continuous Internal Assessment

Written (reports) – Group or Individual, Understanding of the subjects, Participative learning, Presentation and VIVA, Quiz, Multiple choice based test etc.

 

CIA – 2:  Continuous Internal Assessment - Mid Semester Exam

Mid Semester Exam marks will be taken for Internal Assessment. MSE marks will be reduced to 25 for this purpose. The question paper pattern for the Mid Semester Examination is as follows:

 

Sections

Type

Marks

A

Short Answer Questions

4x 2 = 8

B

Conceptual / Descriptive Type questions

2 x 5  =   10

C

Analytical / Essay Type Questions

1 x 15 = 15

D

Case Study

1 x 17 = 17

 

Attendance:

The marks distribution for attendance is as follows:

95 – 100%       -           5 marks

90 – 94%         -           4 marks

85 – 89%         -           3 marks

80 – 84%         -           2 marks

 

76 – 79%         -           1 mark

BBA141A - DIGITAL FINANCE (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:50
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description

 

This course provides the participants with a bird’s-eye view of the FinTech landscape and an appreciation of the history of financial innovation. The course examines the technology fundamentals driving the FinTech revolution to develop an appreciation of their application in a comprehensive array of financial sectors.  This course builds on the foundation of elementary financial theory and complements financial intermediation and capital market courses with a unique yet essential technology and innovation perspective. 

Course Objective:

CO1: To give an overview of digital finance, Fintech, and its trend.

CO2: To understand the role of Fintech in the financial system.

CO3: To give awareness about the application of Fintech in various fields of Finance.

CO4:To give an understanding of contemporary issues related to FinTech 

Course Outcome

CO1: Develop an overview of Digital Finance and its trend

CO2: Develop an appreciation of the global FinTech landscape

CO3: Understands the application of fintech in various fields

CO4: Develops insight into contemporary issues related to digital finance

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:6
Digital Finance ?An Introduction
 

Digital Finance meaning, Landscape of digital finance, Ecosystem of digital finance, Digital Financial Services, Benefits of DFS, Importance of digital financial transformation. Types of Digital Finance Services, Evolution and Trend of digital finance in India. Case -Study

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:8
Overview of FinTech
 

Definition of Fintech, Traditional financial services vs. today, History of FinTech,. Fintech trends. Factors driving Evolution of FinTech, Overview of Fintech Ecosystem. Fintech applications, Machine Learning and AI: AI/ML Introduction, Application, Changing Business Landscape, Cloud Computing:

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:8
Digitalisation of Payment System
 

Evolution from credit card to CBDC, B2B, B2C, C2C payment mechanisms, EMV, NFC, Tokenization, Mobile wallet, UPI, QR code, Cross-border digital payments, Payment platforms & Ecosystem, Open/Neo banking,  ..Digital Payment system of India – Case Study

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:10
Bitcoin and Blockchains.
 

Introduction:4the economic function of currency in the economy.  Problems with issuer¿s credibility. Analysis of bitcoin as a currency. The blockchain as a registration mechanism. The integration of bitcoin and blockchain and issuer’s incentive problems. Possible alternative uses of blockchain technology in the economy and difficulties in its implementation. Use of bitcoin in money laundering. The regulatory debate, CBDC. Current status of blockchain & CBDC in India

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:8
Regtech, Insurtech and BancTec
 

Insurtech: How does InsurTech work, Business model disruption, Aggregators, AI/ML in InsurTech, IoT, and InsurTech, Risk Modelling, Fraud Detection, Processing claims, and Underwriting, Innovations in Insurance Services.

 

Banktech: Regulatory Framework for Product Pricing, loan origination, and servicing, Social media-based profiling, comparison tools and aggregators, Dynamic credit rating, Risk management & underwriting, Using Credit Counsellor Robo/Bot for faster approvals & funding, Utilizing data science tools and machine learning for data mining/ cross sale, Hybrid Lending Products

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:5
The Future of Data-Driven Finance
 

Introduction. Contemporary issues in digital finance and fintech,  Fintech Big trends- looking forward. Case study

Text Books And Reference Books:

Lynn, T., Mooney, J.G., & Rosati, P., & Cummins, M. (2019). Disrupting Finance: FinTech and Strategy in the 21st Century. (DF)  

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

1. Cheun, D.L.K. (2015). Handbook of Digital Currency, Bitcoin, Innovation, Financial Instruments, and Big Data. Elsevier.

 2. Chishti, S., & Barberis, J. (2016). The FinTech book: the financial technology handbook for investors, entrepreneurs and visionaries. John Wiley & Sons.

3. Chishti, S., & Puschmann, T. (2018). The Wealthtech Book: The FinTech Handbook for Investors, Entrepreneurs and Finance Visionaries. John Wiley & Sons.

 4. Loesch, S. (2018). A Guide to Financial Regulation for Fintech Entrepreneurs. John Wiley & Sons.

5. Metawa, N., Elhoseney, M., Hassanein, A.E., & Hassan, M.K.H. (2019). Expert Systems in Finance: Smart Financial Applications in Big Data Environments. Routledge. 

6. Sironi, P. (2016). FinTech Innovation, From Robo-Advisors to Goal Based Investing and Gamification.

7. VanderLinden, S. L., Millie, S. M., Anderson, N., & Chishti, S. (2018). The INSURTECH Book: The Insurance Technology Handbook for Investors, Entrepreneurs and FinTech Visionaries. John Wiley & Sons.

Evaluation Pattern
Evaluation Pattern
 

CIA 1: 20 MARKS ( LATER CONVERTED TO 10 MARKS)

CIA 2: 20 MARKS ( LATER CONVERTED TO 10 MARKS)

CIA 3: 50 MARKS ( LATER CONVERTED TO 25 MARKS)

Attendance 5 marks 

Total 50 marks 

BBA141B - MARKETING AND SELLING SKILLS (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:50
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description

This is the basic course in Marketing and Selling Skills where students will get the exposure of Marketing and sales. The subject gives them a vast and wide insight of the traditional and contemporary aspects in Marketing and sales. The input of basic fundamentals, coupled with the practical knowledge will be given to the students to help them in understanding and designing the sales & marketing tactics and strategies.

 

Course Objective:

      To understand and appreciate the concept of marketing & sales in theory and practice

      To evaluate the environment of marketing and develop a feasible marketing &selling plan 

      To understand and apply the STP of marketing (segmentation, targeting, positioning)

      To have an elementary knowledge of consumer behaviour its determinants and selling skills

Course Outcome

CO1: Demonstrate a comprehensive understanding of marketing and sales principles, theories, and their practical applications (RBTL 2)

CO2: Identify the key elements of the marketing environment and their impact on marketing and selling activities. (RBTL 3)

CO3: Apply segmentation techniques to categorize target market segments effectively. (RBTL 3)

CO4: Demonstrate basic selling skills, such as effective communication and relationship building, through practical exercises and simulations. (RBTL 2)

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:8
Unit 1: An Introduction to Marketing
 

Introduction, genesis & evolution of marketing in society, Importance and Scope of Marketing, Elements of Marketing – Need, Want, Demand, Desire, Marketing Philosophies, Mccarthy’s 4P classification, Lauterborn’s 4C’s classification & 4A’s Framework of rural marketing, Product service continuum.

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:6
Marketing Environment ? An Understanding
 

Basics of Marketing Environment, Factors Affecting Marketing Environment, Environmental analysis – SWOT & PESTLE, Marketing Environment in India, Legal & regulatory framework in India, Marketing Mix (Four Ps of Marketing).

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:8
Unit 3: Segmentation, Targeting and Positioning
 

Market Segmentation, Basis of segmentation & its types - Demographic, Geographic, Psychographic and behavioral Segmentation etc, Targeting- Five Patterns of Target Market Selection, Positioning-Concept of Positioning, Perceptual Mapping.

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:6
Unit 4: Product Life Cycle and Consumer Behaviour
 

Product Life Cycle concept, marketing implications of PLC stages, corresponding strategies, dealing with competition, Perceptual Mapping, Consumer Behaviour – Rational V/s Emotional, Consumer proposition & acquisition process, buying motives, its types, Consumer Behaviour process

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:10
Unit 5: Selling ? An Introduction
 

Nature, Meaning and Significance of Sales Management and Personal selling; Evolution of Sales Management, Role of Selling in Marketing, Characteristics of a successful Salesman; Types of Selling, Selling Functions, Sales Funnel; Process of Effective Selling: Sales strategies; Prospecting: Meaning, process & methods; Ways to approach a customer

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:7
Unit 6: Effective Sales management and Sales Force Organisation
 

Sales presentation; Handling objections; Closing a sale; Current issues in sales management; Case lets and applications, Meaning of Sales Force Management; Determining the sales force and size of the sales force, Introduction to: Sales organization concepts; Sales territories

Text Books And Reference Books:

Text Books: 

  1. Kotler, P., & Keller, K. (2015). Marketing management 15th edition. Prentice Hall.
  2. Kotler, P. (2013). Marketing management: A south Asian perspective.  13th edition, Pearson Education India.
  3. Panda, T. K., & Sahadev, S. (2nd Edition, 2011). Sales and distribution management. Oxford Publication.
  4. Spiro, R. L., Rich, G. A., & Stanton, W. J. (12th Edition, 2008). Management of a sales force. McGraw-Hill/Irwin.

 

 

 

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Suggested Readings: 

  1. Ramaswami, S., Namakumari. S,(2013) marketing management–Global Perspective Indian Context, Macmillan Publishers India Ltd, 5th Edition
  2. Rajan Saxena, Marketing Management, (2009) 4th edition, Tata McGraw-Hill Education
  3. Etzel M.J., Walker B.J. and Stanton William J - Marketing concept & Cases special Indian 14th Edition Tata Mc Graw Hill.
  4. Czinkota, Kotabe, Marketing Management, II edition, Thomson Publications.
  5. Still, R. R., Cundiff, E. W., & Govoni, N. A. (1988). Sales management: decisions, strategies, and    cases, New Jersey: Prentice-Hall.
  6. Coughlan, A. T., Anderson, E., Stern, L. W., & Adel, I. (2006). El-Ansary. Marketing Channels. Prentice-Hall.
  7. Jobber, D., & Lancaster, G. (2007). Selling and sales management. Painos. Harlow: Pearson Education.
  8. Cron, Decarlo T. E. (2016). Sales Management concepts and cases: Wiley India
  9. Pingali Venugopal (2008). Sales and Distribution Management, Sage Publication 
Evaluation Pattern

CIA 1: 20 MARKS ( LATER CONVERTED TO 10 MARKS)

CIA 2: 20 MARKS ( LATER CONVERTED TO 10 MARKS)

CIA 3: 50 MARKS ( LATER CONVERTED TO 25 MARKS)

Attendance 5 marks 

Total 50 marks 

BBA141D - TALENT MANAGEMENT (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:50
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Human Resource is considered as a valuable resource in every organization. The world class companies compete among themselves to attract the best talent across the globe.  They view talent as competitive differentiator and one where the acquisition, engagement, development and retention of talent is considered as a strategic priority of business.  This course exposes the students to methods and practices to acquire, engage and develop talent, focus on development of strategic leaders within an organization and also deals with how talent and knowledge can be managed effectively for the development of the organization

Course Outcome

CO 1: 1. Demonstrate an understanding of key concepts, principles and models related to talent and knowledge management

CO 2: 2. Evaluate the importance of talent management in developing organizations

CO 3: 3. Learn to apply the theories and concepts studied in the classroom to practical situations

CO 4: 4. Analyse the various talent and knowledge management practices and their value to organizations

CO 5: 5. Solve the issues pertaining to talent and knowledge management

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:7
Introduction to Talent Management
 

Meaning and concept of talent management, need and scope for talent management, Talent vs Knowledge, Talent management models: Process and Integrated model, Talent management initiatives, Techniques for potential appraisal, Talent management grid, Benefits of talent management.

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:7
Creating Talent Management Systems
 

Building blocks for talent management strategy, Developing and implementing Effective Talent Management System, Measuring the effectiveness of talent management, creating talent management system for organizational excellence.

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:7
Competency mapping and approaches to talent management
 

Competency Mapping- Meaning, Importance and Steps in competency mapping, Competency model, Role of leaders and HR in talent management, Talent Management Approaches, Mapping Business Strategies and Talent Management Strategies, Achieving competitive advantage, Best practices in talent management- Case studies

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:7
Integrating Talent and Knowledge Management
 

Introduction to knowledge management, types of knowledge, Benefits of Knowledge Management, Integrating talent management and knowledge management, Role of Information technology in talent and knowledge management.

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:7
Recent Trends and Best Practices in Talent Management
 

Introduction, Use of Technology in Talent Management, Use of AI in Talent Management, Talent Management using Design Thinking

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:10
Project Work: Field study & Report Submission
 

Experiential Learning Activity: Identifying any one organization in the manufacturing or service sector- Interacting, observing and conducting interviews with their senior HR leaders to understand how they manage and retain talent in their organizations.  

Text Books And Reference Books:

       Lance A. Berger, Dorothy Berger (2017): Talent management handbook, McGraw Hill New York.

 

       Mohapatra.M & Dhir.S (2022); Talent Management-A contemporary perspective (2022), Sage Publications

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

       Mark Wilcox (2016), Effective Talent Management: Aligning strategy, people and performance, (1st ed.), Routledge Taylor and Francis Group.

       Marshal Gold Smith and Louis Carter (2018): Best practices in talent management, A Publication of the practice institute, Pfeiffer, A Wiley Imprint.

       Atheer Abdullah Mohammed (2019), Integrating Talent and Knowledge Management: Theory and practice, Lamber Publishing co.,

       Cappeli Peter: Talent on Demand –Managing Talent in an age of uncertainty, Harvard Business press.

Sphr Doris Sims, Sphr Matthew Gay(2007),Building Tomorrow’s Talent : A Practitioner’s Guide to Talent Management and Succession Planning, Author House

Evaluation Pattern

Component

 

Maximum marks

Weightage

Total Marks in Final Grade

CIA1

20

50%

10

CIA2

20

50%

10

CIA3

50

50%

25

Attendance

5

100 %

05

Total = 50

 

BBA141E - UNDERSTANDING OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:50
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

 Course Description: This course aims at understanding the financial statements published by Indian companies and make a meaningful understanding of the same. The course gives the initiation towards terminology in accounting and takes the readers through Income statement and Balance sheet. The interpretation of the cash flow, Income statement and Balance sheet gives the reader an understanding of fundamentals of the company and gives a sense of financial soundness or not of any company. The growing need of adherence to rules and practice of ethics in accounting in its various aspects from public practice to reporting with case studies will explain the profoundness of Ethics in Accounting and corporate reporting.

Course Outcome

1: Relate to accounting terminologies

2: Explain the components of Financial statements

3: Interpret financial statements

4: Realise the importance of ethics in accounting practices

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:5
Terminologies in Financial Statement
 

Assets- Current assts and fixed assets, Non-current Liabilities, current liabilities, Owners Equity, shareholders fund, External equity, Return on investment, operating expenses, Normal profit, Earnings per share private -Public Investors-Income Statement-Revenue-Expenses-Profit/loss-Balance sheet- Dual aspects of the balance sheet, Significant accounting policies and principles- Full Disclosure-Standalone statements-consolidated statements.

 

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:10
Understanding Income Statement and Balance sheet
 

Meaning and Purpose of Income statement- Cost of goods Sold-Gross profit, Operating Income-EBITDA-EBIT-EBT-Depreciation-Tax provisions made-Deferred Taxation- EPS: Basic and Diluted- Purpose of Balance sheet- Share capital- Net Worth-Shareholders fund- Book value of assets-Face value of shares-Current and non-current liabilities and assets- Amortisation and Depreciation-Notes to accounts.

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:10
Cash Flow statements and Notes to accounts
 

Meaning and Purpose of cash flow statements- Meaning of cash flow,  sources of cash flow, Operating, Investing and Finance activities- Inflow and outflow of cash- Indirect method-Interpreting company growth rate from cash flow stage-Positive and Negative cash flow-Effect of changes in cash flow on performance – Interpretation of high cash balances-Exhibit of cash flow statements of Indian companies- Schedules or notes to accounts- preparation and  relevance- interpretation of schedules.

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:10
Interpretation of Financial Statements
 

Year On Year (YoY) comparison of Income statement and Balance sheet-Common size comparison-Interpreting EPS, DPS, MPS, PE Ratio, Intrinsic value, Liquidity ratio, Current ratio, Debt Equity Ratio- Dividend payout- Ascertaining performance of a company through exhibit of annual report of Indian companies

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:10
: Ethics in Accounting
 

Compliance of accounting standard in letter vs true spirit- window dressing- effects of unethical practices and non-disclosures-case study ethics in public practice of accounting, ethics in compliance, ethics in corporate reporting, ethics in non-profit organisations.

 

Text Books And Reference Books:
  1. Gupta, A. (2020). Financial Accounting for Management: An Analytical Perspective, Noida, Pearson Education.
  2. Raman, B. S. (2014). Financial Accounting (1stedi).I & II, New Dehli:United Publishers.
  3. Porter, G.A., & Norton, C.L. (2013). Financial Accounting (IFRS update)( 6thedi), Cengage Learning.
  4. Jawahar Lal & Seema Srivastava (2013). Financial Accounting New Delhi:Himalaya Publishing House.
  5.  Sharma & Sashi Gupta (2020) Management Accounting, Kalyani Publishers 
  6. I M Pandey (2020) Management Accounting, Vikas Publishers 
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Financial Accounting By SP JAIN & NArang , Kalyani Publishers, Noida

Evaluation Pattern

Total 50 marks . 

CIA-1 20 marks (weightage 50% ie 10 marks ) 

CIA-2 20 marks(weightage 50% ie 10 marks ) 

CIA-3 - 50 marks (weightage 50% ie 25 marks ) 

For attendance 5marks 

This is a Submission paper .There is no MSE or ESE 

BBA141F - SUSTAINABILITY?AND GREEN MARKETING (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:50
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

The course is designed to understand the importance of Sustainability and Green Marketing on consumer satisfaction and environmental safety. Green revolution, going green, environment protection, and sustainable development have become the buzz words today. Consumers are gradually becoming conscious buying eco-friendly products. This course aims at understanding the concept of Green Products and Marketing. This course also revisits the factors that affect consumers’ purchase decision in general. This course will lead the exploration of the leading edge of this paradigm shift that is now underway. This course introduces students to the concepts and processes of Green marketing and takes them deeper into the world of Green marketing.

Course Objectives: This course intends

 

  • To examine green marketing and its importance from the perspective of consumers and businesses.

  • To evaluate evidence of emerging green consumer segments and how marketers address those needs.

  • To explain the current state of the environment resulting from past and present human consumption practices.

  • To elaborate on opportunities, challenges, and issues in designing and implementing sustainable green marketing strategies.

 

 

Course Outcome

CLO1: Analyze green marketing and its importance from the perspective of consumers and businesses.

CLO2: Assess evidence of emerging green consumer segments and how marketers address those needs.

CLO3 : Interpret the current state of the environment resulting from past and present human consumption practices.

CLO4: Discuss the opportunities, challenges, and issues in designing and implementing sustainable green marketing strategies.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:10
Introduction to Sustainability and Fundamentals of Green Marketing
 

Meaning, Concept and Evolution of Sustainability, Green Marketing, Types of Green Marketing, Difference  between Marketing and Green Marketing, Green Product, Green Marketing, Importance of Green Marketing, Benefits of Green Marketing, Adoption of Green Marketing, Green Marketing Mix, Strategies for Green Marketing

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:10
Segmentation of Green Marketing
 

Green Spinning, Green Selling, Green Harvesting, Enviropreneur Marketing, Compliance Marketing, Green Washing, Climate Performance Leadership Index, Promotional Channels of Green Marketing.

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:10
Green Marketing Initiatives
 

Green Firms, HCL’s Green Management Policy, IBM’s Green Solutions, IndusInd Bank’s Solar Powered ATMs, ITCs Paperkraft, Maruti’s Green Supply Chain, ONCGs Mokshada Green Crematorium, Reva’s Electric Car, Samsung’s Eco-friendly handsets, Wipro Infotech’s Eco-friendly computer peripherals

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:10
Environmental consciousness
 

 

Introduction to Environment, Importance of environmentalism, Environmental movement, Benefits of green environment to society, E-waste exchange, Extended Producer Responsibility Plan, Guidelines for Collection and Storage of E-Waste, Guidelines for Transportation of E-Waste, Guidelines for Environmentally Sound Recycling of E-Waste

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:5
Socially Responsible Marketing
 

Sustainable Marketing, Social Criticisms of Marketing, Marketing’s Impact on Individuals, Marketing’s Impact on Society as a Whole, Marketing’s Impact on Other Businesses, Actions to Promote Sustainable Marketing, Business Actions Toward Sustainable Marketing, Principles and Marketing Ethics.

Text Books And Reference Books:
  1. Ottman, J. A. (2011). The new rules of Green Marketing: Strategies, tools, and inspiration for Sustainable Branding. Barrett-Koehler Publisher. 

  2. Ottman, J. A. (2001). Green Marketing: Opportunity for Innovation. NTC Business Books.

  3. Dahlstrom, R. (2011). Green Marketing Management. South-Western Cengage Learning.
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
  1. Esty, D. C., & Simmons, P. J. (2011). The green to gold business playbook: How to implement sustainability practices for bottom-line results in every business function. Wiley. 

  2. Grant, J. (2009). The Green Marketing Manifesto. Wiley.  
Evaluation Pattern
CIA 1: 20 MARKS ( LATER CONVERTED TO 10 MARKS)

CIA 2: 20 MARKS ( LATER CONVERTED TO 10 MARKS)

CIA 3: 50 MARKS ( LATER CONVERTED TO 25 MARKS)

Attendance 5 marks 

Total 50 marks 

 

BLS141 - INTRODUCTION TO BIOLOGY (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:03

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

 This course introduces students to the basic principles of biology. Students will learn about the organization of life, including the cell theory and taxonomy, the chemistry of life, genetics, evolution, and ecology. The course will also cover current issues in biology such as biotechnology and environmental sustainability.

Course Outcome

CO1: Students will be able to describe the fundamental principles and concepts of biology, including the organization of life and the chemistry of living systems.

CO2: Students will be able to explain the role of genetics in inheritance, diversity, and evolution.

CO3: Students will be able to analyze the impact of human activities on the environment and the measures that can be taken to promote sustainability.

CO4: Students will be able to evaluate the ethical implications of advances in biotechnology and their impact on society.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:15
Introduction to Biology
 

 

The scientific method and experimental design; The organization of life: cells, tissues, organs, and organ systems; Taxonomy and the diversity of life; Chemical elements and molecules essential to living systems

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:10
Genetics and Evolution
 

 

Mendelian genetics and inheritance patterns; DNA structure and function, gene expression and regulation; Genetic diversity and evolution; Natural selection and adaptation

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:10
Ecology and Environmental Biology
 

 

Ecosystems and biomes; Population dynamics and community interactions; Biodiversity and conservation; Human impact on the environment and sustainability

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:10
Biotechnology and Ethics
 

 

Applications of biotechnology in medicine, agriculture, and industry, Ethical issues related to biotechnology; The impact of biotechnology on society; Regulations and policies related to biotechnology

Text Books And Reference Books:
  1. Campbell, N. A., & Reece, J. B. (2018). Biology (11th ed.). Pearson.
  2. Freeman, S., Quillin, K., Allison, L., Black, M., Taylor, E., & Podgorski, G. (2017). Biological Science (6th ed.). Pearson.
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
  1.  Begon, M., Townsend, C. R., & Harper, J. L. (2006). Ecology: From Individuals to Ecosystems (4th ed.). Blackwell Publishing.
  2. Ricklefs, R. E., & Relyea, R. A. (2019). The Economy of Nature (8th ed.). W.H. Freeman.

  3. Kuby, J., Owen, J., & Kindt, T. J. (2019). Kuby Immunology (8th ed.). W.H. Freeman.

  4. Thompson, P. B., & Kaplan, D. M. (2019). Encyclopedia of Food and Agricultural Ethics (2nd ed.). Springer.

Evaluation Pattern

Attendance and Class Participation- 10%

Midterm Examination- 30%

Review paper/Research Paper- 20%

Seminar presentation – 10%

Final Examination - 30%

 

BLS142 - PRINCIPLES OF FORENSIC SCIENCE (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Forensic science is the application of scientific principles and techniques to the investigation of crimes and legal issues. This course covers the fundamental principles of forensic science, including various scientific analysis techniques used in criminal investigations, legal and ethical issues, and types of evidence collected at crime scenes.

Course Outcome

CO1: Students will be able to Understand the principles and techniques used in forensic science investigations

CO2: Students will be able to describe the legal and ethical considerations associated with forensic science.

CO3: Students will be able to identify and analyze different types of evidence collected at crime scenes

CO4: Students will be able to evaluate scientific evidence in a legal context using proper documentation and reporting techniques

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:15
Introduction to Forensic Science
 

 

Introduction to forensic science; Historical development of forensic science; Branches and applications of forensic science; Legal and ethical issues in forensic science

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:10
Physical Evidence
 

 

Types of physical evidence; Collection and preservation of physical evidence; Analysis of physical evidence; Interpretation and evaluation of physical evidence

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:10
Biological Evidence
 

 

Types of biological evidence; DNA analysis; Serology analysis; Analyzing and interpreting biological evidence

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:10
Digital Forensics
 

 Digital forensic investigations; Evidence collection in digital forensics; Analyzing and interpreting digital evidence; Legal and ethical considerations in digital forensics

Text Books And Reference Books:

 

  1. Saferstein, R. (2019). Forensic science: From the crime scene to the crime lab. Pearson Education.

  2. Criminal Justice & Forensics. (2017). Cengage.

  3. Fisher, B. A. (2019). Techniques of crime scene investigation. Taylor & Francis Group.

  4. Richard Saferstein, R. (2018). Criminalistics: An Introduction to Forensic Science. Pearson Education.

  5. Houck, M. M., & Siegel, J. A. (2010). Fundamentals of forensic science. Academic Press.

  6. Casey, E. (2018). Digital evidence and computer crime: Forensic science, computers, and the internet. Academic Press.

  7. Nelson, B., Phillips, A., & Steuart, C. (2016). Guide to computer forensics and investigations. Cengage

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

 

  1. Lee, H. C. (2016). Forensic science : an illustrated dictionary. CRC Press.

  2. Barry, J., & Cooper, J. (2018). Introduction to forensic science. Routledge.

  3. Houck, M. (2018). Trace evidence analysis: More cases in mute witnesses. Academic Press. 

  4. Brown, T. W. (2018). Handbook of Forensic Pathology, Second Edition. CRC Press.

  5. Barbara, J. (2011). Forensic anthropology: An introduction. CRC Press.

  6. Hall, M. (2017). Current practice in forensic medicine. John Wiley & Sons.

  7. Sammons, J., & Jenks, M. (2017). Digital forensics trial graphics: Teaching the jury through effective use of visual aids. Academic Press.

Evaluation Pattern

Attendance and Class Participation- 10%

Midterm Examination- 30%

Review paper/Research Paper- 20%

Seminar presentation – 10%

 

Final Examination - 30%

CHE141A - CHEMISTRY AND SOCIETY (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description: This course gives an insight into the implications of chemistry in daily life. This course will equip the students with better understanding of how the different forms of matter influences human lives. This also sensitizes them on the judicious use and safe handling of chemicals.

Course Objectives: Non Science students get to know about the various constituents present in household chemicals and use them judiciously.

Course Outcome

CO1:: Ability to identify the influence of different chemical substances in daily lives

CO2:: Evaluate the judicious use of different chemicals and their safe handling in day today life

CO3: Ability to analyse the environmental issues and adopt sustainable practices

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:2
Introduction
 

Explanation of terms like Poison, toxic, irritant, flammable liquid, combustible liquid, corrosive, solvents, etc.

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:6
Environmental chemistry
 

Air quality, air pollution, green house effect, acid rain, destruction of ozone layer, control of air pollution. Water pollution, Water quality criteria for domestic and industrial uses, soil pollution and its causes. Pollution abatement methods.

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:8
Energy and environment
 

Mention the following- Mineral resources – Metals and non-metals Fuel and energy resources, different energy sources, Wood, Petroleum and natural gas Nuclear energy – Solar energy –energy sources of tomorrow and green energy sources. Batteries and fuel cells.

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:7
House hold chemicals and its impact on environment
 

Ecofriendly chemicals, biodegradable and non degradable chemicals. (Bleach, ammonia, disinfectants, carpet freshener, air freshener, window cleaner, furniture polish, etc). Laundry products (laundry detergent, fabric softener, etc) Soaps, Detergents and special cleaners.

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:2
Polymers
 

Classification, uses. Recycling of polymers.

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:3
Acids and Bases
 

Acid and bases, their general characteristics. Household uses of acids and bases.

Unit-7
Teaching Hours:3
Biomolecules
 

Carbohydrates, proteins, Vitamins and minerals – Sources and Deficiency diseases.

Unit-8
Teaching Hours:3
Preservatives and additives
 

Chemicals used as colouring agents and as preservatives. Food adulteration.

Unit-9
Teaching Hours:5
Drugs and cosmetics
 

Analgesics, antivirals, antibiotics-examples. Health and beauty products (hairspray, hair remover, nail polish, nail polish remover, hair colouring products, talcum powder, lipstick etc).

Unit-10
Teaching Hours:6
Home maintenance
 

Paint, varnish, oils and stain removers. Garden chemicals (fertilizers, pesticides, insecticides, herbicides etc.) examples, advantages and disadvantages.

Text Books And Reference Books:

[1] A. K. De,. Environmental Chemistry 6 th ed, New Age International Pvt Ltd Publishers;2006.

[2] J. Toedt, D. Koza and K. Van Cleef-ToedChemical Composition of Everyday Products 2005.

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

[1] Kerry k. Karukstis and Gerald R. Van Hecke Chemistry Connections, The Chemical Basis

of Everyday phenomena, 2 nd Ed., 2003.

[2] J. Schwarcz, All new commentaries on the science of everyday food and life, 2005.

[3] Raymond Chang Chemistry, 8 th Ed. Tata Mc Graw-Hill, 2005.

[4] Sriram and P.Yogeeswari, Dorling Medicinal Chemistry, Kindersley Pvt. Ltd., 2007.

Evaluation Pattern

Total Marks for each Semester – 100

1. CIA -1 ………………………. 25Marks

2. Mid-term Test (CIA-2)……………………… 25 Marks

3. End-semester examination ………………… 50 Marks

TOTAL 100 Marks

CHE141B - NUTRICHEM (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

This course gives an insight into nutrition and its importance in leading a healthy life.

 

Course Outcome

CO1: Discuss about nutrition and its importance in leading a healthy life.

CO2: Explain the elements of nutrition and dietry requirement.

CO3: Summerise about food analysis, food microbiology and therapeutic nutrition

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:5
Fundamentals of nutrition
 

FaFactors Influencing Food Selection: Flavours, appearance and other aspects of food,     Demographics Culture and Religion, Health, Social-Emotional Influences, and Environmental Concerns, Food Industry and the Media.

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:4
Basic Nutrition Concepts
 

NNutrition, Energy content in food, Nutrients, Nutrient Density, Characteristics of a Nutritious Diet.

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:6
Nutrient Recommendations
 

Dietary Reference Intakes, Digestion, Absorption, and Metabolism, Gastrointestinal Tract and secretions, Food groups, Organic Foods, GM foods.

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:6
Nutrition biochemistry
 

Elements of nutrition - Dietary requirement of carbohydrates, lipids and proteins. Biological value of proteins. Concepts of protein quality. Protein sparing action of carbohydrates and fats. Essential amino acids, essential fatty acids and their physiological functions.

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:3
Vitamins
 

Dietary sources, biochemical functions, requirements and deficiency diseases associated with vitamin B complex, C and A, D, E and K vitamins.

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:3
Minerals
 

Nutritional significance of dietary sodium, potassium, calcium, phosphorus, magnesium, iron, iodine, zinc and copper.

Unit-7
Teaching Hours:2
Malnutrition
 

Prevention of malnutrition, supplementary foods.

     

Unit-8
Teaching Hours:2
Food science and food analysis
 

Food additives and preservatives.

Unit-9
Teaching Hours:6
Food microbiology
 

Food safety, Fermentation, food spoilage and food borne pathogens, food processing.

 

Unit-10
Teaching Hours:6
Therapeutic nutrition
 

Life style diseases and personalized nutrition therapy, nutraceuticals and its classifications.

Unit-11
Teaching Hours:2
Public nutrition
 

Health organizations, NGO’s etc. 

Text Books And Reference Books:

[1]  Ganesh Narayanan Chauhan,  5th ed Foods that heal. Popular Book Depot 2012

[2]   Mohinder Singh, 2nd ed. Health and  food Gyan Publishing House 2003.

[3]   S. A. Iqbal and Y. Mido 1st ed Food Chemistry. Discovery Publishing House, 2008.

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

[1]  Kittler and Sucher, 5th ed. Food and Culture Thomson Wadsworth 2007.

[2]   Anita Tull, 3rd Food Nutritioned.Oxford University Press, 1997.

            

Evaluation Pattern

No.

Component

Schedule

Duration

Marks

CIA1

Assignment/quiz/group task/ presentations

Before MST

--

10

 

CIA2

Mid-Sem Test

[MST]

2 Hrs (50 marks)

25

CIA3

Assignment/quiz/group task/ presentations

After MST

--

10

CIA3

Attendance (75-79 = 1, 80-84 = 2, 85-89 = 3,

90-94 = 4, 95-100 = 5)

--

5

ESE

Internal

2 Hrs (50 marks)

50

Total

100

Final score is calculated out of 50

 

COM141 - FUNDAMENTALS OF ACCOUNTING (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

This course will enable the students to have fundamental knowledge about financial accounting. The topics covered are Book-keeping, Subsidiary Books, preparation of Ledger and Financial Statements and Analysis of Financial Statements.

Course Outcome

CO1: Define the concepts and terminology used in accounts.

CO2: Compare the book prepared through Single Entry System and Double Entry System.

CO3: Prepare the basic subsidiary books required by a business.

CO4: Rearrange the information in Journal to prepare the ledger accounts, Trial Balance and Financial Statements.

CO5: Compare and comment on the basic information provided by the Financial Statements of Real Companies and other organizations.

CO6: Analyse the Financial Statements of different organizations and take decisions.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:5
Introduction to Accounting:
 

Accounting – Meaning, Objectives, Accounting as source of information, Internal and External users of accounting information and their needs. Qualitative Characteristics of Accounting Information– Reliability, Relevance, Understandability and Comparability. Book-Keeping – Meaning – Definition. Accounting, Difference between Book-keeping, and Accounting. Accounting Concepts and Conventions. Accounting terms – Capital – Assets – Liabilities – Expenses – Income – Fund – Net worth – Capital Expenditure – Revenue expenditure– Capital Receipts – Revenue Receipts – Debtors – Creditors – Goods – Cost – Gain – Stock – Purchase – Sales – Loss – Profit – Voucher – Discount – Transaction – Drawings, etc. System of Book Keeping: Single entry system and Double entry system of Book Keeping – Accounting Process - introduction.

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:7
Books of Original Entry
 

Books of Accounts – Journal – Rules of Journalizing (Debit and Credit) – Steps in Journalizing - Meaning – Importance – Different types of Subsidiary books – Cash book – Petty cash book – Purchase book – Purchase returns book – Sales book – Sales return book – Bills receivables book – Bills payable book – Journal Proper – Process of recording transactions in the respective books.

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:8
Preparation of Ledger and Trial Balance
 

Ledger – Types of Accounts – Posting to Ledger accounts – Balancing the Ledger accounts – Trial Balance – Meaning – Objectives and Preparation of Trial Balance.

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:12
Final Accounts
 

Financial statements – Meaning – Objectives – Financial reporting through Financial Statements – Preparation of Trading account – Profit and Loss account – Balance Sheet, Cash Flow Statement

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:13
Analysis and Interpretation of Financial Statements
 

Methods of analysis of financial statements, techniques of analysis and interpretation – Comparative Income Statements, Comparative Balance Sheets, Common Size Income Statements, Common Size Balance Sheets, Trend Analysis, Ratio Analysis (problems on the above topics).

Text Books And Reference Books:

Grewal, T. S. (2020). Double Entry Bookkeeping. Delhi: Sultan and Sons.

Jain, S. P & Narang, K. L (2020). Advanced Accountancy (Vol 13 & Vol2). Kalyani Publication

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

1. Raman, B. S (2016). Accountancy. Mangalore: United Publishers.

2. Khan,M.Y.&.Jain,P.K.(2021)Management Accounting(8ed). NewDelhi: TataMcGraw Hill

3. Arora,M.N. (2016).Cost and Management Accounting(3ed). Mumbai: Himalaya Publishing House.

Evaluation Pattern

CIA I - 25 marks]

Other teste - 20 marks

Final Exam - 50 marks

Attemdance - 5 marks

 

COM142 - BRAND MANAGEMENT (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Brand Management course will enable student to have a fundamental understanding of how to build, measure, and manage a brand.

Course Outcome

CO1: Demonstrate concepts, principles, techniques and application of contemporary branding management process.

CO2: Evaluate the taxonomy in designing brands.

CO3: Summarise the measures and manage brand-equity and extension.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:10
Strategic Brand Management Process
 

Brands – Brands Vs Products – Different Product Levels - Things that can be branded

 Branding Challenges and Opportunities – Strategic Brand Management Process, PRACTICAL: SBM Process, Trends and innovations in brand management,  Emerging technologies and their impact on branding

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:10
Branding identity, architecture and taxonomy
 

Brand Image, Developing a brand identity, Brand Identity – Kapferer’s Brand Identity Prism,  Creating a brand positioning statement,  Understanding the importance of brand consistency, Developing a brand architecture strategy, Managing brand portfolios, Brand extensions and sub-brands.  Criteria for choosing brand elements – Brand Names – Landor’s Brand Name Taxonomy – Brand Name Linguistic Characteristics – Trademark Issues and Concerning Names – PRACTICAL: Naming Hypothetical Brands 

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:10
Brand Messaging, Designing and Aesthetics
 

Developing a brand messaging strategy, Creating effective brand communications, Managing brand reputation, URLs – Logos and Symbols – Characters – Slogans and Jingles – Packaging and Signage – PRACTICAL: Creating Logos and Mascots for Hypothetical Brands. Impact of digital technologies on brand management, Developing digital branding strategies, Managing online brand reputation

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:10
Brand Equity & Brand Communication
 

Customer Based Brand Equity – CBBE Pyramid – PRACTICAL: Constructing CBBE Pyramid. Understanding the impact of consumer behavior on brand management, Consumer decision-making process, Building brand relationships with consumers, Understanding the role of advertising in brand management, Developing effective advertising campaigns, Measuring and analyzing advertising effectiveness

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:5
Brand Extension & International Brand Management
 

Brand Extension - Merits and Demertis of Extension – Types of Brand Extension. Building brand loyalty, Measuring and analyzing brand equity and brand loyalty, Understanding the challenges of international brand management, Adapting branding strategies for international markets, Managing global brand portfolios

Text Books And Reference Books:

1.       Keller, M. (Latest Edition). Brand Management. Delhi: Pearson Education India.

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
  1. Rajagopal, M. (Latest Edition). Brand Management. New York: Nova Science Publisher

 

 

Evaluation Pattern

CIA I MCQ (5 Marks)

Google Form/Google Classroom based Quiz consisting of MCQs to test the basic concepts relating to Unit 1 and 2. This would be an individual assessment with a set of 10 questions, 5 each from unit 1 and 2.  The details of this assignment, and the penalties for not attending shall be posted in the Google Classroom.

CIA 2 (a) Video Content Creation 10 marks

Every student shall for a group of four members and they need to identify a brand and prepare a 10 minutes video. Later a Google spread sheet of students list shall be sent to the students.  Within a week the students need to enter the name of the brand identified so as to avoid repetition in their selections and start preparing the video. The video shall discuss the history of the chosen brand and discuss the possibilities of changing different attributes of the brand for positive outcome. The video needs to describe and display the new brand. Any delay in submission without prior consent or approval shall lead to a penalty of marking the student ZERO in this component.   The video shall be assessed based on the following rubrics. Report submitted will be valued for 10 marks.

CIA 2(b) - Case Study (5 marks)

The same group formed for video assignment shall identify a case study related to brand extension. The group shall prepare a presentation regarding the case. They shall develop questions related to the case and also provide answers. The group also needs to provide references for their case study and Q&A.

CIA III Written Examination (25 marks)


Every student shall sit for a written examination of marks covering all the units. The students will be evaluated based on their understanding and learning about different concepts of branding. The higher order thinking is assessed by one case analysis included in the question paper. There will be 7 questions of 2 marks each and the case analysis will be of 6 marks.

COM143 - ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT AND SMALL BUSINESS MANAGEMENT (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Entrepreneurship is not just about start-ups: it is a topic that is rapidly growing in importance in government policy and in the behaviour of established firms. The course provides students with an understanding of the role and personality of the entrepreneur, and a range of skills aimed at successful planning of entrepreneurial ventures. Material covered includes fostering creativity and open-mindedness, knowledge acquisition and management, innovation systems, screening and evaluating new venture concepts, market evaluation and developing a marketing plan, legal Issues Including intellectual property, preparation of venture budgets, and raising finance. The major piece of assessment is the writing of a comprehensive business plan for a new venture.

Course Outcome

CO 1: Discuss the fundamental concept and emerging trends of entrepreneurship.

CO 2: Elaborate the entrepreneurial process and classify the different styles of thinking.

CO 3: Develop and summarize the creative problem-solving technique and types of innovation.

CO 4: Compile the legal and regulatory framework and social responsibility relating to entrepreneur.

CO 5: Create a business model for a start-up.

CO 6: Build competence to identify the different sources of finance available for a start-up and relate their role in different stages of business.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:9
Introduction to Entrepreneurship
 

Evolution, Characteristics, Nature of Entrepreneurship, Types, Functions of Entrepreneur, Distinction between an Entrepreneur and a Manager, Concept, Growth of Entrepreneurship in India, Role of Entrepreneurship in Economic Development, Emerging trends of contemporary entrepreneurship – Information and Communication Technology (ICT), Globalisation, changing demands, unemployment, changing demographics, Institutional support, ease of entry in the informal sector

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:9
The Entrepreneurial Process
 

Steps in the Entrepreneurial Process: Generating Ideas, Opportunity Identification, Business concepts, Businessconcepts,Resources(Financial,PhysicalandHuman), Implementing and managing the venture, Harvesting the venture, Design Thinking, Systems Thinking, Agile thinking and Lean thinking Blue Ocean Strategy, Role and relevance of mentors, Incubation cell, Methods of brainstorming ideas.

 

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:9
Creativity and Innovation
 

Creativity, Principles of creativity, Source of New Idea, Ideas into Opportunities. CreativeProblemSolving:Heuristics,Brainstorming,Synectics, ValueAnalysisInnovationandEntrepreneurship: Profits and Innovation, Principles of Innovation, Disruptive, Incrementaland Open innovations, Nurturing and Managing Innovation, Globalization, Concept andModelsofInnovation, MethodsofprotectingInnovationandcreativity,SignificanceofIntellectualPropertyRights,Patents & Copy right, Business Model Canvas, and Lean Management. 

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:9
Entrepreneurship Practice
 

EssentialsofBusinessOwnership:Typesofventures,RiskandBenefits,LegalandRegulatoryFramework,EthicsandSocialResponsibility,MarketResearch(ventureopportunityscreening), Feasibility Analysis, Introduction to the Business Plan, Developing the BusinessModel for starting a new venture, E-Commerce and Growing the Venture: The Internet andits impact on venture development

Approaches to E-Commerce, Strategies for E-CommerceSuccess,The nature of international entrepreneurship and their importance

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:9
Sources of raising capital
 

Different sources of financing for start-ups, stages of financing involve in start-ups, advantages and disadvantages of the different sources of financing, Mezzanine finance, Specific financial assistance from government and financial institutions to promote entrepreneurship, Venture Valuation Methods

Text Books And Reference Books:
  1. Allen,K.R.(2011), “LaunchingNewVentures:AnEntrepreneurialApproach”,6thEdition.Mason,Ohio: South-WesternCengage Learning.
  2. Kuratko,DonaldF.Entrepreneurship:(2010) Theory,Process,Practice9thEdition.Mason,Ohio: South-WesternCengage Learning
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
  1. Scarborough,N.M.(2011),“EssentialsofEntrepreneurshipandSmallBusinessManagement”,6thEdition. NewJersey:PrenticeHall.
  2. Verstraete,T.and Jouioson-Laffitte,E.(2012),“ABusinessModelforEntrepreneurship”,
  3. Cheltenham:EdwardElgarPublishingLtd.
  4. Poornima Charantimath,(2007) “EntrepreneurshipDevelopment-SmallBusinessEnterprise”,Pearson Education.
  5. RoberDHisrich,MichaelPPeters,DeanAShepherd,(2007), Entrepreneurship,(6ed.), The McGraw-Hillcompanies.
  6. RajivRoy,(2011),Entrepreneurship,(2ed.)OxfordUniversityPress
Evaluation Pattern

CIA I (a) Multiple Choice Questions (MCQ)

CIA I (b) Video Content Creation

 

CIA II Case Study Analysis

 

CIA III (a) Multiple Choice Questions(MCQ)

CIA III (b) Business Plan Creation + VIVA

 

CIA I (a): Week 1 & 2: MCQ (5 Marks)


Google Form/Google Classroom based Quiz consisting of MCQs to test the basic concepts relating to Unit 1 and 2. The date of examination is on or before 05-08-2023.  This would be an individual assessment with a set of 10 questions, 5 each from unit 1 and 2.  The details of this assignment, and the penalties for not attending shall be posted in the Google Classroom.

 

CIA I (b) Preparing a video interview of an Entrepreneur (Individual Assignment) 10 marks

Every student shall identify an entrepreneur and prepare a 15 minutes video interview on them.  Orientation about the video preparation shall be given by the respective faculty in the first week of the semester itself. Later a Google spreadsheet of students list shall be sent to the students.  Within a week the students need to enter the name of the entrepreneurs identified so as to avoid repetition in their selections and start preparing the interview. Once the entrepreneur is finalized, an orientation about plagiarism policies shall be given by the faculty.  The last date of the video submission is 10-08-2023, before 06:00 PM.  Inability to submit the video on or before the due date should be priorly intimated to the faculty.  Any delay in submission without prior consent or approval shall lead to a penalty of marking the student ZERO in this component. 

 

The video shall be assessed based on the following rubrics. Report submitted will be valued for 10 marks.

More details of the report:

 

  1. The video should include genesis, growth, management contributions, challenges, how they overcome, achievements, major entrepreneurship inferences.
  2. References and sources should be mentioned as per APA 6th Edition, towards the end of the video.
  3. The video interview should be a minimum of 15 minutes.
  4. Last date for submission 10th August 2023, late submission within two days of the scheduled date, will carry a penalty deduction of two marks. 

 

CIA II - Case Study (15 marks)

Group of not more than six members in a team will be formed randomly in the class based on the subject teacher’s discretion. Each group shall gather content and solve the assigned case study and submit a written report of the same. Report shall include the introduction to the case, highlights and objectives, conceptual definitions, detailed analysis, findings and suggestion, conclusion.  Groups are free to use all authentic sources to gather information. Once the case study is finalized, an orientation about case analysis, report writing, and plagiarism policies shall be given by the faculty.  The last date of the case analysis report submission is 30-09-2022, before 06:00 PM.  The report can be supported with article reviews, statistical facts and examples and book references.


More Details of the Report:

1.      Case Study has to be based on growth of Entrepreneurship in India or Emerging trends of contemporary entrepreneurship.

 

  1. References as per APA 6th Edition, and Appendix.
  2. Detailed analysis of the problem and alternatives available should form part of the report.
  3. The written report should be a minimum of 6 pages.
  4. Last date for submission 30th September, 2023, late submission within two days of the scheduled date, will carry a penalty deduction of two marks. 

 

CIA III (a): Week 15 & 16: MCQ (5 Marks)

 


Google Form/Google Classroom based Quiz consisting of MCQs to test the basic concepts relating to Unit 1 and 2. The date of examination is on or before 02-11-2023.  This would be an individual assessment with a set of 10 questions, 5 each from Units 1 and 2.  The details of this assignment, and the penalties for not attending shall be posted in the Google Classroom.

 

CIA III (b) Business Plan and viva-voce (10 marks)


The same group allotted for Case Study report shall continue. Once the idea for the business plan is finalized, an orientation about various components of the business plan, report writing, and plagiarism policies shall be given by the faculty. However, every student shall contribute in the construction of a
creative and technical business plan in detail consisting details from idea to implementation stage. The report will be valued for 10 marks by a panel of three external reviewers. The assessment criteria shall be discussed and finalized before the final submission and in consonance with the inputs and suggestions 
of the reviewers identified.  This criterion shall also be presented and discussed with the students prior to the final submission.  Though this is a group assignment, the assessment of the contribution of each student would be done individually.

More Details of the Report:

§  The report shall include details on value proposition, business and revenue model, sustainability

§  The written report should be a minimum of 10 pages.

§  References as per APA 6th Edition, and Appendix.

Last date for submission 5th November 2023, late submission within two days of the scheduled date, will carry a penalty deduction of two mark 

COM144 - FINANCIAL LITERACY (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:03

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

The course aims at enhancing their financial skills as well as training the students to be financial educators with family and friends. There is a need for students to effectively plan and monitor their spending. The course aims at effectively training students and equipping them with the knowledge and tools to manage their finances and also teach others the same.

Course Outcome

CO1: Understand the basic concepts of financial literacy.

CO2: Apply financial planning and budgeting decisions on a personal and professional front.

CO3: Understand the purpose and functions of the Banking system.

CO4: Understand the role and importance of financial instruments and insurance products.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:6
Introduction to Financial Literacy
 

Introduction, Evolution, Meaning and importance of -  Income, Expenses, Savings, Budget, Money, Currency, Bank account, savings investment, JAM-balance sheet – purpose features, format – Technology in finance – FinTech, TechFin, Regtech, sandox, Mobile-based Banking – post offices – Savings vs investments – Power of Compounding – risk and Return-Time Value of Money- Simple Interest-Compound Interest-

 

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:5
Planning and Budgeting
 

Introduction to Financial Planning - Analysing the resources of the person - Concepts in Financial Planning:The time value of money, Diversification - 'spreading risk', Investment Timing - Financial Products for Savers: Financial Products options for savers, personal budget – family budget – financial planning procedure.

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:12
Banking Products and Services
 

Introduction and evolution of Banking – Banking in India – RBI – Role of RBI in India– Savings and Deposits – Deposits, Accounts, KYC,e/v KYC Types of Deposits - Saving Bank Accounts, Fixed Deposit Accounts, Recurring Deposit Account, Special Term Deposit Schemes, Loans and Types of loan advanced by Banks and Other secondary functions of Bank – PAN, NSDL: PAN, Meaning of Cheque and types of cheques – CTS_MICR-IFSC – e- Banking – ATM, Debit, Credit, Smart Card, UPI, e-Wallets, Payment Banks-NPCI: Products and role in regulating the online payments, CIBIL – Banking complaints and Banking Ombudsman. Mutual Funds_ Types of Mutual Funds-NAV. Digital Currency-Bitcoin- NFO

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:12
Post Office Products, Retirement planning and Investment Avenues
 

Post Office Savings Account(SB)​​​​​, National Savings Recurring Deposit Account (RD)​​, ​National Savings Time Deposit Account (TD), National Savings Monthly Income Account (MIS), Senior Citizens Savings Scheme Account (SCSS)​, Public Provident Fund Account (PPF)​, Sukanya Samriddhi Account (SSA)​, National Savings Certificates (VIIIth Issue) (NSC), Kisan Vikas Patra (KVP), PM CARES for Children Scheme, 2021, Interest rates (New)​, How to avail services, Schedule of Fee – IPBS – KYC. Employees Provident Fund (EPF) - Public Provident Fund (PPF), Superannuation Fund, Gratuity, Other Pension Plan, and Post-retire Counselling-National Pension Scheme(NPS)

 

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:10
Life Insurance and Related Services
 

Life Insurance Policies: Life Insurance, Term Life Insurance, Pension Policies, ULIP, Health Insurance, Endowment Policies, Property Insurance: Policies offered by various general insurance companies. Post office life Insurance Schemes: Postal Life Insurance and Rural Postal Life Insurance (PLI/RPLI). Housing Loans: Institutions providing housing loans, loans under Pradhan Mantri Awas Yojana – Rural and Urban-Atal Pension Yojana (APS),

Text Books And Reference Books:
  1. Chandra, P. (2012). Investment Game: How to Win. New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill Education
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

 

  1. Mittra, S., Rai, S. K., Sahu, A. P., & Starn, H. J. (2015). Financial Planning. New Delhi: Sage Publications India Pvt. Ltd.
  2. https://rbidocs.rbi.org.in/rdocs/content/pdfs/GUIDE310113_F.pdf

 

Evaluation Pattern

CIA1 25 marks

CIA2  25 marks 

ESE  50 marks 

COM145 - CREATIVE ADVERTISEMENT (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:45
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

The main objective of this course is to enable students to develop creative concepts for advertising of any product or service.

Course Outcome

CO1: To understand the critical role of creativity in advertising and develop creative strategies to be able to position the product/service.

CO2: To become familiar with the approaches and forms of advertising

CO3: To gain technical knowledge in the development of advertising for a company

CO 4: To learn to empathize with the client's needs and create content that meets the purpose in a creative manner.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:10
Creativity and Aesthetics
 

Introduction to Creativity- The creativity process- Difference between a creative mind and non creative mind- Patterns of thoughts indicating creativity- How to bring out your creative genius- Philosophy of Aesthetics - Introduction to Creative works of the century

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:10
 
Syllabus Unit Mapping
1.Development Needs:Global,
2.Skill Focused:Employability,
3.Integration of Cross Cutting Issues:Environment,Professional Ethics,
Creativity and Aesthetics

 

Introduction to Creativity- The creativity process- Difference between a creative mind and non creative mind- Patterns of thoughts indicating creativity- How to bring out your creative genius- Philosophy of Aesthetics - Introduction to Creative works of the century

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:10
Functions and Forms of Advertising
 

Types of advertisement, Ethics in advertisement, Position of Products/Services, Interplay of Branding and Advertising- Meaning of Advertising, Creative Ad makers and Advertising Agencies in India and World - Indian and Foreign creative advertisements, the controversial advertisements- The most memorable advertisements - Highly impactful and Creative advertisements.

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:10
 
Syllabus Unit Mapping
1.Development Needs:Global,
2.Skill Focused:Employability,
3.Integration of Cross Cutting Issues:Professional Ethics,Environment,
Functions and Forms of Advertising

 

Types of advertisement, Ethics in advertisement, Position of Products/Services, Interplay of Branding and Advertising- Meaning of Advertising, Creative Ad makers and Advertising Agencies in India and World - Indian and Foreign creative advertisements, the controversial advertisements- The most memorable advertisements - Highly impactful and Creative advertisements.

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:10
Advertising and campaign Planning
 

 

Marketing strategy and situation analysis; Advertising plan; Advertising objectives; DAGMAR approach; Advertising campaign planning process. The art of copywriting; Advertising copy testing; Creativity in communication; motivational approaches; types of appeals used in advertising; Advertising budget process.

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:5
 
Syllabus Unit Mapping
1.Development Needs:Global,
2.Skill Focused:Employability,
3.Integration of Cross Cutting Issues:Professional Ethics,Environment,
Elements and Principles of Design

Principles of Design- Lines, Scale, Color, Repetition, Negative Space, Symmetry,

 

Transparency, Texture, Balance, Hierarchy, Contrast, Framing, Grid, Randomness, Direction, Rules, Movement, Depth, Typography, Composition.

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:5
Elements and Principles of Design
 

Principles of Design- Lines, Scale, Color, Repetition, Negative Space, Symmetry,

 Transparency, Texture, Balance, Hierarchy, Contrast, Framing, Grid, Randomness, Direction, Rules, Movement, Depth, Typography, Composition.

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:10
 
Syllabus Unit Mapping
1.Development Needs:Global,
2.Skill Focused:Employability,
3.Integration of Cross Cutting Issues:Professional Ethics,
Designing Advertisements

Creative brief - Value Questions -Research -Conceptual framework- Development of multiple ideas- Creative concept development process- creative brainstorming- creative differences- editing -refining creative concepts- concept presentation to the client- Appeals in advertising copy writing-print copy elements, headlines-body copy-slogans - Designing print ad- choosing –-choosing layout- -choosing Typefaces

 

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:10
Designing Advertisements
 

Creative brief - Value Questions -Research -Conceptual framework- Development of multiple ideas- Creative concept development process- creative brainstorming- creative differences- editing -refining creative concepts- concept presentation to the client- Appeals in advertising copy writing-print copy elements, headlines-body copy-slogans - Designing print ad- choosing –-choosing layout- -choosing Typefaces

Text Books And Reference Books:

Batra, A. M. (2010). Advertising Management. Delhi: Pearson Education.

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

 

  • Chunawala, S .A.(2015). Advertising Management. Mumbai: Himalaya Publishers.

  • Moriarty, W. B. (2020). Advertising Principles and Practices. New Delhi: Prentice Hall of India.

Evaluation Pattern

100 marks divided into 20 marks each assignment.

COM146 - INTRODUCTION TO EXCEL FOR MANAGERS (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

This course provides the knowledge base for understanding the workings of Excel. The primary objective of the course is to familiarize the students with the basics of Microsoft excel. The course introduces the students to financial analysis. Further, the course also deals with the practical application of Microsoft Excel in day-to-day business activities. As a prerequisite, the students should have basic knowledge of computers and MS Office.

Course Outcome

CO1: To provide students with the fundamental knowledge of the use of computers in business.

CO2: To provide exposure to the students on MS Office Excel.

CO3: To apply MS excel functions in business.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:12
Introduction to Excel
 

Understanding the concept of a spreadsheet - Identifying the components of a spreadsheet

 

Navigating the Excel interface – Comparison of various version of Microsoft excel - Creating a new spreadsheet- Entering data into cells - Formatting data (fonts, colors, borders) - Adjusting column width and row height - Merging and splitting cells - Basic Excel functions: Structure of an excel function, functions such as SUM (), MIN (), MAX (), AVERAGE (), COUNT (), AUTOSUM, AUTOFILL. Working with an Excel List: Understanding Excel List Structure, Sorting a List Using Single Level Sort, Sorting a List Using Multi-Level Sorts, Using Custom Sorts in an Excel List, Filter an Excel List Using the AutoFilter, Creating Subtotals in a List, Format a List as a Table, Using Conditional Formatting to Find Duplicates, Removing Duplicates.

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:2
Validation
 

Excel Data Validation: Understanding the Need for Data Validation, Creating a Validation. List, Adding a Custom Validation Error, Dynamic Formulas by Using Validation Techniques – Protecting range, formula, entire workbook – inserting header and footer

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:6
Excel PivotTables
 

Understanding Excel PivotTables, Creating an Excel PivotTable, Modifying Excel PivotTable Calculations, Grouping PivotTable Data, Formatting PivotTable Data, Drilling Down into PivotTable Data, Creating Pivot Charts, Filtering PivotTable Data, Filtering with the Slicer Tool

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:9
Conditional Functions and Working with Large Excel Data Sets
 

Conditional Functions: Working with Excel Name Ranges, Using Excel's IF () Function, Nesting Functions, Using Excel's COUNTIF () Function, Using Excel's SUMIF () Function, Using Excel's IFERROR () Function. Working with Large Sets of Excel Data: Using the Freeze Panes Tool, Grouping Data (Columns and/or Rows), Consolidating Data from Multiple Worksheets. Printing of excel worksheet – alignment, printing of selection, range, entire workbook – mail merge using excel

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:9
LookUp, Text Based Function and financial function
 

Excel's Lookup Functions: Using Excel's VLOOKUP() Function, Using Excel's HLOOKUP() Function, Using Excel's INDEX() and MATCH() Functions. Excel's Text-Based Functions: Using Excel's functions such as LEFT(), RIGHT() and MID(), LEN(), SEARCH(), CONCATENATE(). Time value of money - present value of money - capital budgeting, Net present value, Internal rate of return. Statistical function - Introduction to macros. Creation of simple macro functions

Text Books And Reference Books:

Microsoft Excel 2016 Step by Step Curtis Frye, Microsoft Press, A division of Microsoft Corporation, 2015 edition.

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Microsoft Excel Essential Hints and Tips Fundamental hints and tips to kick start your Excel skills By Diane Griffiths Published, 2015 edition

 

Excel 2010 Formulas, by Wiley Publishing, 2010 Edition.

Evaluation Pattern

MCQ Test and Practical excercise 

COP101-1 - FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING - I (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4
Max Marks:100
Credits:4

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

This course revisits and strengthens fundamental accounting principles and processes, culminating in the preparation of the financial statements of a sole proprietorship business. It also introduces certain fundamental Indian Accounting Standards (Ind ASs), besides completing the accounting modules for partnership firms, i.e. discussing the accounting treatment for dissolution, amalgamation, and sale of partnership firms.

Course Outcome

CO-1: Discuss and apply fundamental accounting concepts, principles and conventions.

CO-2: Record basic accounting transactions and prepare annual financial statements for a sole proprietorship business

CO-3: Discuss and apply Ind ASs on Inventories; Revenue; Property, Plant and Equipment; and Investment Property

CO-4: Prepare realization account.

CO-5: Demonstrate accounting for companies undergoing amalgamation external reconstruction and partnership firm.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:12
Overview of accounting principles and procedure
 

Introduction to accounting; Double-entry system; Ind AS 1: Financial statements, purpose, general features (true and fair view, going concern, accrual basis, materiality and aggregation, offsetting, frequency of reporting, comparative information, consistency); Other assumptions and conventions (business entity, money measurement, conservatism), Basic accounting procedure: journal entries, ledgers, subsidiary books, cash book, capital and revenue expenditure/receipts, rectification of errors, trial balance, bank reconciliation statement.

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:8
Preparation of financial statements for sole proprietors
 

Preparation of Statement of Profit and Loss and Balance Sheet: structure, contents; problems based on trial balance and adjustments

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:8
Fundamental Indian Accounting Standards
 

Ind AS 2 (Inventories): measurement—cost, cost formulas, net realizable value; recognition as an expense; basic problems
Ind AS 18 (Revenue): measurement; identification of transaction; sale of goods; rendering of services; interest, royalties and dividends; basic examples
Ind AS 16 (Property, Plant and Equipment): measurement at recognition; depreciation, depreciation method, change in method (Ind AS 8); derecognition; problems on the above
Ind AS 40 (Investment Property): recognition, measurement, transfers, disposals; basic problems

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:12
Dissolution of partnership firms
 

Accounting procedure for closing of books of account—journal entries, ledger accounts; piecemeal distribution, insolvency of partners, Garner Vs Murray rule, applicability in India deficiency account, treatment of unrecorded assets and liabilities

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:10
Amalgamation of firms
 

Meaning and objectives; journal entries and ledger accounts to close the books of amalgamating firms; accounting treatment of assets and liabilities not taken over by the new firm; treatment of goodwill; opening entries in the books of the new firm; balance sheet of the new firm.

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:10
Sale of partnership firm
 

Introduction; need for conversion; meaning of purchase consideration; methods of calculating purchase consideration—net payment method, net asset method; passing of journal entries and preparation of ledger accounts in the books of vendor; treatment of certain items—dissolution expenses, unrecorded assets and liabilities, assets and liabilities not taken over by the purchasing company, contingent liabilities, non-assumption of trade liabilities; in the books of purchasing company—passing of incorporation entries, treatment of security premium, fresh issue of shares and debentures to meet working capital, preparation of balance sheet.

Text Books And Reference Books:
  1. Jain S. P., & Narang K. L., (2013). Financial Accounting (19ed.). Mumbai: Kalyani
  2. Institute of Chartered Accountants of India. Indian Accounting Standards (IND ASs)
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
  1. Maheswari S. N., &Maheswari S. K. (2012). Financial Accounting. New Delhi: Vikas Publishing House
  2. Arulanandam M.A., & Raman K. S. (2014). Advanced Accountancy (6ed.). Mumbai: Himalaya Publishing House
Evaluation Pattern

Department of Professional Studies follows a rigorous system of continuous evaluation, and the assessment events include quizzes, tests, assignments, mid-term and end-term exams, individual/group project work, presentations etc.  

Students are evaluated for each course on the basis of written examination and continuous internal assessment. Each paper carries maximum of 100 marks and is evaluated as follows:

End Semester Examination (ESE)

50%

Mid Semester Examination (CIA-2)

25%

Continuous Internal Assessment (CIA - 1 & 3)

20%

Attendance 

05%

Total

100%

                       

·       Written Examinations consists of:

§  Mid Semester Exam – 50 marks   (2 hours duration)

§  End Semester Exam – 100 marks (3 hours duration)

·       A student should have secured minimum 40% marks in the ESE to pass in that paper.

In aggregate for each paper, for internal and end semester put together, at least 40 marks out of 100 must be secured to pass in that paper.

COP102-1 - COST ACCOUNTING (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4
Max Marks:100
Credits:4

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

The course aims to provide conceptual understanding of cost accounting. It focuses on the computation of various components of cost, such as material, labour, and overheads. It also covers modules on specific cost accounting methods like job costing and contract costing, and process costing.

Course Outcome

CO-1: Discuss the basic concepts and classification of cost and various methods of inventory control prepare stock ledger.

CO-2: Apply different methods of remuneration and incentive system in calculation of wages and bonus.

CO-3: Apply different methods of overhead allocation and apportionment to calculate overhead rate.

CO-4: Ascertain the profit or loss arising from a contract and process.

CO-5: Demonstrate reconciliation of differences in profits in cost and financial accounts

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:10
Introduction to Accounting
 

Introduction – Definition – Fundamental Principles –Scope, Functions and objectives – Merits & Demerits –Methods & Techniques-Cost Accounting and financial accounting comparison; Elements of Cost – Cost vs. Expense- Cost Centre, Cost Unit & Cost object- Classification of Cost- Costs for decision making - Installation of Costing system - Cost Sheet - Tenders and Quotations (Problems)

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:8
Materials
 

Meaning and classification of material- Purchase Procedure& documentation - Store Keeping Functions; Inventory Control - Fixation of Levels- Periodical and Perpetual Inventory, ABC Analysis, EOQ (Problems); Stores issue - Methods of Pricing of materials – FIFO – LIFO - Simple and Weighted Average Methods. (Problems)

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:8
Labour
 

Meaning & classification of Labour- Attendance and payroll procedure- Time Keeping - Methods of Time Keeping - Time Booking – Records - Idle Time - Causes for Idle Time - Treatment of Idle Time – Overtime – Labour Turnover—Labour Remuneration - Features of Good Wage System –Remuneration system and incentive schemes-Time Wage System, Piece Rate System, Problems on Taylor’s Differential Piece Rate System, Halsey Premium Plan and Rowan Plan. (Problems)

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:10
Overheads
 

Meaning and definition –Classification of Overheads- Allocation & Apportionment of overheads (Primary Distribution) Apportionment of Service Department Costs to Production Departments (Secondary Distribution- Reciprocal basis). Absorption of Overheads - Methods - percentage of Direct Material Cost - Direct Labour Cost - Prime Cost - Direct Labour Hour Rate and Machine Hour Rate

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:16
Methods of Costing
 

Job and Contract Costing: Meaning and nature- Difference between Job Costing and Contract Costing – Preparation of Contract Accounts- Ascertainment of Profit/Loss on Contract – Work In Progress and Balance Sheet –Profits on incomplete contracts-Cost Plus and Estimated Contracts (Problems)

Process Costing: Meaning and nature- Preparation of process Accounts- Normal Loss - Abnormal Loss/gain - (Including Inter-Process Profit and Equivalent Production) Preparation of Process Accounts and Joint and By-Products

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:8
Reconciliation of Cost and Financial Accounts
 

Need for reconciliation- Reasons for difference in profits- Reconciliation- Re-modelling of financial books, Reconciliation for difference in profits, Method of reconciliation (Problems)

Text Books And Reference Books:

1. Horngren T. Charles, Datar M. Srikant and Rajan V. Madhav. (2014) Cost Accounting: A Managerial Emphasis, 15th Edition, Prentice Hall publishers, Delhi

2. Arora M N – (2012) A Text book of Cost & Management Accounting, Vikas Publishing, New Delhi

3. Lal Jawahar, Srivastava Seema. (2013) Cost Accounting, 5thEdition, Tata Mcgraw-Hill, Delhi

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

1. Saxena V. K. (2014) Essentials of Cost Accounting, Sultan Chand and Sons, New Delhi

2. Sharma &Shashi. K Gupta (2012) Cost & Management Accounting Kalyani Publishers

3. Kishore. M. Ravi. (2014) Business Strategy and Strategic Cost Management, 1 st Edition, Taxmann Publications, New Delhi

Evaluation Pattern

Department of Professional Studies follows a rigorous system of continuous evaluation, and the assessment events include quizzes, tests, assignments, mid-term and end-term exams, individual/group project work, presentations etc.  

Students are evaluated for each course on the basis of written examination and continuous internal assessment. Each paper carries maximum of 100 marks and is evaluated as follows:

End Semester Examination (ESE)

50%

Mid Semester Examination (CIA-2)

25%

Continuous Internal Assessment (CIA - 1 & 3)

20%

Attendance 

05%

Total

100%

                       

·       Written Examinations consists of:

§  Mid Semester Exam – 50 marks   (2 hours duration)

§  End Semester Exam – 100 marks (3 hours duration)

·       A student should have secured minimum 40% marks in the ESE to pass in that paper.

In aggregate for each paper, for internal and end semester put together, at least 40 marks out of 100 must be secured to pass in that paper.

COP103-1 - BUSINESS ECONOMICS (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4
Max Marks:100
Credits:4

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

This course is designed to familiarize students with the basic concepts, theories and models of economics, which are relevant to business

Course Outcome

CO-1: Discuss the basic concepts of Economics applicable to business.

CO-2: Evaluate theories of consumer behaviour to find out how a consumer takes decisions to buy a product or service.

CO-3: Evaluate key factors affecting economic variables such as demand, supply and price of products.

CO-4: Understand the production function and the costing of different input factors of production.

CO-5: Analyse different types of market and their functioning which affect consumer surplus.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:10
Business Economics
 

Meaning- characteristics, distinction between business economics and pure economics, scope of business economics, uses/objectives of business economics. Approaches to the study of consumer behaviour, cardinal approach, Law of Equi-marginal utility, ordinal approach, indifference curve analysis, properties, consumer surplus, meaning, analysis, limitations.

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:10
Demand and Supply Analysis ? I
 

Demand (Determinants, Demand function) - Law of Demand – Variations in demand, Supply (Determinants, Supply function) – Law of Supply –Variations in Supply, Market equilibrium and changes in equilibrium (reference to product markets & factor markets), Interference with market prices - Minimum price & Maximum price and its effect, Market failure – meaning & types - Public goods – Externalities - Merit goods - Demerit goods

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:10
Demand and Supply Analysis ? II
 

Demand: Elasticity of Demand – Price elasticity of demand –factors determining elasticity of demand – its measurement and its application in business decisions, concepts of Income& Cross-Promotional elasticity of demand, Supply: Elasticity of Supply – factors determining elasticity of supply, Demand forecasting- Survey and statistical methods

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:10
Production Analysis
 

Production, Firm and Industry, Production function, Production runs or Periods (short run and long run), Production in the short run, Law of variable proportions, Production in the long run, Returns to scale (increasing, constant and decreasing returns to scale), Economies of scale and Diseconomies of scale, Factor Pricing: Rent, Wages, Interest and Profit.

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:8
Cost & Revenue Analysis
 

Cost - Cost concepts (Absolute cost and opportunity cost, accounting cost and Economic cost) – Fixed and Variable cost – TC, AC & MC, Cost-output relationship in the short run - Cost-output relationship in the long run. Revenue – TR, AR & MR - Revenue with no change in price – Revenue with change in price.

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:12
Firm and Market Structure
 

Perfect Competition: Assumptions, price and output decisions. Equilibrium of the firm and the industry in the short and the long runs, including industry’s long run supply, producer surplus. Shut down point under perfect competition market, Monopoly: Behavior of a monopolist in the short and the long run. Price discrimination by a monopolist-1st degree, 2nd degree and 3rd degree. Monopolistic competition, concept of excess capacity. Oligopoly- Collusive & Non-collusive models of Oligopoly

Text Books And Reference Books:

1. Dwivedi (2009): Essentials of Business Economics, Vikas Publishing House

2. Salvatore &Srivatsava (2012): Managerial Economics, 7 th Edition, Oxford University Press

3. Maheshwari (2012): Managerial Economics, 3 rd Edition, PHI.

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

1. Allen, Weigelt, Doherty & Mansfield (2012): Managerial Economics, 8 th Edition, W.

W. Norton & Company

2. Atmanada (2009): Managerial Economics, 2 nd Edition, Excel Books

3. Dransfield (2009): Business Economics, Routledge

4. Gillespie (2013): Business Economics, 2 nd Edition, Oxford University Press

5. Keat, Young & Banerjee (2011): Managerial Economics, 6 th Edition, Pearson

6. Petersen, Lewis & Jain (2006): Managerial Economics, 4 th Edition, Pearson

7. Sloman, Hinde& Garratt Economics for Business (2013), 6th Edition, Pearson

Evaluation Pattern

Department of Professional Studies follows a rigorous system of continuous evaluation, and the assessment events include quizzes, tests, assignments, mid-term and end-term exams, individual/group project work, presentations etc.  

Students are evaluated for each course on the basis of written examination and continuous internal assessment. Each paper carries maximum of 100 marks and is evaluated as follows:

End Semester Examination (ESE)

50%

Mid Semester Examination (CIA-2)

25%

Continuous Internal Assessment (CIA - 1 & 3)

20%

Attendance 

05%

Total

100%

                       

·       Written Examinations consists of:

§  Mid Semester Exam – 50 marks   (2 hours duration)

§  End Semester Exam – 100 marks (3 hours duration)

·       A student should have secured minimum 40% marks in the ESE to pass in that paper.

In aggregate for each paper, for internal and end semester put together, at least 40 marks out of 100 must be secured to pass in that paper.

CSC141 - PROGRAMMING IN C (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

This course introduces students to the C programming language, covering its history, features, data types, and program structure. Students will learn to apply decision control and loop structures, along with various operators, to create basic programs. Additionally, the course covers functions, recursion, arrays, and pointers to provide a solid foundation for C programming and problem-solving.

Course Outcome

CO1: Understand the fundamentals of C programming, including its history, features, variables, and data types.

CO2: Apply decision control statements, loop control structures, and various operators to write basic C programs.

CO3: Analyze and design functions, including recursion and passing values/arrays, and understand storage classes in C.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:9
Introduction to C
 

 

Types of Programming Language- History of C, Features of C , C Tokens, variables and keywords and identifiers ,Types of C constants and variables, Rules for constructing variable names, Structure of C program, Input /output statements in C

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:9
Data types and Control Structures
 

Data Types, Type declaration, Different Operators in C - Arithmetic, Logical, Relational, Bitwise, Conditional, Expressions, Hierarchy of operations.

Control structures

 

Decision control statements-if, switch, go to statement, conditional operator statement. Loop control structures- while, do-while, for loop, Break statement, Continue statement.

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:9
Function
 

Introduction, function definition and prototyping, Types of functions, passing values to function, recursion, passing arrays to functions. I/O functions- formatted & unformatted console I/O functions Storage classes in C- Automatic, Register, Extern and Static Variables.

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:9
Arrays
 

 

One dimensional and multidimensional arrays, Declaration, initialization, Reading values into an array, Displaying array contents and Array Manipulations. String-Basic Concepts, Library Functions

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:9
Pointers
 

Definition, notation, pointer and arrays, pointers and functions-call by value and call by reference.

Text Books And Reference Books:

[1] Balagurusamy, E. Programming in ANSI C 4th Edition. Tata McGraw-Hill, 2010.

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

[1] Kanetkar, Yashavant. Let Us C. 4th Edition. BPB Publications, 2012.

Evaluation Pattern

CIA 50%

ESE 50%

CSC143 - WEB DESIGNING USING HTML, PHP AND MYSQL (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

This course covers the fundamentals of HTML and PHP for web development. Students will learn HTML tags for content structuring and essential PHP scripting concepts, including variables, conditional statements, and error handling. Additionally, they will explore form handling, loops, and MySQL database interactions using PHP. By the end, students will be equipped to create dynamic web applications and understand the essentials of web programming.

Course Outcome

CO1: Understand and apply HTML basics, including tags for structure, lists, images, hyperlinks, and tables.

CO2: Develop PHP scripts with variables, data types, conditional statements, and error handling techniques.

CO3: Utilize PHP for form handling, switch-case statements, loop structures, and working with arrays in MySQL database.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:9
Unit-1
 

 

Basic HTML tags- HTML, HEAD, BODY, TITLE, Paragraphs, Headings, Line Breaks, Dividers- P, H1, …H6, BR, HR, Character Entity References- Quotes, ampersands, angle brackets, and non-breaking spaces Lists- OL, UL, DL, Formatting-URL and Paths, Images- IMG, Hyperlinks, Table-TABLE, TR, TD, TH, Form-FORM, INPUT, TEXTAREA, SELECT, OPTION, Frames-FRAMESET, FRAME

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:9
PHP Basic
 

Writing PHP scripts - Writing PHP scripts, learn about PHP code structure, how to write and execute a simple PHP script and to add comments within your code.

Variables and Data Types- Learn about Variables, values and Data Types in PHP: boolean, integer, float, string, array, object, Resource, null.

Numbers and mathematical Operators- Introducing Numbers and mathematical 0perators, some PHP functions for more complex operations with numbers.

PHP Strings- Working with strings, using simple and double quotes, escaping quotes and other characters, concatenating strings, some functions for strings.

 Constants- Introducing Constants, syntax for defining constants, differences between variables and defined constants.

PHP Error Handling and Debugging-Error Handling, debugging and trigger errors and how to adjust the level of error reporting, handling exceptions.

 

If ... Else conditionals, Comparative and Logical operators - Make PHP script takes decisions with If, Else, Elseif conditional statements. Compare two values with Comparative and Logical operators. The ternary operator.

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:9
Unit-3
 

Using HTML Forms - Using HTML Forms, PHP form handling, get data sent from form fields through GET and POST method, form validation.

$_GET, $_POST Variables - How to send data with get and post methods to a PHP script and access it with superglobal $_GET, $_POST variables.

Switch ... Case ... - PHP MySQL course - Switch ... Case ... conditional statement, switch with break and default instructions.

While Loops - Using While and Do Wile Loops. End the While loops with the break instruction. Syntax and examples.

For and For each Loops - Using for () and for each () Loops. End the "For" loops with the break instruction. Syntax and examples.

 

PHP Arrays - Creating Numeric (indexed) Arrays and Associative arrays. Accessing, modifying and traversing array elements.

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:9
Unit-4
 

PHP MySQL Introduction, Data Types - PHP MySQL Introduction, database structure, tables. MySQL naming rules, and column's data types.

PHP MySQL - INSERT INTO - Insert data in MySQL table, INSERT INTO query. Insert data from a form into a database.

 

PHP MySQL - SELECT, ORDER BY - Retrieve and display data from a MySQL table, SELECT SQL command. Determine the number of records. Sort query results with ORDER BY clause (ASC and DESC).

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:9
Unit-5
 

PHP MySQL - WHERE and LIKE - Selecting specific data from a database with the WHERE clause and Conditionals. Check for string matching with LIKE and NOT LIKE terms.

PHP MySQL – UPDATE - UPDATE query to edit / change existing records in MySQL table.

 

PHP MySQL – DELETE - The DELETE statement, used to entirely remove records from a database table.

Text Books And Reference Books:

[1] Powell, HTML & XHTM: The Complete Reference, 4th Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill Edition
[2] Steven Holzner, PHP: The Complete Reference, McGraw-Hill Higher Education, 2008


Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

 

[1] Robin Nixon, Learning PHP, My SQL and Java Script, Kindle Edition, O'Reilly Media 2009.

Evaluation Pattern

CIA 50%

ESE 50%

CSC149 - INTRODUCTION TO DATA SCIENCE (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Introductory-level training will be given software and tools for solving data science problems.

This course is designed to provide the theoretical foundations of data science.

Standard problems in data science, such as pre-processing, classification, clustering, and visualization, will be addressed.

Practical sessions will provide demonstrations, training, and discussions on results and interpretation methods.

Course Outcome

CO1: Collect the data from various sources.

CO2: Understand the problem scenario.

CO3: Solve data science problems with appropriate tools.

CO4: Interpret the results through visualizations.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:6
UNIT 1
 

Introduction – Concept data – types of data – sources of data – data sets – terminologies – pre-processing – classification – clustering – association rule mining – visualization – approaches – statistics – machine learning and soft computing.

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:6
Preprocessing & Data Transformation:
 

Data cleaning – handling missing values – errors and outliers

 

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:6
Classification
 

Decision trees – naïve based methods – neural networks – SVM.

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:6
Data Transformation
 

Application of normalization methods – min-max method – 

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:6
Clustering
 

K-Means – Distance-based methods – Association Rules – finding frequent itemsets – apriori method.

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:6
Post-processing
 

Performance metrics of tasks – drawing various charts from the results – interpretation of results.

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:6
Tools for data science
 

Exploring the open source tools: Weka, Orange, Rapid Miner.

Text Books And Reference Books:

1. Data Mining: Concepts and Techniques, Han, Kamber and Pei, 2013

2. Data Mining and Predictive Analytics, Daniel T. Larose & ChantalD Lorose, Wiley Publisher, 2017

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

1. Data Mining and Analysis Fundamental Concepts and Algorithms, Zaki and  Meira, MK Publisher,  2014.

2. Data Mining: The Text  Book, Aggarwal, Springer, 2015.

 

Evaluation Pattern

CIA 50%

ESE 50%

DMT141 - DANCE MOVEMENT THERAPY (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:2
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course description:

This course has been conceptualized in order to Understanding and exploring theory and practice as two sides of the same coin for academic 

excellence in Performing Arts. Benchmarking quality, understanding and exploring adaptability to situations and taking leadership tasks.

Maintaining emotional and aesthetics sensitivity in verbal and non-verbal communication

Course Outcome

CO1: To work on the body schema, body image and physical self-concept To examine the concept of creativity and imagination.

CO2: To understand and gain practical understanding about the human body expression through the Gross Motor Skills Development, the Global Motor Coordination Schemes according Bartenieff, the Effort/Shape system of movement analysis according Laban.

CO3: To gain the ability to express emotions To improved confidence and self-esteem

CO4: To analyse and to gain practical understanding about the concept of Dance: from ancient social function to performance, from performance to therapy. To learn how Dance Movement Therapy dances with life: instances of different social areas in which Dmt is practised.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:20
Introduction on Dance Movement
 

  Definition of Dance and its history 

 Definition of creativity 

 History of Dance Movement Therapy theory 

 

To understand and to gain practical understanding about the human body expression 

the Gross Motor Skills Development,

the Global Motor Coordination Schemes according Bartenieff,  

the Effort/Shape system of movement analysis according Laban.

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:25
Practice
 

Explore the body: The warm –up in Dance Movement Therapy 

The social function of the dance 

Text Books And Reference Books:

Essential references: (in APA format)

- Bellia , V. (2020). A body among other bodies. Relational Expressive Dance Movement Therapy. Catania A&G

- Hackney, P. (1998). Making connections. Total body integration through Barrtenieff Fundamentals. Routledge, New York.

- Laban R. (1950). The mastery of movement on the stage. McDonald & Evans, London

- Laban R., Lawrence F.C. (1947). Effort. McDonald & Evans, London

- Schilder P., (1935) The image and appearance of the human body. Taylor & Francis

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Essential references: (in APA format)

- Bellia , V. (2020). A body among other bodies. Relational Expressive Dance Movement Therapy. Catania A&G

- Hackney, P. (1998). Making connections. Total body integration through Barrtenieff Fundamentals. Routledge, New 

- Schilder P., (1935) The image and appearance of the human body. Taylor & Francis

Evaluation Pattern

Evaluation patterns  - final assessment 100 marks

DMT142 - INTRODUCTION TO CARNATIC MUSIC (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Introduction to Carnatic music focus on the basic fundamentals of Carnatic music. This course helps to improve the vocal quality as the lessons works as voice culture to the begginner.

Course Outcome

CO1: Ability to render the Swara-s in three speeds

CO2: Ability to identify and render the 7 Swara-s

CO3: Ability to render Sarala, Janta, Dhatu, Tarasthayi, and Alankara-s in three speeds.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:10
Svaravali varisas and Janti varisas
 

Lessons in three speeds

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:10
Tarasthayi and Dhattu varisas
 

All the lessons in to three speeds

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:10
Alankaras and Geethams
 

Sapta tala alankaras and any for geethams

Text Books And Reference Books:

Carnatic music reader by Panchapakesha Iyer

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Ganamrutha Bodhini

Evaluation Pattern

Final assessment for 100 Marks

DPS01-01 - BRIDGE COURSE IN ACCOUNTING (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:15
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4
Max Marks:50
Credits:0

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

The bridge course aims to act as a buffer for the new entrants with an objective to provide adequate time for the transition to hard core of degree courses. This gives them a breather, to prepare themselves before the onset of courses for first year degree programme. During this interaction of fifteen hours with the faculty and their classmates the students will be equipped with the knowledge and the confidence needed to take on bigger challenges in future.

The main objective of the course is to bridge the gap between subjects studied at Pre-university level and subjects they would be studying in commerce. A Bridge course aims to cover the gap between the understanding level of the high school courses and higher educational courses and to examine their proficiency in the stream of Accounting. Bridge courses are the tool to help students to success in their graduate level studies.

1. To give the idea about basic Book Keeping and Accountancy to the under-graduate students admitted to the Department of Professional Studies.

2. To provide the knowledge about recording of Journal Entries and Ledger posting.

3. To gives details of Preparation of Trial Balance, balance sheet, rectify the errors and the final accounts of a sole proprietorship.

Course Outcome

CO1: To make the students familiar with the basic concepts of Accounting.

CO2: To encourage and motivate the Students for the commerce Education.

CO3: To make the students aware towards the various branches of commerce for example, Accounts and its fundamentals.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:4
Accounting - An Introduction
 
Accounting Introduction
Accounting principles and concepts
Journal entries
Unit-2
Teaching Hours:3
Accounting System Components
 
Subsidiary books 
Ledgers
Trial balance

 

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:8
Accounting Errors and Final Accounts
 

 

Rectification of errors
Bank reconcialiation statement
Final accounts for sole proprietorship
Text Books And Reference Books:

  1. Financial Accounting, Mohammed Hanif, Amitabh Mukherjee.
  2. Financial Accounting, Jain S.P., Narang K.L., Kalyani Publishers, Delhi.
  3. Financial Accounting, Dr D Mukhopadhyay, Asian Books

 

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

  1. Financial Accounting, Dr. V. K. Goyal, Published by Excel Books
  2. Financial Accounting, Grewal, Shukla, S. Chand (Sultan Chand Publications), Delhi
  3. Principles and Application of Financial Accounting, Amitabh Basu

 

Evaluation Pattern

The course consists of fifteen hours of interactive sessions and an internal examination designed by the department which is compulsory for all those who are not successful in the proficiency test and also meant for non-commerce students to acquaint themselves in the chosen stream of learning. Hence, all UG first year students to undergo this proficiency test and to secure the cut-off marks set by the Department year-on-year basis. After the bridge course class sessions an internal examination will be conducted and the student need to score 40% of 50 Marks. Otherwise those students need to appear for a supplementary exam till they clear. Students’ performance will be graded on a pass/fail basis and will not carry any credits.

DPS02-01 - BRIDGE COURSE IN ECONOMICS (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:15
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4
Max Marks:50
Credits:0

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

The bridge course aims to act as a buffer for the new entrants with an objective to provide adequate time for the transition to hard core of degree courses. This gives them a breather, to prepare themselves before the onset of courses for first year degree programme. During this interaction of fifteen hours with the faculty and their classmates the students will be equipped with the knowledge and the confidence needed to take on bigger challenges in future.

The objective of bridge course is to act as a cushion to improve and orient the subject knowledge keeping in mind the students coming from different streams. This gives them an overview and acquaints them with the basics of the subject before the classes start in full swing. It bridges the gap between subjects studied at Pre-university level and subjects they would be studying in commerce.

 

Course Outcome

CO1: To make the students familiar with the basic concepts of Economics.

CO2: To encourage and motivate the Students for the commerce Education.

CO3: To bridge the gap between knowledge levels apparent in higher secondary and the prescribed university curriculum

CO4: To help students get equipped with the requisite knowledge and confident to learn further.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:3
Economics - An Introduction
 

Meaning- characteristics, distinction between business economics and pure economics, scope of business economics, uses/objectives of business economics
Approaches to the study of consumer behaviour, cardinal approach, Law of Equi-marginal utility, ordinal approach, indifference curve analysis, properties

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:5
Economic Forces
 

Consumer surplus, meaning, analysis, limitations, Demand (Determinants, Demand function), Law of Demand, Variations in demand, Supply (Determinants, Supply function), Law of Supply, Variations in Supply, Market equilibrium and changes in equilibrium (reference to product markets & factor markets).
Demand: Elasticity of Demand, Price elasticity of demand, factors determining elasticity of demand, its measurement and its application in business decisions, concepts of Income& Cross, Promotional elasticity of demand.
Supply: Elasticity of Supply, factors determining elasticity of supply, Demand forecasting, Survey and statistical methods.

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:2
Production Function
 

Production, Firm and Industry, Production function, Production runs or Periods (short run and long run), Production in the short run, Law of variable proportions, Production in the long run

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:5
Cost Aspects and Equilibrium
 

Cost - Cost concepts (Absolute cost and opportunity cost, Accounting cost and Economic cost) – Fixed and Variable cost – TC, AC & MC.
Returns to scale (increasing, constant and decreasing returns to scale), Economies of scale and Diseconomies of scale, Factor Pricing: Rent, Wages, Interest and Profit.
Equilibrium of the firm and the industry in the short and the long runs, including industry’s long run supply, producer surplus. Shut down point under perfect competition market.

Text Books And Reference Books:

  1. Principles of Economics, Libby Rittenberg, ‎Timothy Tregarthen
  2. Managerial Economics, D N Dwivedi
  3. Micro Economics, R Shashi Kumar
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

  1. Principles of Economics, Mankiw
  2. Economics: Theory and Practice, Welch, Patrick J
  3. Principles of Business Economics, Prof. Mihir Kumar Shome, ‎Meghali Saikia, ‎Amit Kumar Dubey
Evaluation Pattern

The course consists of fifteen hours of interactive sessions and an internal examination designed by the department which is compulsory for all those who are not successful in the proficiency test and also meant for non-commerce students to acquaint themselves in the chosen stream of learning. Hence, all UG first year students to undergo this proficiency test and to secure the cut-off marks set by the Department year-on-year basis. After the bridge course class sessions an internal examination will be conducted and the student need to score 40% of 50 Marks. Otherwise those students need to appear for a supplementary exam till they clear. Students’ performance will be graded on a pass/fail basis and will not carry any credits.

DPS161-1 - ORGANISATIONAL STUDY (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:30
No of Lecture Hours/Week:2
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Organisational study is offered in the first semester UG programme of Department of Professional Studies, CHRIST (Deemed to be University). The course is run on a self-study mode where in students visit a large manufacturing/service organisation and study in detail about the functioning of the chosen organisation. This is a 30 hours on-site study which aims to familiarize the students with the day-to-day functions and challenges faced by a business. The key points to be focused on the study include industry profile, company and product profile, mission, vision, objectives and strategies of the organization, organization chart - design & structure, policies and procedures followed, functions of various departments and their managers, SWOT analysis, key result areas (KRAs), significant factors for success, competitor analysis, system of accounting followed, product promotional measures, HR Policy, training and appraisal measures , financial highlights and future plans for growth of the organization. The study may also include relevant digital tools/software/platforms used in the organization. This course familiarizes the students with real world functions, practices and challenges of a specific business as well as the industry in which the business operates.

Course Outcome

CO1: Discuss the structure, functions, policies and procedures followed by a large business organization.

CO2: Evaluate the strengths, weaknesses, opportunities and threats of a business

CO3: Recognize the key result areas and significant factors of success of a business

CO4: Demonstrate the application of knowledge and skill sets acquired from the course in the assigned job function

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:30
Organisation Study
 

Industry profile, company and product profile, mission, vision, objectives and strategies of the organization, organization chart - design & structure, policies and procedures followed, functions of various departments and their managers, SWOT analysis, key result areas (KRAs), significant factors for success, competitor analysis, system of accounting followed, product promotional measures, HR Policy, training and appraisal measures , financial highlights and future plans for growth of the organization. The study may also include relevant digital tools/software/platforms used in the organization. This course familiarizes the students with real world functions, practices and challenges of a specific business as well as the industry in which the business operates.

Text Books And Reference Books:

-

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

-

Evaluation Pattern

This course has 3 credits and carries 100 marks.  The marks are awarded as follows:

1. Project Report : 40 

2. Presentation and Viva: 50

3. Regular Interaction with the guide: 10

(Total : 100 marks) 

DSC141 - PRINCIPLES OF DATA SCIENCE (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

To provide a strong foundation for data science and the application area related to it, train toexplore the process of data pre-processing and machine learning, and to inculcate the importanceof ethics while handling data and problems in data science. To provide students with a fundamental understanding of the digital computing concepts from a hardware and software perspective.

 

Course Outcome

CO1: Understand the fundamental concepts of data science.

CO2: Explore the concepts of data pre-processing and visualization.

CO3: Learn the basic concepts of machine learning.

CO4: Practice the ethics while handling data

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:14
Introduction
 

INTRODUCTION TO DATA SCIENCE

What is data science? – Why data science? – Data science venn diagram – Terminologies – Application case studies. Types of data – Structured vs unstructured data – Quantitative vs qualitative data – Four levels of data.

Data Science Ethics – Doing good data science – Owners of the data - Valuing different aspects of privacy - Getting informed consent - The Five Cs – Diversity – Inclusion – Future Trends.

 

  

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:18
Data Science process and Machine Learning
 

 DATA SCIENCE PROCESS

Five steps of data science – Ask an interesting question? – Obtain the data - Explore the data – Model the data – Communicate and visualize results – Basic question for data explorations – case studies for EDA

 Machine Learning

Machine learning – Modeling Process – Training model – Validating model – Predicting new observations –Supervised learning algorithms-– Unsupervised learning algorithms. 

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:13
Data Visualization
 

DATA VISUALISATION

Communicating data – Identifying visualization – Importance of graphs and statistics – Verbal communication – The why, how and what strategy of presenting.

Text Books And Reference Books:

[1]Sinan Ozdemir, Principles of Data Science learn the techniques and math you need to start making sense of your data. Birmingham Packt December, 2016.

[2]Davy Cielen and Arno Meysman, Introducing Data Science. Simon and Schuster, 2016.

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

[1]M. Loukides, H. Mason, and D. Patil, Ethics and Data Science. O’Reilly Media, 2018.

Evaluation Pattern

CIA 100%

DSC142 - PYTHON PROGRAMMING FOR DATA SCIENCE (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

This course covers the programming paradigms associated with Python. It provides a comprehensive understanding of Python data types, functions and modules with a focus on modular programming.

Course Outcome

CO1: Understand and apply core programming concepts.

CO2: Demonstrate significant experience with python program development environment.

CO3: Design and implement fully-functional programs using commonly used modules and custom functions.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:12
INTRODUCTION
 

INTRODUCING PYTHON

Introduction, Python Fundamentals, Features of Python, Components of a Python Program, Understanding the interpreter.

Python basics:

Identifiers, Basic Types, Operators, Precedence and Associativity, Decision Control Structures, Looping Structures, Console input, output.

Practical Exercises:

1.Implement Basic data types, Control structures and operators.

2.Exercise on console input and output.

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:18
Programming Fundamentals
 

PYTHON DATA TYPES

Strings,Lists:Accessingelements,Basic List operations, Built-in methods

Tuples: working with elements, Basic Tuple operation, Tuple methods and Type of Tuples 

Sets: Definition, Set Elements, Built-in methods, basic set operations, Mathematical Set operation, Variety of Sets.

Dictionaries: Defining a dictionary, accessing elements, basic operations, methods.

COMPREHENSIONS and FUNCTIONS

 Comprehensions:ListComprehensions, Set Comprehension, Dictionary Comprehension.

Functions: Defining a function, Types of arguments, unpacking arguments.

Recursive functions.Main module, built-in, custommodules, importing a module.

 

Practical Exercises:

    1. Implement Tuples

    2. Implement Dictionary

    3. Implement Set

    4.ImplementList, Set and Dictionary Comprehensions

    5.Implement Recursive function

 

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:15
Introduction to NUMPY AND PANDAS
 

NUMPY 

Introduction to NumPy, Aggregations Computation on Arrays, Comparisons, Sorting Arrays.

PANDAS

Introduction to Pandas: Data indexing and Selection, Operating on Data, Handling Missing Data.

 

Text Books And Reference Books:

 

[1]Martin Brown, Python:The Complete Reference,     McGraw Hill Publications,4th Edition March 2018.

[2]Yashavant Kanetkar,Aditya Kanetkar, Let Us Python, BPB Publications ,4th Edition 2022.

 

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

[1]Reema Thareja ,Python Programming using problem solving Approach , Oxford University, Higher Education Oxford University Press, 2017

[2]Zhang.Y      ,An      Introduction     to         Pythonand      Computer            Programming,Springer Publications,2015

Evaluation Pattern

CIA 100%

ECO144 - GLOBALISATION AND DEVELOPMENT (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Liberalisation policies being pursued by most national economies in the world today, including India creates the need to acquire knowledge and comprehension of Globalisation as ideology along with its practical dynamics. The course intends to provide a sound understanding about the various components, and issues of this ideology at an introductory level. The methodology will be learning centered and so will be one of intensive facilitation by faculty of the reading to be done by students.

Course Outcome

CO1: Describe the various facets of globalisation.

CO2: Explain the various challenges of globalisation.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:15
Introduction
 

Globalisation: Brief History – The Marrakesh Meet – Globalisation as a contested concept – Debate of Globalisation as a new phenomenon

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:10
The Political Economy of Globalisation
 

Political Economy Debate of Comparative Advantage versus Imperialism – Introduction to Globalisation and the Political Economy of the External Sector.

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:10
Dimensions of Globalisation
 

The Economics Dimension – The Political Dimension – The Cultural Dimension

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:10
Ideology
 

The Ideological Dimension of Globalisation – Challenges to Globalism – Assessing the Future of Globalisation.

Text Books And Reference Books:

1. Manfred Steger ‘Globalisation the new Market Ideology’.

2. Joseph Stiglitz ‘Discontents of Gloablisaton’

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Justin Ervin, Zachary A Smith "Globalisation: A Reference Hand Book."

 

Evaluation Pattern

CIA I - 25 Marks

CIA II - 25 Marks

ESE - 50 Marks

ECO145 - ECOLOGY AND DEVELOPMENT (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

This course aims to provide a holistic and a deeper understanding of the trade-off between ecology and development. Through an inter-disciplinary lens an organic approach is adopted to understand the trade-off. This course, therefore, seeks to cultivate not only the moral and ethical thinking of the ecology but also it tries to put forth an action plan from a policy front. 

Course Outcome

CO1: To evoke a sense of deep ecology and social justice.

CO2: To familiarize the students with the development paradigms and how it affects the ecology.

CO3: To examine the problems behind value designations

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:12
Ecology and Value
 

The Value Problem in Ecological Economics- Values in Ecological Value Analysis: What Should We Be Learning from Contingent Valuation Studies? - Natural Capital in Ecological Economics-Entropy in Ecological Economics.

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:12
Ecology and Development
 

The environmental impact of land development-Development of water resources-Development and changing air quality- Urban development and environmental change-Environmental economics and ecological economics: Where they can converge?- Power Inequality and the Environment.

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:10
Ecofeminism and Ecocriticism
 

Gender and environment; Ecofeminism; androcentrism; Deep ecology – ecofeminism debate; Ecocriticism; Nature writings; Thinking like a mountain; The forgetting and remembering of the air - The Varna Trophic System An Ecological Theory of Caste Formation. 

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:11
Action Plans
 

Reading Ecology, Reinventing Democracy-Scientists or Spies?- Revisiting the Debates on Man-Nature Relation- Lecture of Medha Patkar- Ecological Fiscal Transfers and State-level Budgetary Spending in India- -Bourgeois Environmentalism, the State, the Judiciary, Urban Poor, Significance of Silent Valley- Silent Valley: A controversy that focused global attention on a rainforest 40 years ago- Equity and Justice

Text Books And Reference Books:

1.      1.Burkett, Paul. (2006). Marxism and Ecological Economics. Brill

2.Daly & Farley. (2011). Ecological Economics (Principles and Applications). Island Press

3.Pepper, D. (2002). Eco-socialism: from deep ecology to social justice. Routledge

1.      4.Gupta, Avijit. (1998).Ecology and Development in Third World. Routledge

4. Patel, S. (1997). Ecology and Development. Economic and Political Weekly, 2388-2391.

5. Sankar, U. (ed.) (2000). Environmental Economics. Oxford University Press

6. Burkett, Paul. (2006). Marxism and Ecological Economics. Brill

7.Venkatachalam, L. (2007). Environmental economics and ecological economics: Where they can converge?. Ecological economics, 61(2-3), 550-558.

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

1.    1. Plumwood, V. (1993).  Feminism and the Mastery of Nature. London: Routledge

2. Warren, K.J. (ed), (1994).  Ecological Feminism. London: Routledge.

3.Shiva, V. (2016). Staying alive: Women, ecology, and development. North Atlantic Books.

4.Kavoori, P. S. (2002). The Varna Trophic system: an ecological theory of caste formation. Economic and Political Weekly, 1156-1164. 

5.Gill, K. (2009). Bourgeois environmentalism’, the State, the Judiciary, and the ‘urban poor’: The political mobilization of a scheduled caste market. Of Poverty and Plastic (Oxford, UK: Oxford University Press, 2010), 209.

6. Kaur, A., Mohanty, R. K., Chakraborty, L., & Rangan, D. (2021). Ecological fiscal transfers and state-level budgetary spending in India: Analyzing the flypaper effects. Levy Economics Institute, Working Papers Series July.

7.Parameswaran, M. P. (1979). Significance of Silent Valley. Economic and Political Weekly, 1117-1119.

8. Lewis, M. (2002). Scientists or spies? Ecology in a climate of Cold War suspicion. Economic and Political Weekly, 2323-2332.

 

Evaluation Pattern

CIA 1 - 25 Marks

CIA 2- 25 Marks

CIA 3- 50 Marks 

ENG181-1 - ENGLISH (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:30
No of Lecture Hours/Week:2
Max Marks:50
Credits:2

Course Objectives/Course Description

 
  • To expose learners to a variety of texts to interact with
  • To help learners classify ideologies and be able to express the same
  • To expose learners to visual texts and its reading formulas
  • To help learners develop a taste to appreciate works of literature through the organization of language
  • To help develop critical thinking
  • To help learners appreciate literature and the language nuances that enhances its literary values
  • To help learners understand the relationship between the world around them and the text/literature
  • To help learners negotiate with content and infer meaning contextually
  • To help learners understand logical sequencing of content and process information

·         To help improve their communication skills for larger academic purposes and vocational purposes

·         To enable learners to learn the contextual use of words and the generic meaning

·         To enable learners to listen to audio content and infer contextual meaning

·         To enable learners to be able to speak for various purposes and occasions using context specific language and expressions

·         To enable learners to develop the ability to write for various purposes using suitable and precise language.

Course Outcome

CO1: Understand how to engage with texts from various countries, historical, cultural specificities, and politics and develop the ability to reflect upon and comment on texts with various themes

CO2: Develop an analytical and critical bent of mind to compare and analyze the various literature they read and discuss in class

CO3: Develop the ability to communicate both orally and in writing for various purposes

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:7
1. The Happy Prince- Oscar Wilde 2. Sonnet 18- William Shakespeare
 
  • 1. The Happy Prince- Oscar Wilde
  • 2. Sonnet 18- William Shakespeare

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:7
Language
 

Common errors- subject-verb agreement, punctuation, tense errors  Just a minute talk, cubing

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:6
1. Why We Travel-Pico Iyer
 

 Why We Travel-Pico Iyer 

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:6
language
 

Sentence fragments, dangling modifiers, faulty parallelism,

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:4
1. Thinking Like a Mountain By Aldo Leopold
 

Thinking Like a Mountain  By Aldo Leopold

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:4
language
 

Note taking

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:5
Aarushi-Hemraj Murder Article
 

 

Aarushi-Hemraj Murder Article 

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:5
Language
 

Newspaper report

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:4
1. My Story- Nicole DeFreece
 

 

 My Story- Nicole DeFreece

 

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:4
Language
 

Essay writing

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:4
Language
 

Paraphrasing and interpretation skills

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:4
Casey at the Bat- Ernest Lawrence Thayer
 
  • Casey at the Bat-  Ernest Lawrence Thayer
Text Books And Reference Books:

ENGlogue 1

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Additional  material as per teacher manual will be provided by the teachers

Evaluation Pattern

CIA 1=20 

CIA 2=50 

CIA 3= 20 

ESE= 50 marks

EST141 - TRAVEL AND TRAVEL NARRATIVES (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Travel Literature is one of the most popular areas of study and research today. Theoretical and practical understanding of travel and Travel Literature has evolved a lot in its journey to the present. We discuss journeys at multiple levels; physical, philosophical, psychological, religious, internal, external etc. The involvement of multidisciplinary perspectives has enriched the whole understanding of travel. Questions like why people travel and what happens when one sets out on a journey becomes so pertinent to the whole discipline. This course will try to engage with the ideas of travel and writing on travel from a chronological and historical perspective. This course will also provide students with a modern and comprehensive way of understanding the world of travel and travel narratives.

 

Course Objective: This course is aimed at providing a comprehensive introduction and survey on the contemporary world of travel and travel narratives. The course is aimed at providing students a direct engagement with the modern theoretical understanding of the travel narratives.

Course Outcome

CO1: Students will be able to understand the history and development of travel literature

CO2: Students will be able to get an idea of Travel narratives in India

CO3: This will provide an introductory peek into the theory of Travel and Travel writing

CO4: Students will Will be able to critically and academically engage with travel writings

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:10
What is Travel ? A Basic introduction
 

Travel is the buzz word of the day. In the fast-changing modern world travel plays a vital role in shaping up thoughts and aspirations of people. People travel for multiple reasons like to enjoy, to study, as a profession, etc and the theoretical understanding of travel needs to be taken into account at the beginning itself. Understanding travel in the light of modern socio-political and economic scenario is also very important in today’s global scenario. These basic positions of the course would enable students to look at travel in a broader context to create a better world with diversity and inclusivity.

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:15
Travel Writing: An Overview
 

This unit is intended to give students an over view of the evolution of the genre of Travel Writing. Some important theories of travel writing will be introduced in this module along with the evolution of travel narratives in India.

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:10
Indian Travel Narratives
 

This module focuses on the evolution of Indian Travel Narratives.

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:10
Women and Travel Writing in India
 

This unit is trying to look at the rise and development of women travellers historically and sociologically. This will enable students to critically evaluate the Indian scenario of travel narratives.

Text Books And Reference Books:

Unit I: What is Travel – Basic introduction

1.     Pratt, Mary Louise. Imperial Eyes: Studies in Travel Writing and Transculturation.Routledge, 1992.

2.     Lislie, Debbie. The Global Politics of Contemporary Travel Writing, Cambridge University Press, 2009 Print.

Unit II: Travel Writing: An Overview

1)    Hulme, Peter, and Tim Youngs, eds., 2002. The Cambridge Companion to Travel Writing. Cambridge: Cambridge UP.

2)    Said, Edward (1983). ‘Traveling Theory.’ The World, the Text, and the Critic. [1982]. Cambridge, MA: Harvard UP. 226–47.

Unit III: Indian Travel Narratives

1)    Bhattacharji, Shobhana(ed). 2008. Travel Writing in India, Sahitya Academy, New Delhi.

        2)    Mandal, Somadatta.  Indian Travel Narratives, Rawat Publications, New Delhi. 2010. 

Unit IV: Women and Travel Writing in India

1.     Ghose, Indira. Women Travellers in Colonial India: The Power of the Female Gaze OUP Delhi 1998 Print. Pp.1-19

2.     Nath, Shivya. The Shooting Star: A girl, her backpack and the World, Penguin 2017.

      

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

1)    Pratt, Mary louis. 1992. Imperial Eyes, Travel Writing and Transculturation, London: Routledge.

2)    Tagore, Rabindranath. 1962. Diary of a Westward Voyage. Asia Publishing House.

3)    Dalrymple, William. Nine Lives: In Search of the Sacred in Modern India. Bloomsbury, New Delhi.2010.

1.                 4)    Jung, Anees. Unveiling India: A Woman’s Journey, Penguin India,1986.

 5) Bohls, E. A. (1995). Women travel writers and the language of aesthetics, 1716-1818 (No. 13). Cambridge University Press.

 

Evaluation Pattern

Examination and Assessment

Assessment Pattern    

 

20 (CIA 1)

20 (CIA 3)

50 (CIA 2)

50 (End Semester)

CIA I and III can be either written analysis/presentation of a travel narrative analysis of a popular writer of contemporary time, debates or seminar/panel discussions.

Mid semester exam – A written paper on the modules covered for 50 marks. Section A will have questions (6x5 =30 marks). Section B will have 2 analytical questions (10 marks each) to assess conceptual clarity and understanding of the domain.

End-semester exam – Two sections: Section A (30 marks) will have 3 questions (10 marks each) testing the knowledge on the evolution of the genre. Section B (20 Marks)will have 2 conceptual/Analytical question (10 marks each).

EST142 - READING SPORTS AND LITERATURE (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:3
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Reading Sports and Literature

Course Description: The Sports and Literature course aims to explore the relationship between sports and literature through the analysis of various literary works. By examining texts that center around sports themes, this course will delve into the cultural, social, and personal aspects of sports as portrayed in literature. Students will develop critical thinking, analytical, and communication skills as they engage with a diverse range of texts, including novels, short stories, poems, and essays. Through class discussions, readings, and written assignments, students will gain a deeper understanding of the literary representation of sports and its significance in society.

Course Objectives:

To analyze and interpret literary works that feature sports themes.

To examine the portrayal of sports in literature and its reflection of cultural and social values.

To explore the personal and psychological dimensions of sports as depicted in literature.

To develop critical thinking and analytical skills through textual analysis.

 

To enhance written and oral communication skills through class discussions and written assignments.

Course Outcome

CO1: To analyze and interpret literary works that feature sports themes.

CO2: To examine the portrayal of sports in literature and its reflection of cultural and social values.

CO3: To explore the personal and psychological dimensions of sports as depicted in literature.

CO4: To develop critical thinking and analytical skills through textual analysis.

CO5: To enhance written and oral communication skills through class discussions and written assignments.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:8
Introduction to Sports and Literature
 

Defining the relationship between sports and literature

Historical perspectives on sports in literature

 

The role of sports in society and culture

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:8
The Heroic Athlete
 

 

Exploring the archetype of the hero in sports literature

Analysis of sports heroes and their portrayal in literary works

 

Themes of triumph, perseverance, and sacrifice

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:8
Gender and Sports
 

 

Gender representation in sports literature

Examination of gender roles and expectations in athletic contexts

 

Sports as a means of empowerment and resistance

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:8
Sports and Identity
 

 

Sports as a vehicle for personal and collective identity

Intersectionality and the portrayal of race, ethnicity, and class in sports literature

 

The relationship between sports and national identity

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:5
Sports and Coming-of-Age
 

 

Analysis of sports as a backdrop for personal growth and maturation

The challenges and conflicts faced by young athletes in literature

 

Themes of ambition, dreams, and disillusionment

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:8
Sports and Society
 

Unit 6: Sports and Society

Critical examination of the social issues depicted in sports literature

Sports as a reflection of broader societal dynamics

 

Ethics, values, and controversies in the world of sports

Text Books And Reference Books:
  1. "The Natural" by Bernard Malamud
  2. "Friday Night Lights" by H.G. Bissinger
  3. "The Art of Fielding" by Chad Harbach
  4. "Seabiscuit: An American Legend" by Laura Hillenbrand
  5. "The Contender" by Robert Lipsyte
  6. "The Loneliness of the Long-Distance Runner" by Alan Sillitoe
  7. "A Fan's Notes" by Frederick Exley
  8. "The Boys of Summer" by Roger Kahn
  9. "The Sportswriter" by Richard Ford
  10. "Open" by Andre Agassi
  11. "Fever Pitch" by Nick Hornby
  12. "The Crossover" by Kwame Alexander (young adult literature)
  13. "The Runner" by Cynthia Voigt (young adult literature)
  14. "The Absolutely True Diary of a Part-Time Indian" by Sherman Alexie (young adult literature)
  15. "The Fighter" by Michael Farris Smith
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
  1. "The Boxer" by Joyce Carol Oates
  2. "The Runner" by Don DeLillo
  3. "Blindside" by Michael Lewis
  4. "The Tennis Partner" by Abraham Verghese
  5. "Basketball" by John Updike
  6. "The Chariot" by Ray Bradbury
  7. "The Trophy" by Alberto Alvaro Ríos
  8. "The Catch" by W.P. Kinsella
  9. "In the Ring" by Andre Dubus
  10. "Roller Derby Queen" by Margot Livesey
Evaluation Pattern

CIA 1-20

CIA 2- MSE 50

CIA 3- 30

ESE- 50

EST144 - DESIGN THINKING AND SOCIAL ENTREPRENEURSHIP (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:45
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description

 

Rural India comprises 66.46% of India’s population and contributes to a large portion of India’s GDP by way of agriculture, services, skilled and non-skilled labour.  Rural India suffers from socio-economic distress due to several factors, small land holding, rain dependent agriculture, and lack of alternative sources of income, migration to urban centers and due to several sociological factors. 

Rural India in its diverse geographies has a huge potential to provide solutions to some of the gravest global challenges pertaining to environment and sustainable development and which remains largely untapped.  This calls for a focused approach in exploring the potential opportunities through a scientific approach of critical thinking and creativity, pro-active engagement of rural communities, creating effective structures to implement and create global visibility for the proprietary products and services created. Such an approach will substantially mitigate socio-economic distress in rural communities by providing them income generating opportunities by engaging social enterprises and also contribute to the sustainability goals of the UN.

The course of Social Innovation and Entrepreneurship for students of English Language and Literature  seeks to sensitise students with an on field immersion with rural India and explore possibilities for enterprise through case studies on innovative rural enterprises.  The course seeks to apply their finer eye for aesthetics and culture and

Course Objectives

 

•           To familiarize students with the Sustainability goals envisioned by UN and motivate them to proactively contribute towards its attainment.

•           To create a firsthand awareness of rural India and challenges which can be translated into entrepreneurial opportunities.

•           To study and analyze different Social Enterprise models and their relative outcomes

•           To gain an understanding of the challenges of running a social enterprise.

•           To give students a firsthand experience of understanding the challenges of capacity building and leadership creation in rural communities for an enterprise and engage them proactively in building a sustainable business.

•           To stimulate curiosity in students to identify the areas of gaps in products and services and come up with creative solutions which can be translated into profitable enterprises.

•           To help students develop ethical business models founded on the principles of equity and fair play vis-à-vis the engagement of rural and grass root communities

•           To enable students to curate branding and market strategies for products and services emerging from a social enterprise to make them profitable and sustainable

Course Outcome

CO1: Students will have a comprehensive understanding of the U N Sustainability goals and get engaged in it proactively.

CO2: Students will have gained a firsthand awareness of rural India and challenges which can be translated into entrepreneurial opportunities.

CO3: Students will be exposed to different Social Enterprise models and their relative outcomes

CO4: Students will have envisaged the challenges of running a social enterprise.

CO5: Students will have gained on-field experience of engaging with rural communities for capacity building and leadership

CO6: Students will have envisaged the challenges of running a social enterprise.

CO7: Students will have identified at least one problem/gap area in a product or service and will have come up with creative solutions as part of their project.

CO8: Students will develop business models founded on the principles of equity and fair play vis-à-vis the engagement of rural and grass root communities

CO9: Students will develop branding and market strategies for products and services which they will have developed as part of their project work.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:4
Understanding UN Sustainability Development Goals
 

Session on 17 UN Sustainability Development Goals.   After the disucssion, students are asked to identify any two sustainability goals and asked to suggest any action steps that can be taken at the community level to reach the goals.  Students present their ideas.

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:8
Understanding Rural India
 

Field visit and online interaction with members of rural communities to understand how political, societal, and domestic realities vary among different geographies and how they impact life and living of rural communities.

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:8
Understanding Rural India
 

Field Visit and online interactive session

Students visit a village near Bangalore and interact with the communities.  Students also have online interactive sessions with women groups in three villages one each in Karnataka, Kerala, and Tamil Nadu.  

Students study how political, societal, and domestic spheres vary in different geographies of India and how they impact their life and living.  

Student groups present their finidings.

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:6
Rural Enterprise: Case Study
 

Student groups identify one Social Entrepreneur in India and analyze their social enterprise vis-a-vis problem identified and addressed, understanding how they converted the problem into a viable business,  the business model, challenges and opportunities.

Student groups make their presentation

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:8
Grassroots Innovation: Problem Identification and Building the Value Proposition Canvas
 

Student groups are given the task of identifying one problem/gap in service which can be converted into an opportunity.

Students are taught how to build the value proposition around a problem or gap in service by identifying the pain points and possible gain creators which can result in a business opportunity

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:8
Buildling Proof of Concept, Prototyping/Piloting
 

Students are taught how to iterate and build a proof of concept of their solution.  Students are facilitated to prototype their products/pilot their innovative solutions i

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:9
Business Model Canvas/Pitch Deck/Presentation
 

Students are taught to build a Business Model Canvas of their solution, and prepare a pitch deck and make their final business presentation

Text Books And Reference Books:

Frugal Innovation: How to Do More With Less: Navi Radjou Jaideep Prabhu

           Jugaad Innovation: Navi Radjou, Jaideep Prabhu, Simone Ahuja

           Poor Economics: Abhijit Bannerjee, Esther Duflo

           The Open Book of Social Innovation: Geoff Mulgan, Robin Murray

           The 22 Immutable Laws of Branding: Al Ries

           Marketing Strategy- A Decision-Focused Approach: Walker, Mullins

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

A Handbook of Rural India (Readings on Economy, Polity and Society) Surinder S Jodka

           Women in Rural India: Vani Prabhakar

           Rural Development in India Strategies and Processes: G Sreedhar and D Rajasekar

           Communication for Rural Innovation: Cees Leeuwis, A. W. van den ban

Evaluation Pattern

Two Case Studies-40 Marks

Live Project-40 Marks

Presentation-20 Marks

EST145 - POETICS , POLITICS AND PIVOTAL PEOPLE OF ROCK N ROLL (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:50
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description

 

 Rock Music is a sound and dissonance rich discourse with its own socio-cultural practices and aesthetics. This course is an academic introduction to this space and its role in the identity formation of a generation, of a people and a Nation in motion.

 

Course Objectives

 

  • To engage with popular music as aural texts 
  • To study the popular music practitioner as an activist and artist
  • To appreciate the significance of  social critique and a counter cultural aesthetic

Course Outcome

CO1: ? To critically appreciate characteristics and concerns of popular music

CO2: To read popular music as cultural artefact and socio-political entities

CO3: ? To regard popular music as the voice and identity of a generation and locate its historical trajectory

CO4: ? To engage with artists and performances as cultural texts

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:10
A brief history of Popular Music before the Beatles
 

Tin Pan Alley and song pluggers, World War II

Sheet Music

Swing and ragtime

Vaudeville

Frank Sinatra: My Way. Strangers in The Night, New York, New York

Nashville, Music Row, Elvis Presley

 

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:15
Birth of a Genre (From Gospel to Rock)
 

 Bill Haley 

Chuck Berry

  Buddy Holly   

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:15
Classic Rock and the British Invasion
 

The Beatles and Beatlemania

Establishing an aesthetic of Mod

  TV and bands 

The Rolling Stones  

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:15
Art Rock and the Album Era: Concept Albums and Album Art
 

 

Bands as Artists                                                                                                                 

Beatles / Sgt Pepper’s  

Pink Floyd /The Wall

The Who / Tommy

 

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:15
The Politics of Rock n Roll Folk rock: People power; Guerrilla Minstrels Folksong as Protest
 

 

Counter Culture: Vietnam, Draft, Gender, the Mystic East, Woodstock, Ban the Bomb   

Woody Guthrie

Bob Dylan

Joan Baez

Janis Joplin

Simon and Garfunkel

Jimi Hendrix

Pearl Jam

Riot bands

Text Books And Reference Books:

Whats that sound? An introduction to Rock and its history .

 

Jon CovachUniversity of Rochester

and the Eastman School of Music

Andrew Flory

Carleton College

 

W. W. NORTON AND COMPANY

NEW YORK • LONDON

fifth Edition

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Baugh, Bruce. “Prolegomena to Any Aesthetics of Rock Music”. The Journal of Aesthetics and Art Criticism, Vol. 51, No. 1 (Winter, 1993): 23-29. JSTOR. The American Society for Aesthetics. Web. 26Jul, 2016. < http://www.jstor.org/stable/431967>

Camilleri, Lelio. “Shaping Sounds, Shaping Spaces”.  Popular Music, Vol. 29, No. 2 (May 2010): 199-211. JSTOR.  Cambridge University Press. Web. 16August, 2016. <http://www.jstor.org/stable/40926918>

Chrysalis, Thanos. “Spatio-Aural Terrains”. Leonardo Music Journal, Vol. 16, Noises Off: Sound Beyond Music (2006):40-42. JSTOR. The MIT Press. Web. 29 April, 2015. http://www.jstor.org/stable/4540592

Denisoff R.S. The Sounds of Social Change: Studies in Popular USA Culture. 1972. Rand Mcnally& Co.

Denisoff, R. S.  Great Day Coming.  1991. Ann Arbor, MI: U-M-I Out-of-Print Books on Demand.

Denisoff, R. S. "Sing a Song of Social Significance": Political Consciousness and the Song of Persuasion.  1972.  Ohio: Bowling Green State University Popular Press.

Denisoff, R. S. Solid Gold Popular Record Industry.  1975. New Brunswick, New Jersey Transactions Inc

Ewen, D. Great Men of American Popular Song: The History of the American Popular Song told through the Lives, Careers, Achievements, and Personalities of its Foremost Composers and Lyricists--from William Billings of the Revolutionary War through Bob Dylan, Johnny Cash, Burt Bacharach.  1972. Englewood Cliffs, NJ, New Jersey: Prentice-Hall.

Forcucci, S. L. A Folk Song History of America: America through its Songs.  1984. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall

Fox, Aaron A.. “The Jukebox of History: Narratives of Loss and Desire in the Discourse of Country Music”. Popular Music, Vol. 11, No. 1 (Jan,1992): 53-72. JSTOR, Cambridge University Press. Web. 18March, 2011. < http://www.jstor.org/stable/853227 >

Ganchrow, Raviv. “Perspectives on Sound-Space: The Story of Acoustic Defense”. Leonardo Music Journal, Vol. 19, Our Crowd—Four Composers Pick Composers (2009): 71-75. JSTOR. The MIT Press. Web. 29April, 2015. <http://www.jstor.org/stable/40926354>

Hamm, C.  Music in the New World. 1983. New York: W.W. Norton and Company.

Hampton, W. Guerrilla Minstrels.  1986. Knoxville: University of Tennessee Press.

Kingman, D.  American Music: A Panorama. 1979. New York: Schirmer books.

Klonsky, M. “Down in The Village: A Discourse on Hip”. New American Review, 13. 1971. New York: Simon and Schuster.

Kostelanetz, Richard. “Text-Sound Art: A Survey (Concluded)”. Performing Arts Journal, Vol. 2, No. 3 (Winter, 1978): 71-84. JSTOR. Performing Arts Journal, Inc. Web. 16 August,2016. <http://www.jstor.org/stable/3245364 >

 

Kramer, Lawrence. “Music, Metaphor and Metaphysics”.  The Musical Times, Vol. 145, No. 1888 (Autumn, 2004): 5-18. JSTOR.  Musical Times Publications Ltd. Web. 26 March,2011. < http://www.jstor.org/stable/4149109>

Kun, Josh D. “The Aural Border”. Theatre Journal, Vol. 52, No. 1, Latino Performance (March. 2000): 1-21. The John Hopkins University Press. Web. 18March, 2011. < http://www.jstor.org/stable/25068738 >

Poulin, A. The American Folk Scene: Dimensions of the Folksong Revival.  1967. New York: Dell Pub. Co.

Qureshi, Regula Burckhardt. “Music Anthropologies and Music Histories: A Preface and an Agenda”. Journal of the American Musicology Society, Vol. 48, No. 3 (Autumn 1995): 331-342. JSTOR. University of California Press. Web. 18March, 2011. < http://www.jstor.org/stable/3519830 >

 

Račić, Ladislav. “On the Aesthetics of Rock Music”. International Review of the Aesthetics and Sociology of Music, Vol. 12, No. 2 (Dec.1981): 199-202. JSTOR. Croatian Musicological Society. Web. 1Dec., 2017. < http://www.jstor.org/stable/836562>

Ricks, C.  The Force of Poetry. 1995. Oxford University Press.

Rodnitzky, J. L.  Minstrels of the Dawn: The Folk-Protest Singer as a Cultural Hero. 1976. Chicago: Nelson-Hall.

Tagg, Philip. “Analyzing popular music: theory, method and practice.” Popular Music 1 (1979): 68-70. Web.

 

Evaluation Pattern

Assessment: (20 marks).

Choose a song that has been an effective anthem for a cause or genre and analyse it in about 500-750 words.  

CIA II: (Mid Sem 50 marks) Choose a pivotal figure from Rock history and trace their career and impact on society. Consider image and sound in the construction of this image.

CIA III:(20marks) The class in groups of 5-6 will anthologise a series of songs, artists and their work.

 

Archiving:

End Semester:

 Identify a Bangalore based band or genre of popular music with approval of your course instructor . Conduct a study of their work and evolution and impact on the city and vice versa. Use data beyond library sources and provide due evidence. Your archive entry must include a 750-1000word reflective essay that validates your choice of artist, understanding of the form and significance of the work. You must also identify, interview and record these interactions. Provide clips from concerts duly cited. Include memorabilia like tickets, album art, newspaper or magazine clips  

 

EST147 - HISTORY OF INDIAN BUSINESS (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

The course seeks to historically explore the features, activities, phenomenon that shaped the Indian Business. Focus of the course is on history that has influenced and informed the contours of modern Indian business not to emphasize the capitalistic foundation of any business. The course traces the interaction between Europe and pre-colonial Indian approaches, caste system influencing the business, impact of Globalisation leading to the fourth industrial revolution shaping the businesses in India.

Objectives:

·       To trace the historical phenomenon influencing the Indian business  

·       To understand that business responds to different political, social, cultural aspects of a society, not a-historical money-making venture

Course Outcome

CO1: Students will be familiar with the different business practices such as business communities/groups and multinational firms

CO2: Students will have ?historical? approach and understand the importance of historical sensibility in Management Studies

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:5
Introduction to Business History: Meaning and Scope
 

·       What is Business History?

·       Contours of Indian Business History

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:10
Beginning of Indian Business
 

·       Precolonial trade in India - a. Agency Houses b. Opium Trade c. Banking Houses d. Anglo-Bania Alliance

·       European trading interests in India The East India Company and the manufactures upto 1757 British private trade in eighteenth century East India Company’s trade, 1757-1833

·       European Agency Houses Currency credit and indigenous bankers, 1800-1850 Origins and growth of Managing Agencies- new industries and technology

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:10
Transition to Industrial Capitalism
 

·       The East India Company

·       The Industrial Revolution & Railroads 

·       Entrepreneurship and Rise of the Industrial Elite

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:10
Second Industrial Revolution
 

·       The growth of big business in India and abroad

·       Mergers in the 19th and early 20th century

·       Family oriented firms and practices

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:10
Business in Post-independent and Globalising India
 

·       Government industrial policy Growth of Business: 1947-1990

·       Technical innovations

·       Multinationals

·       Shifts in the policy and their critique

Text Books And Reference Books:

·       Tripathi, Dwijendra & Jumani, Jyoti. 2013. The Oxford History of Contemporary Indian Business. New Delhi: Oxford University Press

·       Roy, Tirthankar. 2011. The Economic History of India, 1857-1947. New Delhi: OUP.

·       Lectures delivered at Godrej Archives, Mumbai 

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Roy, Tirthankar. Company of Kinsmen: Enterprise and Community in South Asian History 1700-1940

A Pictorial History of Indian Bussiness

Evaluation Pattern

2 Class tests to assess the concepts discussed in class for 20 marks each

Compiling the history of a Bangalore based family business; write a narrative based on the changes that the business has adopted to survive and responded to the changing business environment - 30 marks

Select a woman entreprenuer who is running a bussiness for the past 10years in Bangalore. Interview her to understand the business from its inception, her business philosophy and her journey as a business woman. Video record the interview. The interview should be atleast for 20min. The video should be accompanied by a reflective essay. - 30marks  

EST148 - THE OCEANS IN CINEMA: A BLUE HUMANITIES READING (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Moving from land to ocean marks a shift in our understanding with fluidity as the focal point. ‘Blue Humanities’ or ‘Blue Cultural Studies’ uses the ocean as the lens to foreground diverse historical, social, cultural, economic and political aspects. The expansive field of Blue Humanities adopts a multidisciplinary approach, weaving together insights from environmental studies, oceanography, marine studies, cultural studies, film studies, history, etc. The course specifically focuses on revisiting the cliched conceptualization of the ocean as vast, alien, terra nullis and ahistorical. The ‘Oceanic Turn’ transitions from the surface to the depths below to explore the three-dimensional ocean through socio-cultural representations. Reading the ocean and the sea through cinema from across the world will help understand how the ocean is portrayed in myriad ways ‘foregrounding and problematizing issues connected to gender, race, pollution, social justice, maritime activities, privatization, globalization, capitalism ontologies’ to revisit our established thought regimes. 

Course Outcome

CO1: ? Appreciate and interpret the ocean in the light of Blue Humanities

CO2: ? Analyze and understand the changing relationships between societies and the ocean through the cinematic representations

CO3: ? Rethink and initiate action towards oceanic thinking and sustainability

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:12
Knowing the Ocean: Re-visiting History and Origins
 

The unit will provide an alternative reading of our established understanding of ‘Origins’ with reference to the ocean – formation of the earth, the oceans, plants and animals and human beings. Destabilizing the pre-set reading of the formation of the world and prioritizing the land over the sea, the unit will help refocus the establishment of life in the Universe.

 

·       Excerpts from Rachel Carson, The Sea Around Us

·       Steve Mentz, “Two Origins: Alien or Core?”

·       Philip E. Steinberg and Kimberley Peters, “Wet Ontologies, Fluid Spaces: Giving Depth to Volume Through Oceanic Thinking”

 

 

 

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:13
Mapping the Ocean: Reading through Blue Humanities
 

The unit will throw light on the field of Ecocriticism with specific focus on Blue Humanities and its emerging engagement with the oceans around the world. The unit will help position the study of the oceans in the field of Humanities with specific reference to Cultural studies to frame the Blue Cultural Studies.

·       Excerpts from Sidney I. Dobrin, “Unearthing Ecocriticism”

·       John R.  Gillis – “The Blue Humanities”https://www.neh.gov/humanities/2013/mayjune/feature/the-blue-humanities

 

·       Helen M Rozwadowski, Oceans in three Paradoxes: Knowing the Blue through Humanities – Virtual Exhibition https://www.environmentandsociety.org/exhibitions/oceans-three-paradoxes

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:20
Seeing the Ocean: Re-viewing the ocean through cinema
 

The unit will probe into pivotal aspects surrounding the construction of the ocean space through filmic representations of the ocean. The intent is to analyze through a range of issues informing the oceanic representations in films to unearth the pluri-focussed politics, both explicit and otherwise, manoeuvring through them - Maritime histories and activities, Aquatic world, Disasters, Conquests, Wars, Exploration, Adventure, Folk Tales and Myths, Colonialism and Postcolonialism, Gender, Race, Capitalism, International Relations, Globalization, Ecology and Medical Humanities.

·       James L. Smith and Steve Mentz - Learning an Inclusive Blue Humanities: Oceania and Academia through the Lens of Cinema

·       Stefan Helmreich, “Massive movie waves and the Anthropic Ocean”

·       Dilip M Menon, “Sea-Ing Malayalam Cinema”

·       Rie Karatsu, The Representation of the Sea and the Feminine in Takeshi Kitano's A Scene at the Sea (1991) and Sonatine (1993)” (SLA)

 

 

Text Books And Reference Books:

Carson, Rachel. The Sea Around Us. Canongate, 2021

Dobrin, Sidney I. Blue Ecocriticism and the Oceanic Imperative. Routledge, 2021.

Mentz, Steve. An Introduction to Blue Humanities. Routledge, 2023.

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

·       Blum, Hester. “Introduction: Oceanic Studies.” Atlantic Studies, vol. 10, no. 2, June 2013, pp. 151–55. 

·       Chen, Cecilia, Janine MacLeod, and Astrida Neimanis, editors. Thinking with Water. McGill-Queens Univ. Press, 2013. 

·       DeLoughrey, Elizabeth. “Toward a Critical Ocean Studies for the Anthropocene.” English Language Notes, vol. 57, no. 1, Apr. 2019, pp. 21–36.

·       Di Leo, Jeffrey R., editor. “Blue Humanities,” Symploke, vol. 27 no. 1, 2019, pp. 7-10· 

·       Gillis, John R. “The Blue Humanities.” HUMANITIES, vol. 34, no. 3, May/June 2013.

·       Jue, Melody. Wild Blue Media: Thinking through Seawater. Duke Univ. Press, 2020.

·       Mentz, Steve. “Toward a Blue Cultural Studies: The Sea, Maritime Culture, and Early Modern English Literature.” Literature Compass, vol. 6, no. 5, Sept. 2009, pp. 997–1013. 

·       Mentz, Steve. Ocean. Bloomsbury Academic, 2020.

·       Mentz, Steve. Shipwreck Modernity: Ecologies of Globalization, 1550-1719. Univ. of Minnesota Press, 2016.

·       Raban, Jonathan, editor. The Oxford Book of the Sea. Oxford Univ. Press, 1993.

·       Roorda, Eric. The Ocean Reader: History, Culture, PoliticsDuke Univ. Press, 2020. 

·       Steinberg, Philip E. The Social Construction of the Ocean. Cambridge Univ. Press, 2001.

 

 

 

Evaluation Pattern

As the course is multidisciplinary, the assessments will be done periodically to gauge the student’s level of understanding and learning. Review writing, weaving together a scrapbook, review tests and photo essays will form part of the assessment.

 End semester evaluation will be based on students setting up an online archive. They shall create an online archive selecting topics and presenting them by blending texts, theory and research. The submission will also have a viva component.  

FRE181-1 - FRENCH (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:30
No of Lecture Hours/Week:2
Max Marks:50
Credits:2

Course Objectives/Course Description

 
Course Description:  “Latitudes 1”  A1/A2 guides the learner in a process of acquisition.  This method leads naturally to communicate and to carry out tasks in French. Learning language skills goes hand in hand with discovering the socio-cultural realities specific to France and the Francophonie.
 
Course Objectives:  “Latitudes 1”A1/A2 is composed of 4 modules of 3 units. Each module has a general objective and more specific to define the linguistic knowledge with the help of which the learners will implement various skills such as to understand, to speak, to interact and to write. 

Course Outcome

CO1: Student will be able to comprehend and respond with grammatical accuracy to spoken and written French.

CO2: Student will be able to recognise the value of French language learning and francophone cultures through participation in a variety of activities.

CO 3: Student will be able to demonstrate language learning skills and strategies as cognitive and social development.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:4
Introduction to French
 

Introducing one self,Greeting each other ,introducing others in french

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:19
Salut!
 

Getting acquainted with people

o    Introducing oneself

o    Excusing oneself

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:19
Enchanté
 

o   Asking someone to introduce himself/herself

o    Introducing someone

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:19
J'adore
 

o   Expressing one’s tastes

o   Speaking about one’s plans

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:7
Echanger
 

·       Tu veux bien                                                                              

o   Asking  someone to do something

o   Asking politely

o   speaking about past actions

Text Books And Reference Books:

Textbook : Latitudes 1 Methode de Français A1/A2 , Regine Merieux , Yves Loiseau

 

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

1.Bescherelle-conjugaison

2.French websites like Duolingo, Bonjour de France, Fluent U French, Learn French Lab, Point du FLE etc

Evaluation Pattern

Assessment Pattern

CIA (Weight)

ESE (Weight)

CIA 1 – Quiz/ self-introduction and introducing someone

10%

 

CIA 2 – Mid Sem Exam

25%

 

CIA 3 –  poster making / Role play

10%

 

Attendance

05%

 

End Sem Exam

 

50%

Evaluation Pattern:

(CIA1:20 marks + CIA2:50 marks + CIA3:20 marks)/2 + Attendance: 5 marks + End Sem: 50 marks

 

 

 

GER181-1 - GERMAN (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:30
No of Lecture Hours/Week:2
Max Marks:50
Credits:2

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description: This course mainly deals with the listening, speaking, writing, reading modules of basic German by using different pedagogies and effective strategies in order to meet the requirements of various situations. This course also enables the students to have cross-cultural competencies and cognitive skills.

 

Course Objectives:

 ·      To achieve language proficiency skills on the medium level

·      To develop the skills demonstrated in the ability to interpret simple texts

·      To attain some transcultural competency: an awareness of cross-cultural differences between societies.

·      To develop the ability to formulate questions

Course Outcome

CO1: Understand and perform tasks in varied areas of social life with the help of the acquisition of communicative, linguistic and cultural know-how

CO2: Judge and do tasks in varied areas of day-to-day life activities

CO3: Formulate phrases related to personal details and particular concrete situations.

CO4: Recall the basic phrases and use them effectively

CO5: Interact and speak in small social gatherings

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:6
Kontakte
 

Termine absprechen, Anleitung verstehen und geben, Briefe verstehen und beantworten, über Sprachenlernen sprechen, Informationen in Texten finden, Gesprächsituationen erkennen, Gespräche verstehen. Präpositionen mit Dativ, Artikel im Dativ, Possessivartikel:Akkusativ

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:6
Meine Wohnung
 

Wohnungsanzeigen verstehen, eine Wohnung beschreiben, die Wohnungseinrichtung planen, eine Einladung schriftlich beantworten, über eine Wohnungseinrichtung sprechen, Gefallen und Missfallen ausdrücken, über Wohnformen sprechen, einen Text über eine Wohnung schreiben. Adjektiv mit sein (+sehr/zu), in mit Akk., Wechselpräpositionen mit Dativ.

 

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:7
Kleidung und Mode
 

über Kleidung sprechen, Chat über einen Einkauf verstehen, über Vergangenes berichten, Gespräche beim Kleiderkauf führen, sich im Kaufhaus orientieren, Informationen über Berlin verstehen und recherchieren. Welcher? Welches? Welche?, dieser, dieses, diese, Partizip II: trennbare und nicht trennbare Verben, Personalpronomen im Dativ, Verben mit Dativ.

 

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:7
Alles Arbeit?
 

einen Tagesablauf beschreiben, über Vergangenes sprechen, Stelleanzeigen verstehen, Meinung über Jobs äußern, Blogs  über Jobs verstehen, ein Telefongespräch vorbereiten, telefonieren und nachfragen, über Jobs sprechen. Perfekt, Partizip II: regelmäßige und unregelmäßige Verben, Sätze verbinden: und, oder, aber.

 

Text Books And Reference Books:

Netzwerk neu Deutsch als Fremdsprache A1 Textbook, workbook, glossar and 2cd ‘s by Stefanie dengler, Paul rusch, Helenschmitz, Tanja sieber, klett -Langenscheidt publishers

 

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

1.     Studio d A1 set of three books and CD by Herr Mann Funk, Cornelsen publishers

2.     Deutsch Sprachlehre für Ausländer and Glossar Deutsch-English by Heinz Griesbach-Dora Schulz, Max Hueber publishers

3.     Deutsch für den Beruf text book by adelheid h, Max Hueber publishers

4.     Deutsch für den Beruf work book by adelheid h, Max Hueber publishers

5.     Grammatik intensiv trainer A1 Deutsch – Langenscheidt by Mark lester, larry beason, langenscheid publishers

6.     Fit für Goethe Zetifikat A1 start Deutsch 1 by Johaness Gerbes, Frau ke van der Werff, Hueber publishers

7.     Learn german through games and activities level1 Deutsch als Fremdsprache/Kursbuch und Arbeitsbuch and CD by Sabine Emmerich & Federica Colombo, eli publishers

Evaluation Pattern

Evaluation Pattern

Assessment Pattern

CIA (Weight)

ESE (Weight)

CIA 1 – Assignments / Creative Projects

10%

 

CIA 2 –Mid Sem Exam

25%

 

CIA 3 – Viva

10%

 

Attendance

05%

 

End Sem Exam

 

50%

Total

50%

50%

HIN182-1 - HINDI (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:30
No of Lecture Hours/Week:2
Max Marks:50
Credits:02

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

The detailed text book “kalyatree kavitayen” edited by Dr. B. Vijay Kumar is an anthology of modern poems written by representative poets of Hindi Literature. The poems reflect on the social, environmental, cultural and political issues which are prevalent in our society. Indianbusiness menare also part of the syllabus.  Since translation is a significant area in language and literature, emphasis is being given on theory as well as practice aspects of it in the syllabus. Language skills can be improved by giving focus on technical terminology.

The primary objective of offering Hindi as a language at undergraduate level is to enable the students to know about the richness of the language and its literary traditions.  Hindi, as our national language plays an important role in developing national integrity, sense of pride and fundamental unity.

Course Outcome

CO1: CO1: Improve the writing skill in literary Hindi by doing assignments and CIAs.

CO2: CO2: Improve the analytical skills through critical analysis of the poems.

CO3: CO3: Will be able to learn about the Indian business men.

CO4: CO4: To improve the basic research skills while doing the CIAs.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:15
Kalyatree Kavitayen
 

10 Morden and Contemporary Poets & Poerty 

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:5
Indian Businessmen
 

4 select Indian business men- Azim Premji, Mukesh Ambani, N. R. Narayana Murthy, Lakshmi Mittal                                       

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:5
Translation- Theory and practice
 

English to Hindi translation practice

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:5
Technical Terminology
 

Select 50 term

Text Books And Reference Books:

                                                                           ‘Kalayatree kavitayen’ (An Anthology of Poems)                                          

                                                                            edited by: Dr. B. Vijay Kumar

                                                              Arunodaya prakashan, New Delhi.

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

1. A Hand Book of Translation Studies     By: Das Bijay Kumar.

2. Saral Subodh Hindi Vyakaran,              By: Motilal Chaturvedi. Vinod, pustakmandir, Agra-2

3. AnuvadEvam Sanchar –                          Dr.PooranchandTandon,Rajpal and Son’s

4. AnuvadVignan                                       By:Bholanath Tiwari

5. Anuvad Kala                                           By: N.E VishwanathIyer

Evaluation Pattern

Mid-Semester Examination

I Sem –B. Com

Course Code-HIN182-1

Paper I – Hindi

Max. Time: 2 Hrs                                                                                              Max. Marks: 50

Section

Subject Title

Types of Questions

Choice

Marks

A

Poetry

3 short essay type questions

3 out of 4

3x 10= 30

B

Translation

4.One passage for translation from English to Hindi

1 question

 

1 x10= 10

C

 

1 short essay on Businessmen

5. Descriptive type

1 out of 2 

1x10=10

 

End-Semester Examination  

I Sem –B. Com

Course Code-HIN182-1

Paper I – Hindi

Max. Time: 2Hrs                                                                                Max. Marks: 50


Section

Subject Title

Types of Questions

Choice

Marks

A

Poetry

3 short essay type questions

3 out of 4

3x10=30

 

B

Translation

 

5. Translation- English to Hindi

1 question

1x10=10

C

Technical Terminology

English to Hindi and Hindi to English

10 out of 10

1x10=10

HIS141 - HISTORY AND CINEMA (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

This course attempts to map out the connection between history and cinema. It aims to look at how cinema can be treated as a visual text and a source for understanding history. 

Course Outcome

CO1: To enhance and deepen the understanding of history through cinema.

CO2: To enable the students to develop their understanding and awareness of the rich possibilities of cinema and its connection with history.

CO3: To enhance the analytical skills of students and develop an understanding of how cinema engages with socio-cultural and political concerns, by placing the cinema in their historical context and engage with the current debates and future challenges with cinema as a medium.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:10
Unit 1
 

a)   History as a narrative – History and Truth Contested Notions –Ideology, Sources and Historian

b)   Multiple Identities and Histories – History as a point of reference – Issues of Legitimacy & Justification.

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:10
Unit 2
 

a)     Cinema as a narrative – Words and Images – Genre- Representation Vs. Reality – Propaganda – selling History. 

b)    Language of Cinema- Color – Angles – Movement

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:10
UNIT 2
 

a)     Cinema as a narrative – Words and Images – Genre- Representation Vs. Reality – Propaganda – selling History. 

b)    Language of Cinema- Color – Angles – Movement

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:10
Unit 3
 

a)     Between History and Cinema:  The problem of linear narratives and flash back – questions of authenticity – definition of authenticity.

b)    Cinema as a political, social and historical text.

Text Books And Reference Books:

Chapman, J. (2003). Cinemas of the World: Film and Society from 1895 to the Present. Reaktion Books.

Chapman, J., Glancy, M., & Harper, S. (Eds.). (2007). The new film history: sources, methods, approaches. Springer.

Ferro, M. (1988). Cinema and history. Wayne State University Press.

Chapman, J. (2005). Past and present: national identity and the British historical. London: IB Tauris.

Miskell, P. (2004). Historians and film. In Making History (pp. 253-264). Routledge.

Nowell-Smith, G. (Ed.). (1996). The Oxford history of world cinema. OUP Oxford.

Raghavendra, M. K. (2014). Seduced by the Familiar: Narration and Meaning in Indian Popular Cinema. Oxford University Press.

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Chapman, J. (2013). Cinema, propaganda and national identity: British film and the Second World War. In British Cinema, Past and Present (pp. 213-226). Routledge.

Miskell, P. (2005). Seduced by the silver screen: Film addicts, critics and cinema regulation in Britain in the 1930s and 1940s. Business History47(3), 433-448.

Sedgwick, J., Miskell, P., & Nicoli, M. (2019). The market for films in postwar Italy: Evidence for both national and regional patterns of taste. Enterprise & Society20(1), 199-228.

Raghavendra, M. K. (2011). Bipolar identity: Region, nation, and the Kannada language film. Oxford University Press.

Raghavendra, M. K. (2014). The Politics of Hindi Cinema in the New Millennium: Bollywood and the Anglophone Indian Nation.

Sanyal, D. (2021). MK Raghavendra, “Locating World Cinema: Interpretations of Film as Culture” (Bloomsbury Academic India, 2020).

 

Evaluation Pattern

CIA 1:  10 Marks            

CIA 2:  Mid Semester Examinations 25 Marks

CIA 3:  10 Marks

End semester examination: 50 Marks

Attendance: 5 Marks

KAN182-1 - KANNADA (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:30
No of Lecture Hours/Week:2
Max Marks:50
Credits:2

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

The primary objective is offering Kannada as a second language at undergraduate level is to enable the students to know about the richness of the language and its literary traditions.  Kannada, is a regional  language, plays an important role in developing national integrity, sense of pride and fundamental unity between the social and other linguistic groups.

The course is taught for  the first semester  B.com. students. The selected Vachanas from Sarvagna a Medieval Kannada Poet  and other forms of literature like, Short story,  Essays, Vichara Sahitya  texts will help students to understand the styles, structures, the language used in their writings . The syllabus will extend the concerns of family, Industry, enteruprenurship , translated writings and precis writings etc. The Syllabus is well structured with local, national and global needs of the students, imbibes human values, gender equality ,professional ethics , sustainability  etc.

 

Course Outcome

CO1: Expose learners to the Medieval Kannada Poetry

CO2: To expose learners to the contemporary deliberation

CO3: Able to develop their critical thinking

CO4: Able to inculcate literary sensibility among students across multi discipline

CO5: Enable them in creative writings and build confidence in communicative skills for different domains.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:4
Sarvagnana Vachanagalu ---10 Vachanas
 

ಸರ್ವಜ್ಞನವಚನಗಳು

. ಸರ್ವಜ್ಞನೆಂಬವನು! ಗರ್ವದಿಂದಾದವನೆ

     ಸರ್ವರಲಿಆಡಿಕಲಿಕಲಿತುವಿದ್ಯದ

     ಪರ್ವತವೇಆದಸರ್ವಜ್ಞ.

. ಹೆಣ್ಣನುಹೊನ್ನನು! ಹಣ್ಣಾದಮರನನು

     ಕಣ್ಣಲ್ಲಿಕಂಡುಮನದಲಿಬಯಸದ

     ಅಣ್ಣಗಳಾರುಸರ್ವಜ್ಞ.

. ಅನ್ನವನಿಕ್ಕುವುದು! ನನ್ನಿಯನುಡಿವುದು

     ತನ್ನಂತೆಪರರಬಗೆವುದುಸ್ವರ್ಗತಾ

     ಬಿನ್ನಾಣವಕ್ಕುಸರ್ವಜ್ಞ.

. ಸತ್ತುಹುಟ್ಟುವರೆಂಬ! ಮಿಥ್ಯದನುಡಿಯೇಕೆ

     ಬಿತ್ತಿದರೆಬೀಜಬೆಳೆವಂತೆ - ವೃಕ್ಷತಾ

      ಸತ್ತುಹುಟ್ಟುವುದೆಸರ್ವಜ್ಞ.

. ಕೊಟ್ಟುದುತನಗೆಬಚ್ಚಿಟ್ಟದುಪರರಿಗೆ

     ಕೊಟ್ಟುತಾಕೆಟ್ಟೆನೆನಬೇಡಮುಂದೆ

     ಕಟ್ಟಿಹುದುಬುತ್ತಿಸರ್ವಜ್ಞ.

. ಉಳ್ಳಲ್ಲಿಉಣಲೊಲ್ಲ! ಉಳ್ಳಲ್ಲಿಉಡಲೊಲ್ಲ

     ಉಳ್ಳಲ್ಲಿದಾನಕೊಡದವನಒಡವೆಯು

      ಕಳ್ಳಗೆನೃಪಗೆಸರ್ವಜ್ಞ.

 . ಆಡದೇಮಾಡುವನು! ರೂಢಿಯೊಳಗುತ್ತಮನು

     ಆಡಿಮಾಡುವನುಮಧ್ಯಮನುಅಧಮತಾ

      ನಾಡಿಯೂಮಾಡಸರ್ವಜ್ಞ.

.  ವಿದ್ಯೆಉಳ್ಳನಮುಖವುಮುದ್ದಿನಂತಿರುತಿಕ್ಕು!

       ವಿದ್ಯೆಇಲ್ಲದನಬರಿಮುಖವುಹಾಳೂರ!

       ಹದ್ದಿನಂತಿಕ್ಕುಸರ್ವಜ್ಞ.

. ವಿದ್ಯೆಕಲಿಸದತಂದೆಬುದ್ಧಿ

      ಹೇಳದಗುರುವು

      ಬಿದ್ದಿರಲುಬಂದುನೋಡದತಾಯಿ

      ಶುದ್ಧವೈರಿಗಳುಸರ್ವಜ್ಞ.

೧೦. ಕುಡಿವುದೊಂದೇನೀರು

        ನಡೆಯುದೊಂದೇಭೂಮಿ

        ಸುಡುವಗ್ನಿಯೊಂದೇಇರುತಿರಲು

        ಕುಲಗೋತ್ರನಡುವೆಎತ್ತಣದುಸರ್ವಜ್ಞ.

 

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:20
Selected Lessons- 6 Lessons
 

Nange Kelasa Siktu- A Short story- Nuggehalli Pankaja

2. Kooli Maaduttiddaake Softwear Kampaniya C.E.O- An Essay

3. Rasagaligegalu – An Ideological Essay - Siddalingaiah

4. Udyamasheelate kale maatrave alla adondu Vignana. A translation Essay –

5. Onte Hula- An Environmental Essay – Poorna Chandra Tejaswi

6. Obbanige Estu Bhumi Beku- leo Tolstoy

 

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:6
Language Skills
 

a) Usage of alphabets in different contexts:  

 1. A-H

 2. Na-na

 3. la-LA  

 4.Hrasva and Deergha  alphabets

 5. Importance of Ottakshara     

b) Letter writing 

Text Books And Reference Books:

1.     

1.      1. Ed. K.B.Ballari, Chi. Srinivasaraju, Ramarao Kulakarni.

2.      2 Samakaaleena Kannada Kavithe: Eds. N.S.Lakshminarayana Bhatta, Siddalingaiah, Sumateendra Nadiga.

3.      3 Bandaya Kathegalu: Eds. Ramzan Darga, Chandrashekara Aaluru.

4.      4 Saadhanege mitiyilla,Saadhakarige Paramartha : L. Basavarjaju

5.      5 Prabandhaloka Koneyilla:Rashmi Bansal.

 

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

1.      Vyavaharika Kannada: HSK

2.      Jaagatikarana ondu Samagra Manthana- Ed. Dr. Rajendra Chenni

 

 

Evaluation Pattern

The evaluation and assessment will be based on Continuous Internal Assessments and an End Semester Examination.

CIA 1 –  Wikipedia Article Creation in Kannada Language– Assignment

CIA 2 – Mid-semester Examination

CIA 3 – Wikipedia Article Creation in Kannada Language– Assignment

The end semester examination will have 50% weight.

The final grade will be weighed average of ESE and CIAs.

 

LAW143 - LABOUR AND SOCIAL WELFARE (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

It is a solitary principle of industrial relations that a happy and content labourer is an indispensable asset for any employer. However, labourers have not received their due on account of historical wrongs, and in this era of a market economy, labourers do not seem to get the minimum standards of social security. As a result, industrial peace and harmony have remained a distant dream. Hence, constant efforts are being made by the governments to ameliorate the working conditions of labour in order to ensure minimum welfare for the workers.

Course Outcome

CO 1 : Explain the general concept of labour social welfare and also the constitutional foundation of the same

CO 2 : Analyse the role of the International Labour Organisation in the protection of Labour Welfare

CO 3 : Describe existing provisions relating to the working conditions of Labourers

CO 4 : Describe the legal provisions relating to the health, safety, and welfare conditions of the employees.

CO 5 : Analyze the legal provisions relating to Maternity benefits in workplaces

CO 6: Describe the legal provisions relating to and regulation of Contractual employment in India

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:9
INTRODUCTION
 

Meaning and nature of social security; Public assistance v. Public insurance; Constitutional foundations and the role of ILO

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:9
HEALTH, SAFETY AND WELFARE OF WORKERS
 

Introduction; Manufacturing and hazardous processes; Health, safety and welfare in factories; Working hours and employment of young persons 

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:9
EMPLOYEES' INSURANCE
 

Introduction; Important definitions; ESI Corporation; Various benefits

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:9
MATERNITY BENEFIT
 

Introduction; Employment of or work by women; Right to payment of maternity benefit; Dismissal and deduction of wages

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:9
CONTRACT LABOUR
 

Introduction: nature and meaning; Licensing of contractors; Regulation and abolition of Contract Labour

Text Books And Reference Books:

Industrial Jurisprudence: A Critical Commentary by Dr EM Rao., Lexis Nexis., Second Edition 2015 p. 14-21

Labour and Industrial Law by H.L.Kumar., Universal Law Publishing Co., 2 volumes 15th edition 2010.,p.2082-2125

P.L.Malik‟s Industrial Law 2 Volumes., Eastern Book Company., 23rd Edition 2011.,p.2398-2405 

Pai, G. B. Labour Law in India. New Delhi: Butterworth, 2001. Rao, E. M. Industrial Jurisprudence, New Delhi: LexisNexis (India), 2004.

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Industrial Jurisprudence: A Critical Commentary by Dr EM Rao., Lexis Nexis., Second Edition 2015 p. 14-21

Labour and Industrial Law by H.L.Kumar., Universal Law Publishing Co., 2 volumes 15th edition 2010.,p.2082-2125

P.L.Malik‟s Industrial Law 2 Volumes., Eastern Book Company., 23rd Edition 2011.,p.2398-2405 

Pai, G. B. Labour Law in India. New Delhi: Butterworth, 2001. Rao, E. M. Industrial Jurisprudence, New Delhi: LexisNexis (India), 2004.

Evaluation Pattern

Assessment outline: There are in all 3 components in the scheme of evaluation. Weightage for the components is indicated in percentage.

CIA I- Class Test carrying 25 marks

CIA II – Class Test carrying 25 marks

CIA III – Class Test carrying 50 marks

LAW145 - PARLIAMENTARY PROCEDURE AND PRACTICE (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Parliament is the heart and soul of any parliamentary democracy which is envisaged to reflect the expectations and aspirations of the people. In fact, it is the chief law-making organ and it comprises of members from different backgrounds, so as to represent the varied expectations of the people. As such, it has an onerous responsibility of making laws in a manner which caters to the requirements of the society cutting across the party lines.

In twenty-first century, the age of technology and information, the role of Parliament has increased manyfold as the impressions of “We the People” have also undergone a sea change with respect to the quality of the law made. In this context, a fundamental knowledge of the law-making process and the requisites of the same is essential for the citizens. Hence this course is devised to introduce the students to the essentials of law-making process by the Parliament as well as the privileges conferred on the members of Parliament.

Course Outcome

CO1: Understand the Constitutional framework on Parliamentary Practice and Procedure in India

CO2: Analyse the Parliamentary Privileges in India

CO3: Examine the Law-making process and role of Parliamentary Committees in India

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:7
INDIAN PARLIAMENT AND POLITY
 

Structure, powers and functions of Houses of Parliament – Loksabha,  Rajya  Sabha, Joint Sessions

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:8
CONSTITUTION OF HOUSES
 

Members and presiding officers, election, powers and functions, Powers of President in relation to Parliament

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:8
LAW-MAKING PROCESS
 

Classification of Bills, procedures relating to passing of Bills, presentation of Budget

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:7
RULES OF BUSINESS IN PARLIAMENT
 

Summoning, petitions, resolutions, motions, question-answers, matters of urgent public importance

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:8
PARLIAMENTARY PRIVILEGES
 

Sources of Parliamentary privileges, immunities, procedure

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:7
PARLIAMENTARY COMMITTEES
 

Parliamentary Committees, Government Committee, Ad hoc Committees, Joint Committee

Text Books And Reference Books:

 

Anoop Mishra (Ed.), Practice and Procedure of Parliament, Metropolitan Book Co. Ltd. New Delhi (2016)

Durga Das Basu, Introduction to the Constitution of India (2022), Lexis Nexis, Gurgaon

Lok Sabha Secretariate, Parliamentary Privileges (2019), New Delhi

Ministry of Parliamentary Affairs, Manual of Parliamentary Procedures in India (2018), New Delhi

 

Subhash Kashyap, Our Parliament, National Book Trust (2020), New Delhi

 

 

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Apoorva Shankar and Shreya Singh, Parliamentary Procedures: A Primer [Rajya Sabha] (2015), PRS Legislative Research, New Delhi

Lok Sabha Secretariate, Budgetary Process (2019), New Delhi

M.P. Jain, Indian Constitutional Law (8th Edn., 2018) Lexis Nexis, Gurgaon

Evaluation Pattern

CIA-I : 25 Marks (25%)

CIA-II: 25 Marks (25%)

CIA-III: 50 Marks (50%) 

 

MED141 - MEDIA AND POLITICS (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:50
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

 

This course considers the degree to which media influences political opinion and actions and also its impact on public policy in the Indian context. In other words, the course examines the role of news media in the Indian political process from both behavioural and institutional perspectives.

 

Course Outcome

CO1: To understand the concepts and theories that inform us about the role of news media in society.

CO2: To be able to critically analyse the role of Indian media in shaping public opinion.

CO3: To attempt a deconstruction of the role social media plays in shaping the fortunes of politicians.

CO4: To apply this understanding to further greater political participation among students.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:15
Media & Politics: A Theoretical Perspective
 

Theories of news media

Media as fourth estate of democracy

Media and civic engagement

Politics and social media: Issues and debates

 

Media regulation and politics

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:15
Media & Politics: Dynamics
 

Media and the political communication process

Media and its impact on public opinion

Sociology of news construction

Media’s role in the empowerment of social movements

Role of media in elections- campaigns, strategies and advertisement

Media role in exposing political scandals

 

Media as spaces for dissent, marginal voices and alternative platforms

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:3
Media & Politics: A Critical Appraisal
 

The corporate world, media conglomerates and politics interface

Media’s role in manufactured consent giving

Visual media and political communication

Role of social media in image building

 

Case study- Rebranding of PM Modi

Text Books And Reference Books:

 

Politics of Media, 1st Edition by Ranjith Thankappan, 2016.

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Making Sense of Media and Politics: Five Principles in Political Communication, 2nd Edition by Gadi Wolfsfeld, 2022.

 

Political Communication and Mobilisation: The Hindi Media in India, by Taberez Neyazi, 2018.

Evaluation Pattern

Blog (weekly posts)- reflections on issues in the news media

CIA 1- MCQ

CIA 2- Class test

CIA 3- Group presentation

 

ESE- Written exam

MED142 - AUDIO AND VIDEO PRODUCTION TECHNIQUES (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:50
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course description: This course will introduce students to the basic principles and techniques of audio and video production. Students will learn how to use a range of equipment and software to produce high-quality audio and video content. This course is designed for non-media students who want to acquire basic skills in audio and video production.

Course Outcome

CO1: Students will be able to identify different types of media software and their uses in the media industry.

CO2: Students will be able to describe the features and functions of software tools used for media production, editing, and distribution.

CO3: Students will be able to use media software tools to create and edit media content.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:20
Introduction to Audio and Video Production
 

Introduction to Audio and Video Production (10 hours)

Basic principles of audio and video production

Overview of equipment used in audio and video production

Introduction to software tools used in audio and video production

 

Audio Production Techniques (10 hours)

Microphone selection and placement

Recording techniques and best practices

 

Mixing and mastering audio content

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:20
Video Production Techniques
 

Video Production Techniques (10 hours)

Camera selection and setup

Lighting techniques and best practices

Shooting and capturing video footage

 

Editing Audio and Video Content (10hours)

Introduction to audio and video editing software

Editing and arranging audio and video content

 

Adding transitions and effects to audio and video content

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:5
Advanced Audio and Video Production
 

Creating soundscapes and sound effects

Advanced camera techniques and shot composition

 

Motion graphics and visual effects

Text Books And Reference Books:

"The Filmmaker's Handbook: A Comprehensive Guide for the Digital Age" by Steven Ascher and Edward Pincus.

"Audio Engineering 101: A Beginner's Guide to Music Production" by Tim Dittmar

"The Art of Digital Audio Recording: A Practical Guide for Home and Studio" by Steve Savage

"Video Production Handbook" by Gerald Millerson and Jim Owens

 

"Pro Tools 101: An Introduction to Pro Tools 11" by Frank D. Cook

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

"The Filmmaker's Handbook: A Comprehensive Guide for the Digital Age" by Steven Ascher and Edward Pincus

"Audio Engineering 101: A Beginner's Guide to Music Production" by Tim Dittmar

"The Art of Digital Audio Recording: A Practical Guide for Home and Studio" by Steve Savage

"Video Production Handbook" by Gerald Millerson and Jim Owens

 

"Pro Tools 101: An Introduction to Pro Tools 11" by Frank D. Cook

Evaluation Pattern

CIA 1 – Interview Project - Students could work in groups to produce a video where they interview employees of a local business or organization. The video could showcase the company culture and highlight different aspects of the business. (15Marks)

CIA 2 – Product Demo Video Project - Students could work in groups to produce a video that showcases a product or service. The video would need to be engaging and informative, and would aim to persuade the viewer to purchase or use the product or service. (20 Marks)

CIA 3 – Educational Video Project - Students could work in groups to produce an educational video on a topic of their choice. The video would need to be informative and engaging, and could cover topics like science, history, or current events. (15 Marks)

All CIAs   – Department level only

MED143 - CELEBRITY PR (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:30
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:50
Credits:2

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

The course attempts to understand the nature, process and issues related to celebrity actors and their presence, which inadvertently contribute to the success of films.

Course Outcome

CO1: Will be able to understand the concept of celebrity PR

CO2: Will be able to understand the role of celebrity presence in the success of a film

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:10
Understanding PR as Strategic Communication
 

PR concept, role and relevance in selling goods/services; Brief history & evolution of PR. Competing forces for PR-Advertising, Publicity, Marketing/Sales. PR as distinct from spin, hype & exaggeration. Top Bollywood PR firms in India-Dale Bhagwagar PR, Raindrops, Spice PR, Aspire PR.

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:10
Celebrity PR and Bollywood
 

Bollywood and the need and emergence ofCelebrity PR, early beginnings, and present status. Acquiring and sustaining celebrity status through PR, Celebrity brand building & nurturing. PR in celebrity reputation management. Building the celebrity profile through analysis and research. Case Study-The making of Shilpa Shetty (UK's Big Brother Reality TV), Amitabh Bachchan and KBC, Aamir Khan and Satyameva Jayate

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:10
Celebrity PR Responsibilities & Activities
 

Interviews, Press conferences,Rejoinders,Official comments/no comments. Organising events-Public 'meet and greet', Social events of significance, Public gatherings-award functions, airport meets.  Helping to manage crisis--damaging details from celebrity past, social media criticism and backlash, dealing with success and failure with grace and dignity, Helping deal with paparazzi encounter

Text Books And Reference Books:

Barron, Lee. (2015). Celebrity Cultures: An Introduction. SAGE Publications Ltd. Bräu, Marlena. (2013), Twitter Kills The Publicity Star? How social media is influencing the business of Celebrity PR. Grin Verlag Publishing, Germany. Jonas, C Priyanka. (2021). Unfinished: A Memoir. Penguin Viking.

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Raju, J Jeetu. (2020). Escape the rat race. Google Books, Thames Publication. Stewart, B James and Abrams, Rachel. (2023). Unscripted: The Epic Battle for a Hollywood Media Empire. Penguin Books.

Evaluation Pattern

Single assessment of 50 marks

MED144 - HARRY POTTER AND CONTEMPORARY ISSUES (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:50
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

This course will provide students the opportunity to apply a variety of interdisciplinary approaches on popular young adult narratives. Students will be exposed to the real -world culture and physical environment that produced, shaped, and continues to inform the Harry Potter series, giving students greater insight into the importance of textual awareness and analysis.

Course Outcome

CO1: Explore the socio-cultural, historical, and technological perspectives behind Harry Potter phenomenon.

CO2: Develop critical thinking skills

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:15
History of wizards in cinema
 

History of wizards in cinema – P L Travers, Disney era, rise of Nanny McPhee, Arrival of Harry potter in bookstores, narrative development of book 1 – Harry Potter and the Sorcerer’s Stone, Deconstruction of characters, significance of four houses, potions, beasts and spells.

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:15
Hogwarts a world class school
 

Hogwarts a world class school – dynamics of homework, relationship, bullying, teachers, team spirits and opponents, wizards and other, Debates on Morality, Technology and Media in Potter world, Privacy concerns with magical objects, Cultural Hegemony, Case Study on Snape and Dumbledore

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:10
Sociological perspective
 

Sociological perspective – idea of home, community, clan and society, class struggle and dynamics, Aurora and Azkaban, Representation of Gender, Idea of family and institution, construction of power structures

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:5
Film Screening
 

Screening of First and Last Harry Potter films

Text Books And Reference Books:

Harry Potter and Sorcerer’s Stone, J. K. Rowling (ISBN 978-0590353427)

Harry Potter and the Chamber of Secrets, J. K. Rowling (ISBN 978-0439064873)

Harry Potter and the Prisoner of Azkaban, J. K. Rowling (ISBN 978-0439136365)

Harry Potter and the Goblet of Fire, J. K. Rowling (ISBN 978-0439139601)

Harry Potter and the Order of the Phoenix, J. K. Rowling (ISBN 978-0439358071)

Harry Potter and the Half-Blood Prince, J. K. Rowling (ISBN 978-0439785969)

Harry Potter and the Deathly Hallows, J. K. Rowling (ISBN 978-0545139700)

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

 

Whited, L A & Grimes, K. (2015). Critical Insights: The Harry Potter Series. Salem Books.

Bell, C E (2018). Inside the World of Harry Potter: Critical Essays on the Books and Films.McFarland Publishers.

Evaluation Pattern

Assignments will be done through Google Classroom

CIA -1 – Class Test– 20 marks

CIA 2 –  – 50 marks

CIA 3 – Group Assignment – 20 marks

End Semester - Project – 50 marks

MED145 - SOCIAL MEDIA (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:50
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

 

The Social Media course is designed as an engaging and comprehensive undergraduate elective that explores the dynamic and influential world of social media. In this course, students will gain a critical understanding of the social media , their impact on society, and their role in shaping communication and democracy.

Course Outcome

CO1: Develop a comprehensive critical understanding of social media.

CO2: Identify the strengths and weaknesses of social media platforms.

CO3: Critically create social media content.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:15
Introduction to Social Media
 

Definition and characteristics of social media

Evolution and historical context of social media for democracy

 

Key technological features and functionalities.

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:15
Social media for democracy
 

Cultural implications of social media use

Social media's impact on political mobilization and activism

 

Utilizing social media for positive social change and advocacy

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:15
Social media and individual
 

Agency and social media

Personal data and issues

 Identity and Social media

Text Books And Reference Books:

Digital Disconnect: How Capitalism Is Turning the Internet Against Democracy  by Robert W. McChesney

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

The Social Media Reader by Michael Mandiber

Evaluation Pattern

 

CIA 1 – Submission of social media platform introduction video (5 marks)

CIA 2 –Submission of 3 Instagram posts and reels based on the class discussions (15Marks)

CIA 3 – Submission of 3 Snaps based on a critical view of social media. (15 Marks)

CIA4- Submission of 3 Tweets, A Facebook post, and Instagram Live on social media & democracy (15 Marks)

All CIAs   – Department level only; All submissions.

MED146 - PUBLIC SPEAKING (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:50
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Public Speaking is an essential skill in the twenty first century that offers a lot of benefits for thos excel in it. Thise who have the gift of the gab are bound to interact with people with a lot of confidence and exert influence on how others respond. It boosts the chances of anyone to build their professional profile. Apart from these obvious positives in the personal and interpersonal spheres, those with Public Speaking skills are often seen as potential leaders. This course on Public Speaking aims to provide a solid conceptual foundation and a lot of opportunities for the participants to build their public speaking skills and excel at different levels.  

Course Outcome

CO1: The student will be able to demonstrate one's capacity to positively manage stage fright.

CO2: The student will be able to organise the content of one's speech strategically.

CO3: The student will be able to speak confidently and employ different mechanisms to create an impact on the audience.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:15
Public Speaking - Basics
 

Why Public Speaking?

Sample Public Speeches

Understanding the Psychological and Physiological states while speaking  

Overcoming Stage Fright

Understanding context, objectives and the audience

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:15
Manner of speaking
 

In this unit, the students will learn how to speak.

Voice and delivery: Volume, texture, pauses, pace, variance

Body language: Gestures, postures, movement

Stage Presence: Using the mike,  the podium and the rostrum; positioning, spatial interactions

 

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:15
Matter of speaking
 

Organisation: Beginning, middle and ending

Working on the desired impact

Practice and feedback

Text Books And Reference Books:

Gallo, C. (2017). Talk like TED. Pan Books.

Acker, M. (2019). Speak with no fear: Go from a Nervous, Nauseated, and Sweaty Speaker to an Excited, Energized, and Passionate Presenter. Advance, Coaching and Consulting.

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Gallo, C. (2017). Talk like TED. Pan Books.

Acker, M. (2019). Speak with no fear: Go from a Nervous, Nauseated, and Sweaty Speaker to an Excited, Energized, and Passionate Presenter. Advance, Coaching and Consulting.

Evaluation Pattern

 Evaluation 1: One-minute self introduction

Evaluation 2: three-minute speech on one's chosen topic

Evaluation 3: five-minute speech on a given topic

 

PHY141 - FUNDAMENTAL OF FORENSIC PHYSICS (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

This course introduces the students to the fundamentals of forensic science. Student will be introduced to the different analytical tool to analyse the results. They will also learn the physics behind investigative method used to gather evident. Finally, students will study emerging use of nanotechnology in forensic science.  

Course Outcome

CO1: Understand the different technique to analyse the results.

CO2: Understand the basic science underlying the motion of bullets, collisions, explosion and blood dynamics.

CO3: Learn about the advantage of nanotechnology in forensic science.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:15
Analytical instruments and techniques of forensic physics
 

Introduction, electromagnetic spectrum, sources of radiation, their utility and limitations, refractive index, interaction of light with matter, idea on instrumentation and results analysis.

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:15
Forensic physics
 

Scope and significance of forensic physics, basic physics in solving crime, motion of bullet and other projectile, vehicular collisions, blood stain analysis using fluid mechanics, physics of explosions, development and identification of latent fingerprints using optics.

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:15
Nanotechnology in forensic science
 

Nanotechnology, utilization of nanotechnology in analysis of physical evidence, applications of nanotechnology in forensic evidence analysis, introduction to nanomaterials, types of nanomaterials. 

Text Books And Reference Books:
  1. B.B. Nanda and R.K Tiwari, Forensic Science in India: A vision for the Twenty First Centrury, select publishers, New Delhi (2001)
  2. CM Hussain, D Rawtani, G Pandey, M Tharmavaram, Handbook of Analytical Techniques for Forensic Samples: Current and Emerging Developments, ISBN: 978-0-12-822300-0, Elsevier, 2020
  3. M.K Bhasin and S.Nath, Role of Forensic Science in the New Millenium, University of Delhi, Delhi(2002).
  4.  S.H James and J.J Nordby, Forensic Science :An introduction to scientific and Investigative Techniques, 2nd Edition, CRC Press, Boca Raton(2005)
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
  1. W.G. Eckert and R.K. Wright in Introduction to Forensic Sciiences, 2nd Edition, W.G. Eckert (ED), CRC Press, Boca Raton(1997).
  2. R. Saferstein, M.L. Hastrup and C.Hald, Fisher’s Techniques of Crime scene Investigation, CRC Press, Boca Raton (2013)
  3. W.J. Tilstone, M.L. Hastrup and C.Hald, Fisher’s Techniques of Crime Scene Investigation, CRC Press, Boca Raton (2013)
Evaluation Pattern

Evaluation will be based on presentations by each student and class work.

POL142 - SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY AND INNOVATION IN INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

The main objectives of the course are to:

      Present an overview of the major concepts, debates, and historical facets of STI in IR.

      Create a foundation for the students to pursue further research in various aspects of STI in IR, and provide a systemic understanding of its impact on the economy, politics, culture, society, and foreign relations of India and other countries.

Providing an academic understanding in the current context of emerging technologies, its impact and influences in the society, as well as create avenues for interdisciplinary understanding and research.

Course Outcome

CO1: - Understand the nature, scope and significance of STI in International Relations (IR). - Understand the concepts, ideas, and debates in Science, Technology and Innovation vis-a-vis International Relations.

CO2: - Learn to use conceptual tools to understand new developments which of Science, Technology and Innovation in International Relations. - Analyze the major theories/approaches of Science, Technol-ogy and Innovation. - Develop a critical perspective on the major international regimes/ issues in STI in International Relations.

CO3: - Develop a thorough understanding on the scientific, technological and innovation-related process in major powers and national economies, especially India. - Explore the ways and Science, Technology and Innovation issues confronted by the world from a foreign policy perspective.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:6
Introduction
 

Science, Technology and Innovation (STI) in International Relations;

History and Evolution of STI in International Relations;

STI and Globalization;

STI and Diplomacy;

State, non-State actors and Stakeholders;

STI and International Institutions;

International Scientific Relations (ISR)

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:6
Basic Concepts and Theories:
 

Digital Westphalia,

Technonationalism,

Cyberspace and related facets of sovereignty, warfare, security, espionage, terrorism, and crime;

Data sovereignty, Technocolonialism; Digital imperialism,

Security v Privacy debate,

STI and Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs)

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:6
Global STI Landscape
 

History and Evolution of Global STI Landscape;

Fourth Industrial Revolution;

Knowledge Economy;

STI and Human Capital;

International Political Economy of STI

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:6
India:
 

India’s STI Policies: history, evolution, implementation and challenges;

Spin-offs: civilian, military;

Research and Development (R&D);

Political Economy of India’s STI Ecosystem;

Institutions and Organisations

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:6
Case Studies:
 

STI landscape in countries: Emergent Technologies and Institutions, Internet of Things; Artificial Intelligence; Big Data; Blockchain

Text Books And Reference Books:

Aghion, P., David, P.A. and Foray, D. (2008). Science, Technology and Innovation for Economic Growth: Linking Policy Research and Practice in 'Stig Systems'. Research Policy 38(4): 681-693.

Del Canto Viterale, F. (2021). International Scientific Relations: Science, Technology and Innovation in the International System of the 21st Century. Anthem Press.

Ogburn, W.F. (1949). Technology and international relations. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.

Colglazier, E.W. and Montgomery, K. (2022). Opportunities and Challenges for Science Diplomacy. Science & Diplomacy.

Hieronymi, O. (1987). Technology and International Relations. London: Palgrave Macmillan.

Leijten, J. Innovation policy and international relations: directions for EU diplomacy. Eur J Futures Res 7, 4 (2019).

M. Mayer, M. Carpes, & R. Knoblich. (eds.). (2014). The Global Politics of Science and Technology - Vol. 1. Springer Berlin, Heidelberg.

Ruffini, P.-B. (2017). Science and Diplomacy: A New Dimension of International Relations. Paris: Springer International Publishing AG.

 

Klein, U. (2020). Technoscience in History: Prussia, 1750-1850. MIT: The MIT Press.

McIlwain, C.H. (1933). A Fragment on Sovereignty. Political Science Quarterly, Vol. 48(1), pp. 94-106.

Negroponte, N. (1995). Being Digital. Hodder and Stoughton: Great Britain.

Reghunadhan, R. (2022). Cyber Technological Paradigms and Threat Landscape in India. First Edition., Palgrave Macmillan, Springer Singapore, ISBN: 978-981-1691-27-0.

Office of the United States Trade Representative (USTR). (2017a). Findings of The Investigation into China’s Acts, Policies, and Practices Related to Technology Transfer, Intellectual Property, and Innovation Under Section 301 of The Trade Act of 1974. https://ustr.gov/sites/default/files/Section%20301%20FINAL.PDF: 3-18 

Schmidt, J.C. (2021). Philosophy of Interdisciplinarity: Studies in Science, Society and Sustainability. History and Philosophy of Technoscience. Oxford: Routledge.

Schultz, T.W. (1961). Investment in Human Capital. The American Economic Review 51(1): 1-17.

Trencher, G. (2018). Towards the smart city 2.0: Empirical evidence of using smartness as a tool for tackling social challenges, Technological Forecasting and Social Change 142: 117-128.

Suttmeier, R.P., Cao, C. and Simon, D.F. (2006). China’s Innovation Challenge and the Remaking of the Chinese Academy of Sciences. Innovations: Technology, Governance, Globalization 1(3d): 78-97.

Landes, D. (2006). Why Europe and the West? Why Not China? The Journal of Economic Perspectives 20(2): 3-22.

M. Z. Taylor. (2016). The Politics of Innovation: Why Some Countries Are Better Than Others at Science and Technology. Oxford: Oxford University Press

Villa-Henriksen, A., Edwards, G.T.C., Pesonen, L.A., Green, O. and Sørensen, C.A.G. (2020). Internet of Things in arable farming: implementation, applications, challenges and potential. Biosys. Eng. 191: 60–84

Zhang, W. (2019). Constitutional Governance in India and China and Its Impact on National Innovation. In Liu, K-C. and Racheria, U. (eds.). Innovation, Economic Development, and Intellectual Property in India and China. ARCIALA Series on Intellectual Assets and Law in Asia. Springer Singapore: Singapore: 39-67.

Department of Science and Technology (DST). (2020). Science, Technology, and Innovation Policy. Government of India. https://dst.gov.in/sites/default/files/STIP_Doc_1.4_Dec2020.pdf

Reghunadhan, R. (2022). Cyber Technological Paradigms and Threat Landscape in India. First Edition., Palgrave Macmillan, Springer Singapore, ISBN: 978-981-1691-27-0.

Kharbanda and Ashok Jain. (eds.). Science and Technology Strategies: for Development in India and China. New Delhi: Har-Anand Publications Pvt Ltd: 93-134.

P.K. Pattnaik et al. (eds). IoT and Analytics for Agriculture, Volume 3. Studies in Big Data, vol 99, Singapore: Springer, pp. 201-225, ISBN: 978-981-16-6210-2.

Krishnan Saravanan et al. (eds.). Handbook of Research on Blockchain Technology, London: Academic Press (Elsevier), pp. 1-34, ISBN: 9780128198162.

 

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

 

Department of Science and Technology (DST). (2020). Science, Technology, and Innovation Policy. Government of India. https://dst.gov.in/sites/default/files/STIP_Doc_1.4_Dec2020.pdf

Reghunadhan, R. (2022). Cyber Technological Paradigms and Threat Landscape in India. First Edition., Palgrave Macmillan, Springer Singapore, ISBN: 978-981-1691-27-0.

Kharbanda and Ashok Jain. (eds.). Science and Technology Strategies: for Development in India and China. New Delhi: Har-Anand Publications Pvt Ltd: 93-134.

 

Evaluation Pattern

Written analyses in about 800-1500 words submitted 

Multiple Choice Questions (MCQs) covering wide range of facets that focus on knowledge, skill and attitude of the student and their understanding on the topic.

 Subjective type question(s): Understanding the emerging complexities and dynamics in the region

Application of the understanding to the situation

Solutions to the problems given

PSY143 - ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE AND HUMAN-MACHINE INTERACTION (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Artificial intelligence (AI) is the basis for all human-machine interfaces and learning, and it is the future of all complex decision-making across diverse sectors. Students will explore the concepts of HMI and AI and become aware of advances in Artificial Intelligence. Case studies and workshops will allow students to consider how human factors and design thinking are applied in designing an interface and the ethical issues and implications of preserving human values. Through discussion, analysis, and workshops, students move towards designing or modifying a user-centric interface considering any sustainable development goal.

Course objectives: 

  • To explain Human-Machine Interactions and Artificial Intelligence and their applications in daily life.
  • To identify the importance and application of human factors and design thinking in interface design. 
  • To evaluate a user-centric interface considering any sustainable development goal.

Course Outcome

CO1: Explain Human-Machine Interactions and Artificial Intelligence and their applications in daily life.

CO2: Identify the importance and application of human factors and design thinking in interface design.

CO3: Evaluate a user-centric interface considering sustainable development goals.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:15
Introduction to AI and HMI
 

Introduction to AI and HMI, Types of AI and HMI, Machine and Deep Learnings and their applications, Current trends and development.

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:15
Human factors & AI
 

Human factors - Sensation, Perception, Apperception, Working Memory, Decision-making, and Design Thinking.

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:15
Principles of interface Design and Application of AI
 

Schneiderman’s eight golden rules, Norman’s model of interaction, Neilson’s Heuristics, Designing for people across the lifespan, and the Application of AI in health, aviation, and the workplace.

Text Books And Reference Books:

Dix, A., Dix, A. J., Finlay, J., Abowd, G. D., & Beale, R. (2003). Human-computer interaction. Pearson Education.

Tenner, E. (2015). The Design of Everyday Things by Donald Norman. Technology and Culture, 56(3), 785-787. 

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Burnett, B., & Evans, D. (2016). Designing your life: How to build a well-lived, joyful life. Knopf.

Gassmann, O., & Reepmeyer, G. (2008). Universal design–innovations for all ages. In The silver market phenomenon (pp. 125-140). Springer, Berlin, Heidelberg. 

Davenport, T., & Kalakota, R. (2019). The potential for artificial intelligence in healthcare. Future healthcare journal, 6(2), 94. 

Evaluation Pattern

CIA1 will be an individual assignment.

CIA2 will be a group assignment with individual components for evaluation. 

CIA3 will be a written exam for 2 hours and 50 Marks. CIA3 will have Section- A and Section - B.

Section A (Essay questions). 10 Marks X 3 Questions=30 Marks 

Section B (Case study). 20 Marks x 1Q= 20 Marks

PSY159 - PSYCHOLOGY OF LEADERSHIP (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

This multidisciplinary course examines the concept of leadership and the psychological and social processes that characterize leadership. We will explore the qualities of effective leadership and the role of situational factors that make some forms of leadership more effective than others. We will explore paradox and complexity in discussions of leadership and will explore the dynamics of identity and power in the unfolding of leadership. In this course, students will not only learn about leadership in traditional ways, such as readings and discussion, but will explore their personal leadership style and plan their goals for personal leadership growth.

Course Objectives:

- To understand and differentiate leadership models, styles, and functions.

- To enhance learners’ knowledge about leading and sustaining diverse teams under diverse circumstances.

- To develop a personal leadership plan using leadership models.

Course Outcome

CO1: Understand and differentiate leadership models, styles, and functions.

CO2: Enhance learners? knowledge about leading and sustaining diverse teams under diverse circumstances.

CO3: Develop a personal leadership plan using leadership models.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:15
Understanding Leadership
 

Introduction, Functions of a leader, Models, and theories of leadership, Styles in leadership, and Qualities of effective leadership.

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:15
Factors Influencing Leadership
 

Leadership and Power, Leadership and Gender, Leadership and Personality, Leadership and EQ, Leadership and Morals. Leadership and Decision making.

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:15
Personal Leadership Development
 

Personal leadership development models, self analysis and strength mapping, goal setting models.

Text Books And Reference Books:

Haslam, S. A., Reicher, S. D. & Platow, M. J. (2020): The New Psychology of Leadership: Identity, Influence and Power. Routledge

Barling, J. (2014). Science of leadership. Oxford: Oxford University Press.

Rowe, W. G., & Guerrero, L. (2016). Cases in leadership (4th ed.). Sage.

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Kotter, J.P. (2012). Leading Change. Harvard Business Review

Northouse, P.G. (2022). Leadership Theory and Practice. ISE Sage.

Evaluation Pattern

CIA1 will be an individual assignment. 

CIA2 will be a group assignment with individual components for evaluation.  

CIA3 will be a written exam for 2 hours and 50 Marks. CIA3 will have Section- A and Section - B.

Section A (Essay questions). 10 Marks X 3 Questions=30 Marks 

Section B (Case study). 20 Marks x 1Q= 20 Marks

SOC143 - SOCIOLOGY THROUGH CINEMA (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:50
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

This course will begin with a session on the Sociology of Cinema and the tools and techniques necessary to analyze the films that will be used in this course as a vehicle to examine society sociologically. This course introduces the student to the discipline of Sociology through cinema from India and elsewhere. It aims to allow students to critically examine society through cinema and its representation.

Course objectives:

  • To enable students to view cinema as a text for sociological analysis
  •  To gain an introduction to the discipline of sociology through cinema

Course Outcome

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:5
Introduction to Sociology
 
  1. Sociology as a discipline
  2. Sociological Imagination
  3. Theoretical perspectives
Unit-1
Teaching Hours:5
Introduction to Sociology
 
  1. Sociology as a discipline
  2. Sociological Imagination
  3. Theoretical perspectives
Unit-2
Teaching Hours:10
Social Structure
 
  1. Community, Association and Institution  
  2. Status and role
  3. Power and authority

Films: Dor (2006), Prem Rog (1982), Roja (1992)

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:10
Social Structure
 
  1. Community, Association and Institution  
  2. Status and role
  3. Power and authority

Films: Dor (2006), Prem Rog (1982), Roja (1992)

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:15
Culture and Socialization
 
  1. Culture
  2. Socialization
  3. Conformity and Deviance

Films: Taare Zameen Par (2007)

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:15
Culture and Socialization
 
  1. Culture
  2. Socialization
  3. Conformity and Deviance

Films: Taare Zameen Par (2007)

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:15
Social Stratification
 
  1. Sex and gender
  2. Race and Ethnicity
  3. Caste and Class 

 Films: Lajja (2001), India Untouched: Stories of a People Apart (2007)

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:15
Social Stratification
 
  1. Sex and gender
  2. Race and Ethnicity
  3. Caste and Class 

 Films: Lajja (2001), India Untouched: Stories of a People Apart (2007)

Text Books And Reference Books:

Burton, E. (1988 ). Sociology and the feature film. Teaching Sociology 16: 263-271.

Dudrah, R K. (2006).  Bollywood: Sociology goes to the Movies. New Delhi: Sage Publications.

Prendergast, C. (1986 ). Cinema Sociology: Cultivating the Sociological Imagination through Popular Film. Teaching Sociology 14: 243-248.

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Mills, C. W. (2023). The sociological imagination. In Social Work (pp. 105-108). Routledge.

Evaluation Pattern
CIA 1  10 marks (conducted out of 20 )
 
CIA 2 10 marks (conducted out of 20 )
 
CIA 3 25 marks (conducted out of 50 ) 
 
Attendance 5 marks 

SPA181-1 - SPANISH (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:30
No of Lecture Hours/Week:2
Max Marks:50
Credits:2

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

speaking, writing, and reading skills in Spanish as well as cultural competency in the Hispanic world. This course is intended for students with no prior knowledge of Spanish.

This method leads easy way to communicate and to carry out tasks in Spanish. 

 

 

Course Objectives: “Aula International 1” A1/A2’. General objective are more specific to define the linguistic knowledge with the help of which the learners will implement various skills such as to understand, to speak, to interact and to write. 

 

Course Outcome

CO1: Student will be able to talk casually about topics of current public and personal.

C02: Students in the Spanish program develop in-depth content knowledge about Hispanic cultures.

C03: Student will be able to understand most speech on familiar topics, and can read and understand written texts in areas of the their special interest.

C04: Student will able to recognize the value of Spanish language learning and Hispanidad cultures through participation in a variety of activities.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:4
Unit 0 - Introduction to Spanish
 
  • Basic Spanish expressions 
  •                        Greetings

 

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:6
Unit 1 ? Recuerdos!
 
  • Salutation and expressions 
  •  Learn to introduce ourselves and friends.
  • Alphabets
  • Profession
  • Numbers
Unit-3
Teaching Hours:6
Unit 2 - Nosotros
 
  • Learning to introduce each other
  • identifying genders and number(singular and plural)
  • Articles(definite and indefinite)
Unit-4
Teaching Hours:7
Unit 3 - Expresar intenciones
 
  • Introducing group of verbs in present tense  
  • Conjugating the verbs
  • Usage of prepositions in the phrase 
  • Using subject personal pronouns with the verbs
  • Usage of comparative
Unit-5
Teaching Hours:7
Unit 4 ? Speaking/Essay
 
    • Describing  places

    • Expressing  existence and location

    • Speaking about the weather

    • Some usage of Hay verbs (there is/ there are)

    • Differentiating the verb “to be” 

    • Describing the quantities 

    • Learning integrative form

 

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:4
Revision
 

Recap of topics from term 1

 

Unit-7
Teaching Hours:6
Unit 5-El tiempo
 
  • Indicating the date and month
  • Fixing an appointment
  • Specifying time
Unit-8
Teaching Hours:6
Unit 6 - ¿ Cuáles prefieres ?
 
  • Identifying the nouns
  • Expressing one’s wishes
  • Conversation in the market / in hypermarket
  • the demonstrative adjectives 
  • Learning colors and cloths

 

Unit-9
Teaching Hours:7
Unit 7 La Comida
 
  • Spanish dishes 

  • Vocabulary of food 

  • How to make a menu

  • Hotel conversations

  • Recipe 

Unit-10
Teaching Hours:7
Unit 8 - Gustar
 
  • Expressing an obligation or refusing
  • Describing about appearance and character
  • Mentioning about one’s tastes and interests
  • Speaking about personal relationships
  • Talk about the present
Text Books And Reference Books:

Textbook : ‘Aula Internacional 1’

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Rosetta Stone, Babbel, Rocket Languages, Pimsleur, Brainscape, Busuu, Duolingo. Etc.

 

Evaluation Pattern

Assessment Pattern

CIA (Weight)

ESE (Weight)

CIA 1 – Assignments

10%

 

CIA 2 – Mid Sem Exam

25%

 

CIA 3 –  Viva - testing of language skills

10%

 

Attendance

05%

 

End Sem Exam

 

50%

Evaluation Pattern: 

(CIA1:20 marks + CIA2:50 marks + CIA3:20 marks)/2 + Attendance: 5 marks + End Sem: 50 marks

   

STA142 - DATA ANALYSIS USING EXCEL (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

This course is designed to build the logical thinking ability and to provide hands-on experience in solving statistical models using MS Excel with Problem based learning. To explore and visualize data using excel formulas and data analysis tool pack.

Course Outcome

CO1: Demonstrate the logics of using excel features.

CO2: Demonstrate the building blocks of excel, excel shortcuts, sample data creation and analyzing data.

CO3: Analyze the data sets using Data Analysis Pack.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:15
Basics
 

Introduction: File types - Spreadsheet structure - Menu bar - Quick access toolbar - Mini toolbar - Excel options - Formatting: Format painter - Font - Alignment - Number - Styles - Cells, Clear - Page layout - Symbols - Equation - Editing - Link - Filter - Charts - Formula Auditing - Overview of Excel tables and properties - Collecting sample data and arranging in definite format in Excel tables.

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:15
File exchange and Data cleaning
 

Importing data from different sources - text file - web page and XML file - Exporting data in different formats - text - csv - image -pdf etc - Creating database with the imported data - Data tools: text to column - identifying and removing duplicates - using format cell options - Application of functions - Concatenate - Upper - Lower - Trim - Repeat - Proper - Clean - Substitute - Convert - Left - Right - Mid - Len - Find - Exact - Replace - Text join - Value - Fixed etc.

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:15
Data Analysis
 

Data analysis tool pack: measures of central tendency - dispersion - skewness - kurtosis - partition values - graphical and diagrammatic representation of data: histogram - bar diagram - charts - line graphs - Ogive - covariance - correlation - linear regression.

Text Books And Reference Books:

1. Alexander R, Kuselika R and Walkenbach J, Microsoft Excel 2019 Bible, Wiley India Pvt Ltd, New Delhi, 2018. 

 2. Greg Harvey, Excel 2019 All-in-One For Dummies,for Dummies,US, 2018. 

 

 

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

1 . Paul M, Microsoft Excel 2019 formulas and functions, Pearson Eduction, 2019

Evaluation Pattern

CIA 100%

THE141 - THEATRE APPRECIATION (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

This course is a participatory practice course, which makes Theatre appreciation applicable to all. It includes different Theoretical, Interactive and Participatory sessions from experts in the cultural industry. It also envisages witnessing live performances and digital performances to enhance the knowledge of the domain, which supports learning with clarity.

This course deals with five strands; Plays, Players, Places, Playgoers, and Performance practice.

Course Outcome

CO1: Able to appreciate the Theatre Art form as a whole.

CO2: Able to analyse and understand the aesthetics of the Theatre Performances.

CO3: Able to appreciate the performer's practices and the audience's reception.

CO4: Able to critically review live and digital Theatre performances.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:5
Plays
 

Focus on Author and Texts.

Theatre Plays, Theatre text, What is Plays, Play style, Author, Dramatic text, Play text.

So, here is Talk, Play Reading 

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:5
Players
 

Focus on Acting practices and training.

How the plays can be played by players-who are the Players-Players are nothing but Actors/Performers, all Players are Directors cum Practitioners.

How these players Enact, Perform, Prepare, and how these Players are subjected to Acting training.

Players' concept -Acting, Directing, Design.

Players are playing a play.

So here is a workshop model planning.

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:5
Places
 

Focus Design concept.

What are the places where the Act happens -different stages, different Theatre, practice, live, video.

How places interact, Act happens, Events take place, What are the different Stage places, and how places connect with the significant aspects of the design; in this liveness, the video presentation will be there to make them understand different kinds of places and events. 

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:15
Playgoers
 

Focus on Audience appreciation and participation of the audience.

Devising plays, Theatre dimension, Performance Devise, Analyse the Process.

How Playgoers or the Audience appreciate, involve, interact and immersively participate in the Theatre practice.

So there we devise practices. 

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:10
Performance practice
 

Focus on Theatre practice and performance.

Where a play or Devised Theatre performance will be done with the Students/ Participants.

Text Books And Reference Books:

Theatre: The Lively Art11th Edition​ By Edwin Wilson and Alvin Goldfarb,2022

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Theatre, Brief13th Edition​,By Robert Cohen, Donovan Sherman and Michelle Liu Carriger​,2023

Evaluation Pattern

Evaluation CIAs :2 Hrs

Writing assignments, Live performance watching, and review writing.

Evaluation ESE :3 Hrs

End Semester Exam will be a performance and submission of journals.

THE142 - IMPROVISATION AND DEVISED THEATRE (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

l  To gain an understanding of principles and techniques of improvisation.

l  Develop skills in collaborative script development and performance.

 

 

Course Outcome

CO1: Apply an understanding of practical proficiency in executing the fundamental principles of a variety of devising techniques and improvised scene work in rehearsals and project development

CO2: Students will showcase acquired skills through practical performances of devised and improvised live theatre

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:4
Rules of Comedy
 

Application of comedy rules through scene work, theatre sports, monologues, and play development

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:6
Short Form Improvisation
 

Concepts of endowment, justification, plot progression, and ensemble/group mind are explored through short form stage scenarios

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:7
Sketch Writing
 

Concept mining, plot structures, collaborative scripts, and using improvisation as a writing tool within a performance ensemble

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:7
Long Form Improvisation
 

Students will explore case studies and history of long form improvised performance and practice rehearsing and performing “The Harold” for test audiences 

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:6
Devised Theatre Companies and Practices
 

Case studies of historic and contemporary devised theatre companies, paired with practical experiments in devising through imagery, text, and movement solutions 

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:15
Devised Performance Scripts
 

Research, story development, and improvisation will result in a devised theatrical performance for a public audience that will showcase the tools and skills employed in the previous units

Text Books And Reference Books:

1.           Lynn, Bill. Improvisation for Actors and Writers: A Guidebook for Improv Lessons in Comedy. Colorado Springs: Meriwether Publishing, 2004. Print 

2.           Halpern, Charna and Del Close. Truth in Comedy: The Manual of Improvisation. Colorado Springs: Meriwether Publishing, 1994. Print

3. Playscripts selected by instructor and actors for case study projects 

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

1.           Spolin, Viola. Improvisation for the Theater. Evanston, Illinois: Northwestern University Press, 1999. Print 

 

2.           Halpern, Charna. Art by Committee: A Guide to Advanced Improvisation. Colorado Springs: Meriwether Publishing, 2004. Print

Evaluation Pattern

Evaluation Pattern: Conducted internally at the departmental level

 

Assignment 1:  Quiz on Comedy Rules & Theatre Sports Practical Performance

Assignment 2:  Script Submission & Performance of Collaborative Comedy Sketch

Assignment 3:  Presentation & Student-Led Training Session from Historic Theatre Collectives

Assignment 4:  Actor Showcase Through Live Performances of Original Devised Theatre Pieces

BBA142A - ADVERTISING AND SALES PROMOTION TECHNIQUES (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

The course aims at imparting knowledge on Marketing Management from the perspective of Marketing Communications.Great marketing strategies can be powerful. Every year companies spend approximately $200 billion promoting their products and services – and that’s just in the United States alone! Explore how marketing campaigns, ads, and commercials are brought to life which will lead the exploration of various aspects of Advertising and sales promotion techniques which includes its objectives, classification, creative aspect and functions.

 

 This course introduces students to the concepts and processes of marketing and takes them deeper into the world of marketing.

 

Course Objectives: This course intends

  Describe the history of the advertising industry and its relation to today’s marketplace.

   List the roles and responsibilities of various advertising, marketing, and promotions professionals.

Develop students’ understanding and skill in development of communication strategy of a firm, particularly with advertising and sales promotions.

Course Outcome

CO1: Understand fundamental concepts of Advertisement and Sales promotion

CO2: Understand importance of Integrated Marketing Communications strategies

CO3: Explain about creative Process in Advertisement ans Sales Promotion.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:8
Introduction to Marketing Communication
 

Meaning, elements, structure, and role of marketing communications. Theories of marketing communication: hierarchy of effects of communication, information processing theories, Marketing Communication Process,communication and attitude formation and change. Key communication terminologies. Miscommunication issues.

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:6
Marketing Communication Strategy
 

Marketing communication mix. Integrated marketing communication. Formulation of marketing communication strategy. Marketing communication barriers. Communication budgeting issues and methods. Promotion campaign planning and management.

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:6
Advertising
 

Meaning, elements,Functions, objectives and role of advertising. Evolution of advertising. Types of advertising. Social, ethical and legal issues of advertising.Role of Advertising in 21st Century.

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:8
Creative Process and Methods in Advertising
 

Creative process and methods. Visualization process and visualizer qualities. Message design: message theme, models, considerations. Message strategies: cognitive, affective, conative, and brand strategies. Advertising appeals. Essentials of a good appeal. Execution frameworks. Use of color in advertising.

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:10
Advertisement Development
 

Print advertising media: types of media and media choice. Copywriting for print media: types of ad copies. Ad copy objectives and requisites of a good copy. Print copy development process. Print copy elements: choice of headline, sub-heads, body copy, slogan and signature. Layout: functions, qualities of a good layout, layout principles.Television advertising:  nature, pros and cons. TVC development: script writing, story board, air-time buying and other considerations. Radio advertising: nature, pros and cons. Producing radio advertisements. Emerging advertisements: internet advertising and ambient advertising. Product placement strategies

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:7
Sales Promotions
 

Scope and role of sales promotions. Reasons for the increased use of sales promotions. Consumer-oriented sales promotion methods: objectives and tools of consumer promotions. Trade-oriented sales promotions: objectives,tools and techniques to boost sales.

Text Books And Reference Books:

Core Text:

 

  1. Belch George and Michael Belch, Advertising and Promotion, Tata McGraw Hill.
  2. William Wells, John Burnet, and Sandra Moriarty, Adverting Principles and Practice, Prentice Hall of India.
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Reference Books:

 

  1. Jaishri Jethwaney and Shruti Jain, Advertising Management, Oxford University Press.
  2. K. D. Koirala, Marketing Communications, Buddha Publications.
  3. Advertising, Sales and Promotion Management, S.A.Chunawalla, Himalaya.
  4. Advertising Management, Jethwaney, Jain, Oxford.
Evaluation Pattern

Assessment:

 

Components of assessment

Components

CIA I

CIA II

CIA III

Attendance

Marks

20

20

50

5

Weightage

50%

50%

50%

100%

Total

10

10

25

5

BBA142B - EMOTIONAL INTELLIGENCE AND MANAGERIAL EFFECTIVENESS (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Emotional intelligence is considered to be a pertinent skill and it influences the way we act and react in any given situation in our lives. It helps to understand the emotion of self and others, which paves the way for coping up with one's challenges, maintain good social relationships and remain successful in one's own endeavors and goals.

Course Objectives: Through the course, the instructor aims to 

 

1. Introduce learners to the need and importance of Emotionally Intelligent behaviours at the workplace

2. Familiarize learners with contemporary scientific theories regarding emotions and emotional intelligence 

3.Equip learners with skills needed for emotional awareness and emotional regulation

4.Give an overview of the utility of EI in personal and professional growth 

 

Course Outcome

CO1: Explain the role of EI at the workplace

CO2: Familiarize learners with contemporary scientific theories regarding emotions and emotional intelligence

CO3: Equip learners with skills needed for emotional awareness and emotional regulation

CO4: Give an overview of the utility of EI in personal and professional growth

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:8
Introduction to Emotions
 

Emotions: Definition, Types, Purpose, Basic Theory & Dimension Theory of Emotions; Affect-circumflex model of emotions, Myths associated with emotions. Emotional Intelligence (EI): Definition, components and importance of EI in personal and professional life. 

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:8
Emotional Awareness and Regulation
 

Culture and Emotional Regulation and Emotional Expression. Developing Emotional Literacy Tools for Emotional Regulation: Mindfulness, Training students in mindfulness. 

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:8
Understanding the Self
 

Examining "Success":   Relationship between Self concept, self esteem, self efficacy with Emotional Regulation; Relationship with core beliefs and values and Emotional expression and regulation; Relationship between Personality and Emotional expression and regulation; Indigenous (Non-western) conceptualization of Self and its importance in Emotional Regulation 

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:8
Interpersonal Success & Empathy
 

Interpersonal effectiveness: Interpersonal orientation; Effective Communication in cross cultural contexts, Conflict: Types, Process of Conflict Resolution, Role of EI in Conflict Resolution; Empathy: Definition, types, and importance. Empathetic listening, empathetic body language, tactics for empathetic connection.      

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:8
EI at the workplace
 

EI at the Workplace; Impact of Emotionally Intelligent behaviour at the workplace - for individuals, teams and organizations.   Developing Emotionally Intelligent Teams; Being a Emotionally Intelligent Leader

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:5
EI for Lifelong learning
 

Contemporary science of EI; EI training for teams: Methods, activities and assessment 

Text Books And Reference Books:

1.     King Jacob (2019): Master Your Emotions: Practical Guide to Manage Feelings, Overcome Negativity, Stress, Anxiety, Anger and Depression, and Change Your Life Developing Emotional Intelligence and Positive Thinking.

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

1.     The EQ Edge: Emotional Intelligence and Your Success – Steve J. Stein & Howard E. Book.

2.     www.6seconds.org

3.     Cowen A (2018) How Many Different Kinds of Emotion are There?. Front. Young Minds. 6:15. doi: 10.3389/frym.2018.00015. 

4. Posner, J., Russell, J. A., & Peterson, B. S. (2005). The circumplex model of affect: an integrative approach to affective neuroscience, cognitive development, and psychopathology. Development and psychopathology17(3), 715–734. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0954579405050340

Evaluation Pattern

CIA 1- 20 marks

CIA 2- 20 marks

CIA 3- 50 marks

BBA142D - WEALTH MANAGEMENT (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:03

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

This course examines the investment and financial issues arising from personal wealth management activities. The course commences with an introduction to the financial planning industry and the regulatory framework. It then covers various topics required for constructing a comprehensive financial plan, including identifying client financial status and goals, asset allocation, securities trading, managed funds, superannuation, estate planning, and social security. This course focuses on understanding the nature, usage, and regulations of the advice of various financial products and legal instruments for developing personal wealth management plans.

Course Outcome

CO1: Demonstrate an understanding of the theories and concepts of the financial planning process and wealth creation

CO2: Create a personal financial plan

CO3: Analyse the risk-return characteristics of different asset classes available to individuals for investing

CO4: Create portfolio for a client based on their risk tolerance, constraints and unique life circumstances

CO5: Evaluate different types of life insurance policies for the selection of the best one

CO6: Construct a succession plan

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:5
Introduction to Wealth management and Financial Planning
 

Meaning and objectives, Steps in financial planning

 

Personal Financial Planning Process, Service of Financial Consultant                   ( 5 Hours) 

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:5
Economy & Wealth Management
 

Financial Planning to Wealth Management, Economic Cycles and Indicators - Lag Indicators - Co-incident Indicators - Lead Indicators, Interest Rate Views, Currency Exchange Rate. SIP, AWP and Systematic Transfer.                                                                                     ( 5 Hours) 

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:20
Investment & Risk Management
 

Investment Avenues: Equity, Debts & Alternative Assets, Active and Passive Exposures, Deposits and Debt Securities, Credit Exposure and Debt Investments, Concentration Risk, Passive Investments in Debt, Alternative Assets Investment Routes, Public provident Fund Employees Provident Fund

Alternative Assets returns from Gold, Real Estate, Role of Real Estate, Real Estate Investment Routes, Real Estate Indices – Assets and liabilities  

Portfolio  Management                                                                                  

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:5
Insurance and Risk Management
 

Life insurance policies

 Health Insurance and Property Insurance

 

 

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:5
Retirement Planning and wealth management
 

Introduction to Retirement Planning - Types of Retirement Plans – Defined Benefit and Defined Contribution plan, Superannuation and other retirement plans, Group Life and Health Insurance; Retirement planning and Strategies.                                                             

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:5
Succession Management
 

Nomination, Inheritance Law, Will & Trust,                     ( 5 Hours)                                                 

 

 succession plan for the family business 

Text Books And Reference Books:

Sankaran,Sundar, Wealth Engine: Indian Financial Planning & Wealth Management Handbook,

 

[Vision Books, 2012]

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
  1. Harols R. Evensky & Stephen M. Horan (2011). The New Wealth Management: The Financial Advisors Guide to Managing and Investing Client Assets. New Delhi. McGraw – Hill.
  2. S. K. Bagchi (2009). Wealth Management. New Delhi. Jaico Publishing House.
  3. Mark Diehl (2011). The Wealth Management Manual. New Delhi. Aventine Press.
  4. Dun & Bradstreet (2009). Wealth Management, New Delhi. Tata McGraw Hills Publications.
  5. Kapoor Jack R, Dlabay L R, Huges R J (2008). Personal Finance. New Delhi: Tata Mc-Graw Hills Publications
  6. NCFM Wealth Management Module
Evaluation Pattern

CIA-1 20 MARKS 

CIA-2 20 MARKS 

CIA-3 50 MARKS 

BBA142E - WORKING WITH SPREAD SHEETS (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description: In this course, you will learn the basic and advanced functions of excel through guided demonstration. Each week you will build on your excel skills and be provided with an opportunity to practice what you’ve learned. Finally, you will have a chance to put your knowledge to work in a mini-project. Please note, the content in this course was developed using a Windows version of Excel 2013 and 2016.

Course Objectives:

       To demonstrate simple arithmetic calculations directly in a cell as well as by referring to another cell.

       To compare and contrast formulas and functions in Excel.

       To examine, interpret and analyse data using the database functions of Excel.

  • To model the chart function of Excel to represent numeric data in multiple formats.

Course Outcome

CLO1: Students are able to demonstrate simple arithmetic calculations directly in a cell as well as by referring to another cell.

CLO2: Students are able to compare and contrast between formulas and functions in Excel.

CLO3: Students are able to examine and interpret data using the database functions of Excel.

CLO4: Students are able to model the chart function of Excel to represent numeric data in multiple formats.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:7
Introduction to Spread Sheet Level of Knowledge: Application
 

Understanding Microsoft Excel, Excel Workbook Windows, Basic Spreadsheet Skills, Excel Help System, Opening and Closing Workbooks, Understanding Workbook File Formats, Creating New Workbooks, Selecting Cells, Auto Sum and Auto Fill Function, Cell Referencing and Request, Formatting Cells, Formatting Numbers, Placing Cell Alignment, Cell, Rows and Columns, Understanding Worksheets, Editing, Copying and Moving Cells, Page Layouts in Excel, Proofing Workbook, Basic Options, Ribbons and Toolbar, AutoFilter, Advanced Filters, Managing Windows, Multiple Windows, Splitting Windows, Freezing Panes, Linking Data, Basics’ Assessment

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:7
Fundamental tools in Spreadsheet Level of Knowledge: Application
 

Introduction to Excel Spreadsheet Intermediate Level, Defining Names in Excel, Sorting Data, Using Excel Tables, Filtering Data in Excel, Find and Replace, Headers and Footers, Adding Comment, Conditional Formatting, Understand Charts, Chart Design Options and Tools, Chart Format Tools, Combo Charts

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:7
Functions in Spreadsheet Level of Knowledge: Application
 

Functions within Excel, Understanding Date Function, Super Power, Array Formulae, Advanced Range Names, What If function? Information Functions, Logical Functions, Using Text to Columns, the Paste Special Function, Tracking Changes in Excel, Merging and Compare Excel Workbooks, Data Validation, Subtotals and Grouping, Consolidating Data

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:8
Spreadsheet for Analysis Level of Knowledge: Application
 

Scenario Analysis, Data Tables in Scenario Analysis, What-if Analysis, Mats and Trig Functions, Text Functions in Excel, Using Lookup Functions, Vlookups, HLookups, Using Statistical Functions, Database Functions, Formula Auditing and Error Tracing, Hyperlinks in Excel, Linking Data

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:8
Data Visualization using tables and charts Level of Knowledge: Application
 

Understanding Pivot Tables, Using Pivot Charts, Workbook Properties, Protecting and Sharing Worksheets, Understanding to Macros, Custom Number Formats in Excel, Using Custom Lists, Working with Templates, Data Encrypting and Finalising Workbooks, Data analysis in Excel using classic tools, such as pivot tables, pivot charts, and slicers, on data that is already in a worksheet / grid data, Excel data model, DAX expression

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:8
Foundations of SQL
 

Power Query add-in in Excel 2013, build an Excel data model from a single flat table, import multiple tables from a SQL database, Create a mash-up between data from text-files and data from a SQL database. Cube functions, Timelines, Hierarchies, Slicer and Assessment (MCQ)

Text Books And Reference Books:
  1. “Microsoft Excel 2019: Data Analysis and Business Model” by L. Winston Wayne, PHI Learning Publishers, ISBN: 978-9389347180.
  2. “Excel 2019 All-in-One: Master the new features of Excel 2019/Office 365”, by Lokesh Lalwani, ISBN: 978-9388511582.
Evaluation Pattern

CIA DETAILS      MARKS DETAILS

CIA 1                        20

CIA II                       20

CIA III                     50

Attendance marks will be added as per the attendance policy

BBA142F - FINANCIAL EDUCATION (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

The course covers topics such as income, expenditure, savings & investment avenues, borrowing, managing risk, budgeting, etc. Participants would also learn about various financial institutions and in what ways they can benefit from these institutions. The course helps participants to become aware of different products through which they can meet their financial needs and learn about the benefits of prudent financial behavior.

Course Outcome

CO1: Demonstrate an understanding of key concepts, principles, and models related to financial education.

CO2: Evaluate the importance of financial education in personal life.

CO3: Learn to apply the theories and concepts of finance to practical situations

CO4: Analyze various investment avenues that are suitable for personal financial goals.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:7
Introduction to Financial Education
 

Need for Financial Literacy, Role of financial education in achieving financial well-being, Importance of Financial Planning, Key concepts of Personal Finance: Savings, Investment, Borrowing, Income and Expenses, Surplus/Deficit, Assets and Liabilities, Inflation, Time Value of Money, Active and Passive Income, Instant and Delayed Gratification, etc. Power of compounding and Rule of 72, Concept of Rupee Cost Averaging.

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:7
Financial Planning and Budgeting
 

Define Financial Planning, Financial Planning Process, Steps involved in Financial Planning Process, SMART financial goals, and three pillars of investments. Concepts of risk and return, Budgeting and its importance in financial planning.

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:7
Savings-related products
 

Types of bank accounts: Savings account, Current account, fixed deposits, recurring deposits. Various modes of transfer through banking channels: NEFT, RTGS, IMPS, UPI. Account opening process and importance of KYC norms. Do’s and don’ts while using digital payments. Credit cards and Debit cards. Role of Reserve Bank of India.

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:10
Investment in Securities Market
 

Investment avenues offered by Securities Markets, Primary Market and Secondary Market, Operational aspects of securities markets: placement of orders, contract note, pay-in, and pay-out, trading and settlement cycle. Various risks involved in investing in securities markets. Benefits of investing through Mutual Funds. Mutual Fund categorization and product labeling of mutual funds. Systematic Investment Plan (SIP) and its advantages. The role played by Commodity Derivatives markets in the hedging of commodity price risk. Products traded in Commodity Derivatives Exchanges and their usefulness to various stakeholders.

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:7
Insurance-related Products and Pension Planning
 

Role of Insurance as a risk management tool, various types of Insurance products and their key features. Regulatory role of IRDAI. Importance of Pension and its Role in providing financial security in old age. National Pension System (NPS).

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:7
Borrowing Related Products
 

Borrowing, Collateral and Equated Monthly Instalments (EMI). Documents required for obtaining Loans. Various loan products offered by Financial Institutions and their key features. 5Cs of Credit. Credit Information Organizations and Credit Score.

Text Books And Reference Books:
  • Zvi Bodie;Alex Kane;Alan J. Marcus;Pitabas Mohanty. (2019): Investments, Pearson Publications, New Delhi.
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
  • RBI Financial Education Handbook
  • NSE Knowledge Hub, an AI-powered Learning Experience Platform for BFSI
  • NSE Academy Certification in Financial Markets (NCFM) Modules.
Evaluation Pattern

CIA DETAILS      MARKS DETAILS

CIA 1                        20

CIA II                       20

CIA III                     50

Attendance marks will be added as per the attendance policy

BBA142G - GROUP AND TEAM EFFECTIVENESS (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

The success of organizations is predominantly determined by the effectiveness of their people resources. To succeed in this global competition, organizations must build high-performing teams. The core of building high-performing teams is to understand team dynamics and build collaboration within teams, between teams and work as a team of teams. The course will enable the students to understand the nuances of team dynamics, experience the power of synergy working as a team and collaborate effectively for the benefit of personal, organizational and societal growth. 

 The course aim at 

  • To facilitate a better understanding of the group and the phase of group development 
  • To provide a deeper understanding of team dynamics and qualities of being a good team player. 
  • To learn to resolve team conflicts and build synergy. 
  • Build trust, offer constructive feedback, coach and mentor others. 
  • To inculcate the spirit of working as a team player.

 

Course Outcome

CO1: Define the concept of groups and stages of group development.

CO2: List the nuances of working as a team and the qualities of a good team player.

CO3: Build teams, achieve synergy and resolve team conflicts.

CO4: Analyze and offer constructive feedback, coaching and mentoring.

CO5: Choose to collaborate effectively and work as a team

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:9
Understanding Group Dynamics
 

Concept of Groups, Types of Groups, Reasons People Join Groups, Phases of Group Development, Group Cohesiveness, Group Think, Group Decision Making, Techniques.

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:9
Managing Teams
 

Concept of Team, the Significance of working as a Team, the Difference between Work Groups and Work Teams, Types of Teams, Team Effectiveness, Qualities of a good Team Player, and Self-Managed Teams

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:9
Team Building
 

Concept of Team Building, Barriers to Team Building, Resolving Team Conflicts, Achieving Synergy through Teamwork.

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:9
High Performing Teams
 

Building Trust and Credibility, Constructive Feedback, Coaching and Mentoring.

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:9
Experiential Learning
 

Bonding, Team Building, Trust Building, Team Competitive Games, Group Dynamics, Identifying High Performing Teams and Achieving Team Effectiveness

Text Books And Reference Books:

·       Robbins, P.S. (2022) Organizational Behavior: International Version. 19th Edition, Pearson Higher Education.

·       Leadership: Enhancing the lessons of experience by Hughes, R.L., Ginnett, R.C., & Curphy, G.J. (2019), 9th Edition, McGraw Hill Education, Chennai, India.

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

·       https://hbr.org/2016/06/the-secrets-of-great-teamwork

·       https://www.forbes.com/sites/forbeshumanresourcescouncil/2020/09/16/14-characteristics-of-high-performing-teams/?sh=4708d51316c6

https://hbr.org/2021/10/5-things-high-performing-teams-do-differently

Evaluation Pattern

CIA 1 20 Marks

CIA 2 20 Marks

CIA 3 50 Marks 

Marks for attendance will be addedd as per University policy.

BLS143 - PRINCIPLES OF HORTICULTURAL TECHNIQUES (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:4

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

This course introduces students to the principles and techniques of horticulture. Students will learn the basics of plant growth, propagation, and cultivation. The course will cover soil management, irrigation, pruning, pest control, and greenhouse production. Students will also explore sustainable horticultural practices and their applications in various horticultural settings.

Course Outcome

CO1: Explain the principles and practices of plant growth and development.

CO2: Demonstrate proficiency in plant propagation techniques.

CO3: Apply soil management and irrigation techniques to promote plant growth and health

CO4: Design and implement a pest management plan for a horticultural operation.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:15
Introduction to Horticulture
 
  • Principles and practices of horticulture
  • Plant anatomy and physiology
  • Plant propagation techniques: seed, cuttings, and grafting
  • Introduction to sustainable horticulture practices
Unit-2
Teaching Hours:10
Soil Management and Irrigation
 
  • Soil properties and nutrient management
  • Soil fertility and composting
  • Irrigation principles and techniques
  • Greenhouse production and management
Unit-3
Teaching Hours:10
Pruning and Pest Control
 
  • Pruning techniques and tools
  • Insect and disease management
  • Integrated pest management (IPM)
  • Biological control of pests
Unit-4
Teaching Hours:10
Sustainable Horticulture Practices
 
  • Sustainable practices in horticulture
  • Environmental stewardship in horticulture
  • Marketing sustainable horticulture products
  • Horticultural entrepreneurship
Text Books And Reference Books:
  1. Hartmann, H. T., Kester, D. E., Davies Jr, F. T., & Geneve, R. L. (2014). Plant propagation: Principles and practices (9th ed.). Prentice Hall.
  2. Grubinger, V. (2002). Introduction to sustainable horticulture. University of Vermont Extension.
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
  • Lambers, H., Chapin III, F. S., & Pons, T. L. (2008). Plant physiological ecology (2nd ed.). Springer.
  • Stanghellini, C. (2004). Greenhouse production science in horticulture. CRC Press.
Evaluation Pattern

Attendance and Class Participation- 10%

Midterm Examination- 30%

Review paper/Research Paper- 20%

Seminar presentation – 10%

Final Examination - 30%

BLS144 - PRINCIPLES OF AYURVEDA (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

This course is an introduction to Ayurveda, the traditional Indian system of medicine. The course covers topics such as the history and philosophy of Ayurveda, principles of Ayurvedic diagnosis and treatment, and the use of Ayurveda in maintaining health and preventing disease. Students will also learn about the role of Ayurveda in contemporary medicine and the current state of Ayurvedic research.

Course Outcome

CO1: Understand the history and philosophy of Ayurveda.

CO2: Identify the basic principles of Ayurvedic diagnosis and treatment

CO3: Apply Ayurvedic principles in maintaining health and preventing disease

CO4: Evaluate the role of Ayurveda in contemporary medicine

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:12
Introduction to Ayurveda
 
  • History and philosophy of Ayurveda
  • Basic principles of Ayurveda
  • Doshas and their functions
  • The importance of digestion in Ayurveda
Unit-2
Teaching Hours:11
Ayurvedic Diagnosis and Treatment
 
  • Pulse diagnosis in Ayurveda
  • Ayurvedic herbs and their uses
  • Ayurvedic therapies, including Panchakarma
  • Yoga and Ayurveda
Unit-3
Teaching Hours:11
Ayurveda for Health and Wellness
 
  • Ayurvedic diet and nutrition
  • Ayurvedic lifestyle practices
  • Ayurvedic approaches to mental health
  • Ayurveda and women's health
Unit-4
Teaching Hours:11
Ayurveda in Contemporary Medicine
 
  • The role of Ayurveda in integrative medicine
  • The regulation of Ayurvedic products and practices
  • The current state of Ayurvedic research
  • The future of Ayurveda
Text Books And Reference Books:
  1. Lad, V. (1998). The complete book of Ayurvedic home remedies. Harmony.
  2. Frawley, D., & Ranade, S. (2001). Ayurveda, nature's medicine. Lotus Press.
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
  1. Sharma, H. (2011). Ayurvedic healing: A comprehensive guide. Singing Dragon.
  2. Svoboda, R. (1999). Prakriti: Your Ayurvedic constitution. Lotus Press.
Evaluation Pattern

·        Attendance and Class Participation- 10%

·        Midterm Examination- 30%

·        Review paper/Research Paper- 20%

·        Seminar presentation – 10%

·        Final Examination - 30%

CHE141 - CHEMISTRY IN ACTION (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

This course deals with the abundance of elements on earth and in biological systems and their inevitable role in the functioning of the living systems and the universe

This course highlights the chemistry in action in drug usage, detection of disease, infection, drunken drive, in metal extraction process, in working principle of home appliances, in recreation, in archaeology, and in human system

This course deals with the application of chemistry in forensics

This course emphasis the need for sustainable energy and environment.

This course is intended to

Evoke an understanding on the inevitable role of chemistry in biological system as well as the environment

Make students appreciate chemistry in action in different fields of application and in daily life

Create an awareness regarding need for sustainable energy and environment.

Course Outcome

CO1: Gains understanding on the inevitable chemistry in action in biological system

CO2: Gains understanding on the abundance of different elements and their action in biological system and in the universe

CO3: Able to practice the principles of sustainable chemistry and proper usage of energy in daily life

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:5
Distribution of elements on Earth and in living systems
 

Natural abundance of elements, Elemental composition of human body.

Sodium chloride a common and important ionic compound- hydrated salts and their applications (cement).

 

Eg.Alums, plaster of paris- 1 hr (asynchronous)

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:6
Carbon atom: The building block of life
 

Carbon based molecules in Biological systems-proteins, nucleic acids, carbohydrates, fats. Carbon cycle,

Changes in carbon cycle. Allotropes of carbon-2 hr (asynchronous)

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:5
Design in molecules
 

Molecules and perception- the molecular basis of smell and taste.

The design in light and

Fire- (synchronous)

 

The versatile molecule: water.

The design in oxygen-

 

(asynchronous)

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:5
Common drugs including drugs of abuse
 

Classification of drugs and their effects.

1. Paracetamol

2. Ibuprofen

 

3. botox

4. chloramphenicol (synchronous)

 

 

5. cocaine, 6. Cannabis (asynchronous)

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:5
Chemistry of Atmosphere
 

Phenomena in the outer layers of atmosphere, Depletion of ozone in the stratosphere,

volcanoes, The greenhouse effect, Photochemical smog (synchronous)

 

 Acid rain, Indoor pollution(asynchronous)

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:4
Out of Oxygen
 

Industrial, commercial, medical and scientific applications of oxygen-Steel making, in rocket

engines, water and waste treatment processes.

 

Oxygen crisis-Does the earth run out of oxygen. Burning oil, coal, gas, wood or other organic materials, the O2 we breathe, to break carbon-hydrogen bonds and release energy. Combustion, carbon dioxide. The concept of oxygen bar- (synchronous)

Unit-7
Teaching Hours:5
Chemistry in Daily Life
 

Breath analyser, metals from sea, microwave ovens-dipole moments at work. Ice skating,

desalination-reverse osmosis. Determining the age of artifacts.

(synchronous)

 

Haemoglobin, pH of blood.

antacids and pH balance in stomach. How an egg shell is made ?- (asynchronous)

Unit-8
Teaching Hours:2
Chemical Mysteries
 

Who killed Napolean-Arsenic poisoning, Marsh test for arsenic.

Gold finger printing by mass spectrometry 

Unit-9
Teaching Hours:5
Future Chemistry
 

What is in store for the near future, Energy and environment Energy production and energy

utilization.

 

The nature of energy and types of energy. (synchronous)

Radioactivity-Demand for energy (asynchronous)

Unit-10
Teaching Hours:5
Green Chemistry
 

Waste minimization, design of safer and more efficient processes for waste management.

waste management (synchronous).

 

Sustainable Chemistry. (asynchronous)

Text Books And Reference Books:

[1] Nina Morgan Chemistry in Action: The Molecules of Everyday Life, 1 st ed, Oxford

University Press, 1995.

 

[2] John T. Moore Chemistry for Dummies 1 st ed. For Dummies, 2002.

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

[3] Raymond Chang, Chemistry. 8 th ed, Mc Graw Hill, 2002..

[4] Kirpal Singh Chemistry in Daily Life, 2 nd ed Prentice-Hall of India Private

 

Limited, 2008.

Evaluation Pattern

1.  CIA -1 ……………………….                           25Marks

2.  Mid-term Test (CIA-2)………………………   25 Marks

3.  End-semester examination …………………    50 Marks

       

                                TOTAL                              100 Marks

COM148 - PERSONAL TAX PLANNING (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description:

 

The course provides an overview of Income-tax Law. The course intends to provide a basic understanding of various concepts under the taxation system in India. It familiarises students with the multiple heads of income, deductions under each head, deductions from gross total income and computation of Gross Total Income. The course provides basic knowledge on the calculation of the income of individuals and also gives an insight into the tax planning that arises to reduce tax liability.

Course Objectives

        To help students understand the concept of taxation and compute the total income of an individual taxpayer at the conceptual level.

        To enable students to compute the tax liability of an individual

        To familiarise students with different Income tax return forms and procedures for filing

Course Outcome

CO1: Recall concepts of assessee and income as defined under the Act

CO2: Compute income under each head as per the legal provisions

CO3: Recall the due dates for filing income tax returns and time limits for completion of assessments

CO4: Determine the deductions applicable for individuals and determine the amount of deduction.

CO5: Compute the tax liability of individuals

CO6: Design a tax planning mechanism to reduce the tax payable to the individual taxpayer

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:5
Unit- 1 Basics Concepts
 

Basic concepts: Assessment year, previous year, person, assessee, Income, charges on income, gross total income, capital and revenue receipts, and residential status.

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:10
Unit-2 Income from Salary and House Property
 

Brief note /provisions on various heads/sources of Income-Income from Salary - Definition; Characteristics of Salary Income; Deduction from Gross Salary u/s 16 – Computation of income from salary. Income from House property - Computation of Income from Let-Out House Property, Income from Self Occupied House Property.

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:10
Unit-3 Income from Business, Capital Gain and Other Sources
 

Business income, capital gains & income from other sources

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:7
Unit-4 Deductions from Gross Total Income
 

Permissible deductions –under Chapter VI-A -Claim of Deductions under section 80 for Individual Assesses- 80C, 80D,80DD,80DDB, 80E, 80G

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:8
Unit-5 Computation of tax liability
 

Computation of Tax liability for individuals – old and new regime, slab rates for different age groups, surcharge and cess rates.

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:5
Unit-6 Return of Income and Procedure for Filing
 

Procedure for filing Tax Returns, types of returns, Requirement of PAN, form 16 and 16A, ITR -1 and ITR- 2

Text Books And Reference Books:
  1. Income tax Law and practice (2023). Dr.Vinod K Singhania and Dr Monica Singhania. New Delhi: Taxman Publications.
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

1.       Garg, G. A.(2023).Income tax. New Delhi: Kalyani Publications.

2.       Dr.V.Rajesh Kumar and Dr.R.K.Sreekantha: Income Tax – I, Vittam Publications

3.       Dr. Mehrotra and Dr. Goyal: Direct Taxes – Law and Practice, Sahitya Bhavan Publication

Evaluation Pattern

CIA I

CIA II

ESE

Attendance

Objective Type Test

(Covering Unit 1 only)

10%

Case Analysis

(Covering Units 2-3)

35%

Written Report Submission

(Covering Units 1-5)

50%

5%

COP101-2 - BUSINESS MANAGEMENT AND ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOUR (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4
Max Marks:100
Credits:4

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

This paper intends to develop conceptual knowledge of Business management and Organizational Behaviour. The study approach enables students understand and analyze practical aspects of management and Organizational Behaviour to become skilled at the art of getting things done through people in a corporate business scenario.

Course Outcome

CO-1: Discuss different schools of management thought

CO-2: Understand the implications of individual personality, the process of perception, and how we form attitudes hold much relevance for organizational life

CO-3: Strategize to motivate to create a dynamic working environment in which employees want to work hard and give their best

CO-4: Build teams that are connected psychologically and emotionally with the workplace

CO-5: Device mechanisms to handle conflicts at workplace and discuss the models of organization culture and communication

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:10
Introduction to Management & Managers
 

 

Management: Definition – Nature, process and significance of management - Evolution of Management Thought: Classical Management Approaches, Behavioural Management Approaches, Quantitative Management Approach, Modern Management Approaches - Management as a Science or Art - Management as a profession - Role of managers - Managerial Skills and Roles – Changing Hierarchies of Managers – What makes managers successful? – Indian contribution to Management Practice – Contemporary trends in Management thinking

 

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:10
Personality, Perception & Attitudes at Work
 

 

Personality – MBTI, The Big Five Model, Personality types in different cultures - Perception, Perceptual Process, Perceptual Distortions – Stereotyping, Halo Effect, Contrast Effects, Self-fulfilling prophecy, Projection, Contrast Effects, Impression Management, Attribution Theory, Attributions across cultures - Attitudes, Components of Attitude, the ABC model, Formation of Attitudes, Job Satisfaction & Measuring Job Satisfaction

 

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:10
Motivation and Leadership
 

Nature and importance of motivation- Theories of Motivation: Early theories - Scientific Management & Human Relations Model- Contemporary theories: Maslow’s Need Hierarchy Theory, Herzberg two-factor theory, Vrooms expectancy theory & Porters performance satisfaction model.

 

 

 

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:10
Group and Team Dynamics
 

Nature of Groups: Types of groups – Formal & Informal groups -Why do people join groups? -Group Development: Forming, Storming, Norming, Performing & Adjourning - Pitfalls of Groups: Status, Group norms, Risky shifts, polarisation & Groupthink.

Teams: Types of Teamwork, Problem solving, Management & Virtual Teams – Implementing teams in organization – Effective Teamwork - Team issues

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:10
Power, Politics & Conflicts at Work
 

Power-Power dynamics – Power Indicators – Determinants of power – Consequences of power- Sources of power- Effective use of power – Power tactics

Politics – Essence of politics – types of political activities -Ethics of Power & Politics

Nature of Conflict – Changing view of conflict – Functional & dysfunctional conflict – The process of conflict – Negotiation & Conflict resolution - Managerial implications of conflict – Workplace deviance

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:10
Organizational Culture & Communication
 

 

Organizational Culture, Types of Organizational Culture, Organization Cultural Models – Edger Schein, Robert Cooke, Hofstede Model, Communicating with Emotional Intelligence, Effective Interpersonal Communication, Cross-cultural Communication - Lewis Model, Organizational Development.

 

Text Books And Reference Books:

1.  Koontz. (n.d.). Principles Of Management. India: Tata McGraw Hill Education.

2. Smith, Paul., Yellowley, Windy & McLachlan, Christopher. (2020) Organisation Behaviour: Managing People in Dynamic Business Organisations, Taylor & Francis

3.  Ashwathappa, K (2016). Organisation Behaviour, Himayala Publishing House

4.  Stephen P.Robbins, M. C. (2012). Management (11th ed.). New Jersey: Pearson Education Inc.

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

1.      Bansal, R. (2014). Stay Hungry Stay Foolish. Ahmedabad: The Centre for Innovation, Incubation and Entrepreneurship, Indian Institute of Management.

2.      Beasley, N. I. (2012). Inside Coca-Cola: A CEO's Life Story of Building the World's Most Popular Brand. St. Martin's Griffin.

Evaluation Pattern

Department of Professional Studies follows a rigorous system of continuous evaluation, and the assessment events include quizzes, tests, assignments, mid-term and end-term exams, individual/group project work, presentations etc.  

Students are evaluated for each course on the basis of written examination and continuous internal assessment. Each paper carries maximum of 100 marks and is evaluated as follows:

End Semester Examination (ESE)

50%

Mid Semester Examination (CIA-2)

25%

Continuous Internal Assessment (CIA - 1 & 3)

20%

Attendance 

05%

Total

100%

                       

·       Written Examinations consists of:

§  Mid Semester Exam – 50 marks   (2 hours duration)

§  End Semester Exam – 100 marks (3 hours duration)

·       A student should have secured minimum 40% marks in the ESE to pass in that paper.

In aggregate for each paper, for internal and end semester put together, at least 40 marks out of 100 must be secured to pass in that paper.

COP201-2 - FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING - II (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4
Max Marks:100
Credits:4

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

This course focuses on accounting for special transactions such as consignment and joint ventures, hire purchase and instalment systems, and insurance claims, with reference to the relevant Indian Accounting Standards (Ind. ASs), wherever applicable. Substantial modules have also been dedicated to accounting for branches, including foreign branches, and not-for-profit organizations.

Course Outcome

CO-1: Analyse accounting transactions in special cases such as consignment and joint ventures

CO-2: Apply Ind ASs on Leases

CO-3: Analyse accounting treatments for insurance claims

CO-4: Reconcile branch and head office accounts

CO-5: Prepare financial accounts of Not-for-profit organization and discuss the recent trends in accounting

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:10
Consignment and joint ventures
 

Meaning of consignment account, distinction between consignment and sale, accounting for consignment transactions and events in the books of the consignor, valuation of stock, goods invoiced above cost, abnormal loss, normal loss, commission, return of goods from the consignee, advance by the consignee vs. security against the consignment

Meaning of joint venture, features of joint venture account, distinction of joint venture account with partnership, methods of maintaining joint venture accounts

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:10
Hire purchase and Installment system
 

 

Meaning; difference between hire purchase and installment system, relevant provisions of Ind AS 17 (Leases); calculation of interest—when rate of interest and cash price are given, when cash price and total amount payable are given, when rate of interest and installments are given but cash price is not given; calculation of cash price under annuity method; journal entries and ledger accounts in the books of hire purchaser and hire vendor; accounting treatment of default and repossession, journal entries and ledger accounts in the books of installment purchaser and installment buyer

 

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:6
Insurance claims
 

 

Introduction, need, loss of stock policy, preparation of statement of cost of goods sold, preparation of statement to ascertain value of stock on the date of fire, treatment of salvage value, valuation of stock prior to date of fire, calculation of G.P. ratio when it is not given, treatment of Average Clause, treatment of abnormal items

 

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:20
Branch Accounts
 

 

Introduction, inland branches, dependent branch, preparation of Branch Accounts in Head Office books, treatment of cost price, invoice price, Debtors Account, Creditors Account, treatment of petty cash, prepaid insurance, creation of stock reserve, independent branches, preparation of Head Office Account in branch books, Branch Account in Head Office books, Memorandum Trading and Profit and Loss Account in Head Office books, incorporation of Trial Balance of branch in Head Office books, adjustment entries (goods-in-transit, cash-in-transit, depreciation of branch assets, services rendered by branch to Head Office and vice versa, receipts and payments by branch on behalf of Head Office and vice versa), Reconciliation of branch and Head Office current accounts, accounting for foreign branch, relevant provisions of Ind AS 21 (The Effects of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates)

 

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:10
Not-for-profit organizations
 

 

Introduction to concept of not-for-profit organizations, explanation of nature of receipts and payments, preparation of Receipt and Payments Account and Income and Expenditure Account, Preparation of Balance Sheet

 

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:4
Recent trends in accounting
 

Forensic Accounting, HR Accounting, Inflation Accounting, Carbon Accounting

Green Accounting

Text Books And Reference Books:

1. Maheswari S. N., &Maheswari S. K. (2012). Financial Accounting. New Delhi: Vikas

2. Arulanandam M.A., & Raman K. S. (2014). Advanced Accountancy (6ed.). Mumbai: Himalaya Publishing House

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

1.  Jain S. P., & Narang K. L., (2013). Financial Accounting (19ed.). Mumbai: Kalyani

2.  Institute of Chartered Accountants of India. Indian Accounting Standards (IND ASs)

Evaluation Pattern

Department of Professional Studies follows a rigorous system of continuous evaluation, and the assessment events include quizzes, tests, assignments, mid-term and end-term exams, individual/group project work, presentations etc.  

Students are evaluated for each course on the basis of written examination and continuous internal assessment. Each paper carries maximum of 100 marks and is evaluated as follows:

End Semester Examination (ESE)

50%

Mid Semester Examination (CIA-2)

25%

Continuous Internal Assessment (CIA - 1 & 3)

20%

Attendance 

05%

Total

100%

                       

·       Written Examinations consists of:

§  Mid Semester Exam – 50 marks   (2 hours duration)

§  End Semester Exam – 100 marks (3 hours duration)

·       A student should have secured minimum 40% marks in the ESE to pass in that paper.

In aggregate for each paper, for internal and end semester put together, at least 40 marks out of 100 must be secured to pass in that paper.

COP202-2 - MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTING (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:60
No of Lecture Hours/Week:4
Max Marks:100
Credits:4

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

This course aims to provide conceptual understanding of Management Accounting techniques and practices for business analysis and decision making

Course Outcome

CO-1: Discuss the role of management accounting information in assisting management in undertaking planning, performance measurement, controlling and decision-making

CO-2: Apply cost-volume-profit techniques to determine optimal managerial decisions

CO-3: Design and prepare budgets and explain their use in planning and control

CO-4: Apply the techniques of standard Costing and Variance Analysis for effective managerial decision making

CO-5: Identify different responsibility centers and determine product costs under Activity Based Costing system

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:5
Management Accounting
 

Definition, Nature, Scope, Function and Principles of Management Accounting, Management Accountant - Position, Roles and Responsibilities, Methods of identifying costs and cost behaviour

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:15
Decision Making Techniques
 

 

Relevant cost analysis, Concept of opportunity costs, Cost Volume Profit (CVP) analysis, Breakeven point, Margin of safety, Contribution to sales ratio, Profit volume graphs, Profit target, Pricing decisions, Price strategies, Make or buy and other short-term decisions, limiting factor analysis for a multi-product company that has limited demand for each product and one other constraint or limiting factor, dealing with risk and uncertainty in decision making

 

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:10
Budgetary Control
 

 

Relevant cost analysis, Concept of opportunity costs, Cost Volume Profit (CVP) analysis, Breakeven point, Margin of safety, Contribution to sales ratio, Profit volume graphs, Profit target, Pricing decisions, Price strategies, Make or buy and other short-term decisions, limiting factor analysis for a multi-product company that has limited demand for each product and one other constraint or limiting factor, dealing with risk and uncertainty in decision making

 

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:10
Standard Costing and Variance Analysis
 

 

Principles of standard costing, Preparation of standards for the variable elements of cost - Material, Labour, Variable overheads, Variances - Materials - total, price and usage, Labour - total, rate and efficiency, Variable overheads - total, expenditure and efficiency, Sales - Sales Price and Sales volume contribution

 

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:8
Responsibility Accounting
 

 

Introduction, Responsibility reporting, Centers of control, Benefits, Implementation of responsibility accounting, Measuring managerial performance

 

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:12
Specialist Cost and Management Accounting Techniques
 

Activity Based Costing (ABC), ABC Vs. Traditional methods of overhead absorption, Target costing, Life cycle costing in manufacturing and service industries, Throughput accounting, Throughput accounting ratio (TPAR), Environmental accounting

Text Books And Reference Books:

1. Khan and Jain (2013) Management Accounting 3rd edition Tata McGraw-Hill

2.  M N Arora (2012) A Text Book of Cost & Management Accounting, 10th Edition, Vikas Publishing, New Delhi

3.  Pandey IM (2018) Management Accounting, (5th Revised Edition) Vikas Publication

4.   Sharma and Shashi. K Gupta (2012) Cost & Management Accounting Kalyani Publishers

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

1. Saxena &Vashist (2012) Advanced Cost & Management Accounting 4th Edition, Sultan Chand & Son

2. Horngreen & Sundlem (2010) Introduction to Management Accounting

Evaluation Pattern

Department of Professional Studies follows a rigorous system of continuous evaluation, and the assessment events include quizzes, tests, assignments, mid-term and end-term exams, individual/group project work, presentations etc.  

Students are evaluated for each course on the basis of written examination and continuous internal assessment. Each paper carries maximum of 100 marks and is evaluated as follows:

End Semester Examination (ESE)

50%

Mid Semester Examination (CIA-2)

25%

Continuous Internal Assessment (CIA - 1 & 3)

20%

Attendance 

05%

Total

100%

                       

·       Written Examinations consists of:

§  Mid Semester Exam – 50 marks   (2 hours duration)

§  End Semester Exam – 100 marks (3 hours duration)

·       A student should have secured minimum 40% marks in the ESE to pass in that paper.

In aggregate for each paper, for internal and end semester put together, at least 40 marks out of 100 must be secured to pass in that paper.

CSC152 - INTRODUCTION TO BLOCKCHAIN (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:4

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Blockchain is an emerging technology platform for developing decentralized applications and data storage, over and beyond its role as the technology underlying cryptocurrencies. This course serves as an introduction to the exciting new world of blockchain technologies and related applications.

Course Outcome

CO1: Students will be able to learn Blockchain basics

CO2: Understand the technologies and applications of blockchain

CO3: Understand emerging models of blockchain

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:8
INTRODUCTION & BASIC DISTRIBUTED COMPUTING
 

Need for Distributed Record Keeping; Modeling faults and adversaries; Byzantine Generals problem; Consensus algorithms and their scalability problems; Why Nakamoto came up with Blockchain based cryptocurrency? Technologies Borrowed in Blockchain – hash pointers, consensus, byzantine fault-tolerant distributed computing, digital cash etc. Atomic Broadcast, Consensus, Byzantine Models of fault tolerance. 

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:10
BASIC CRYPTO PRIMITIVES
 

Introduction to Cryptography, Cryptographic hash functions, Hash functions: SHA, Puzzle friendly Hash, Collision resistant hash, digital signatures, public key Cryptography, verifiable random functions, Zero-knowledge systems.

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:8
BLOCKCHAIN 1.0
 

Bitcoin blockchain, the challenges, and solutions, proof of work, Proof of stake, alternatives to Bitcoin consensus, Bitcoin scripting language and their use.

 

 

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:8
BLOCKCHAIN 2.0 & BLOCKCHAIN 3.0
 

Ethereum and Smart Contracts, The Turing Completeness of Smart Contract Languages and verification challenges, Using smart contracts to enforce legal contracts, comparing Bitcoin scripting vs. Ethereum Smart Contracts. 

Case Study.Hyperledger Fabric, the plug-and-play platform and mechanisms in permissioned blockchain

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:6
PRIVACY, SECURITY ISSUES IN BLOCKCHAIN
 

Pseudo-anonymity vs. anonymity, Zcash and Zk-SNARKS for anonymity preservation, attacks on Blockchains – such as Sybil attacks, selfish mining, 51% attacks - advent of algorand, and Sharding based consensus algorithms to prevent these.

Text Books And Reference Books:

[1] Draft version of “S. Shukla, M. Dhawan, S. Sharma, S. Venkatesan, ‘Blockchain Technology: Cryptocurrency and Applications’, Oxford University Press, 2019. 

[2] Josh Thompson, ‘Blockchain: The Blockchain for Beginnings, Guild to Blockchain Technology and Blockchain Programming’, Create Space Independent Publishing Platform, 2017.

 

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

[1] Bikramaditya Singhal, Gautam Dhameja, Priyansu Sekhar Panda, “Beginning Blockchain”, APress, 2018. 

[2] Keizer Söze, “BLOCKCHAIN Novice to Expert”, Sabi Shepherd Ltd.

Evaluation Pattern

CIA-50%

CIA-50%

CSC153 - INTRODUCTION TO DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS (DBMS) (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

This course helps to understand the fundamental concepts, terminology and application of databases. This course gives knowledge of ER diagrams, Database normalization, relational databases and SQL commands.

Course Outcome

1: Understand the basic concepts of relational database model

2: Demonstrate database operations and design normalized database applications

3: Apply SQL commands to find solutions to a broad range of queries

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:9
Databases and Database Users
 

Data- Database- Database management system- Characteristics of the  database  approach-  Role of Database administrators- Role of Database Designers- End Users- Advantages  of Using a DBMS and When not to use a DBMS-Database System Concepts and Architecture- Data Models- Categories of data models- Schemas- Instances- and  Database  states-  The  Three schema architecture- Data independence- DBMS Languages and Interfaces- Classification of Database Management Systems.

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:12
Basic SQL
 

SQL data definition and data types- specifying constraints in SQL- SQL functions- Basic queries-Filtering data using where- Group by statements- DDL- DML- Retrieving data from multiple tables- Sub queries- Concept of a view in SQL.

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:8
The Relational Algebra and Relational Calculus
 

Relational Algebra: Unary relational operations; Binary relational operations ; Examples of queries in relational algebra, Relational calculus: The Tuple relational calculus; The Domain relational calculus

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:8
Data Modeling using Entity-Relationship Model
 

Using  High   Level   Conceptual   Data   Models   for   Database   Design-    Example  Database applications-Entity types- Entity Sets-Attributes and Keys- Relationships- Relationship types- Roles and Structural constraints- Weak Entity Types- Drawing E- R Diagrams.

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:8
Database Design
 

Functional dependencies and Normalization for Relational Databases-  Normalization  concepts- Normal forms-1NF- 2NF- 3NF- BCNF- 4NF-5NF.

Text Books And Reference Books:

Fundamentals of Database Systems, Shamkanth B Navathe, Ramez Elmasri, 7th Edition, Pearson Education, 2017.

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Database System Concepts, Abraham Silberschatz, Henry F Korth, S Sudarshan, McGraw Hill Education, 6th edition, 2017.

Evaluation Pattern

CIA -1 : 20 Marks

CIA -2 : 20 Marks

CIA -3 : 50 Marks

 

CSC154 - INTRODUCTION TO PYTHON PROGRAMMING (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

This course covers general terminology and concepts of Python programming language such as data types (strings and numbers), variables, functions, and control structures. Additionally, they will explore String handling operation tools and Object-Oriented Programming concepts.At the end of the course, students can use different dynamic programming constructs and write simple logical programs.

Course Outcome

CO1: Learn Programming Paradigms &Understand the Programming Environment.

CO2: Ability to write simple logical programs.

CO3: Understand the use of built-in objects of Python.

CO4: Demonstrate significant experience with the Python program development environment.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:9
Introduction-
 

 

Introduction, What is Python, Origin, IDLE, python interpreter, Writing and executing python scripts, comments, identifiers, keywords, variables, data type, operators, operator precedence and associativity, statements, expressions.

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:9
Conditional Statements
 

Boolean expressions, Simple if statement, if-elif-else statement, compound boolean expressions, nesting, multi way decisions. Loops: The while statement, range functions, the for statement, nested loops, break and continue statements, infinite loops.

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:9
String Operations-
 

String and string operations, List- creating list, accessing, updating and deleting elements from a list, basic list operations. Tuple- creating and accessing tuples in python, basic tuple operations. Dictionary, built in methods to access, update and delete dictionary values. Set and basic operations on a set.

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:9
Functions and Objects-
 

Python Objects, Standard Types, Other Built-in Types, Internal Types, Standard Type Operators, Standard Type Built-in Functions, Mathematical functions, date time functions, random numbers, writing user-defined functions, and composition of functions.

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:9
OOPs Concept in Python
 

 Object Oriented Concept, Features,Classes: Classes and Instances-Inheritance, Exception handling mechanism- Exception Handling: Catching and Raising Exceptions, Custom Exceptions 

Text Books And Reference Books:

[1] Wesely J.Chun,Core Python Application Programming ,Prentice Hall,third edition 2015.

 

[2]T.R.Padmanabhan, Programming with Python,Springer Publications,2016.

 

 

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

[1] Zhang.Y ,An Introduction to Python and Computer Programming, Springer Publications, 2016.

Evaluation Pattern

CIA 50%

ESE 50%

CSC155 - USER DESIGN EXPERIENCE (UX) (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

The UXD course provides insight details about user experience design. In this course, students will learn the core principles of visual design, including building storyboards, choosing color schemes, and visualizing the ideal user interface to improve the user experience. This course will help to create intuitive and great-looking software products.

Course Outcome

CO1: Describe design principles.

CO2: Demonstrate impactful visual design and color concepts.

CO3: Apply design principles and skills for design prototypes.

CO4: Design an intuitive design for software products.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:9
Introduction
 

HCI-Human computer Interaction-Fundamentals of Design-people and design-Visual Design-overview -the difference between visual & UI/UX, UI design trends, Roles of a UI designer, UI UX process-UX- UX terminologies-elements-layers-roles-user centered vs. value-centered design-usertypes.

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:9
Principles
 

 

Visual Communication- Design principles- Design elements- Color theory- Graphic Design- Layouts- Mockups- Typography.

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:9
User Experience Design (UXD)
 

User Experience Design-Charts  and User Pathway -Information Architecture-Wireframes-Prototype-User Research-Scenarios

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:9
Voice user experience design
 

Introduction- a brief history of VUIs- What is VUI design? -Chatbots.Basic Voice user experience design principles-Designing for mobile devices versus IVR systems-Conversational Design-Error Handling-Personas, Avatars, Actors and video games-Speech Recognition Technology-Advanced Voice User Interface Design-User testing for VUI.

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:9
Case Studies
 

Case studies- Web-Mobile-product interaction-Mock-ups-Designing Wireframes-Learn through cheat-sheets

Text Books And Reference Books:

[1]  DonaldChesnut,KevinPNichols,“UXforDummies”,JohnWileyandSons,2014

[2]     Jodie Moule, “KILLER UX Design”, Site point, Shroff Publishers, 2015 ISBN: 978:93:5213:175-4

[3]   CathyPearl, “Designing Voice User Interfaces”, O’Reilly Media Inc, 2017, ISBN: 978- 93-5213-526-4

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

[1]   DonaldA.Norman,BasicBooks,"TheDesignofEverydayThings",Inc.NewYork,NY,

USA ©2002 ISBN: 9780465067107

[2]    Krug, Steve, Don't Make Me Think, Revisited: a Common Sense Approach to Web Usability”, [Berkeley, Calif.] : New Riders, 2014.Print

[3]    William Lidwell, Kritina Holden, Jill Butler, “Universal Principles of Design”, Rockport Publishers, 2010, ISBN-13: 978-1-592453-587-3,ISBN-10:1-59253-587-9.

Evaluation Pattern

CIA - 50%

ESE - 50%

CSC157 - VISUALIZATION TECHNIQUES USING EXCEL (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:50
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

This course focuses on the importance of data visualization for business intelligence and decision making. The course provides a practical approach to assess and enhance the impact of visuals for the database/dataset and use  data visuals to convey distributions and relationships.To make students understand, how to compare and contrast performance measurement data using effective data visuals and also use construct effective data visuals to solve workplace problems.

 

Course Outcome

CO1: Work with different types of data

CO2: Understand the importance of data visualization to drive more effective business decisions.

CO3: Understand charts, graphs, and tools used for analytics and use them to gain valuable insights

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:10
Introduction
 

Dashboard Basics: Introduction - What is Dashboard? - Uses of Dashboard - User Requirements - Assembling the Data - Worksheet Functions: Vloopup - Xlookup - Index and Match - Sumproduct Function - Tables. Pivot Table - Building the Table - Dashboard case studies.

 

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:9
Organizing Data
 

Separating Data Layers - Working with External Data - Power Query vs Power Pivot - Text Files - Excel Files - Access Databases - SQL Server Database - Transforming Power in Query - Managing Columns and Rows - Transforming Columns.

 

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:9
The Fundamentals of Visualization
 

Creating effective visualization - Driving Meaning with color - Focusing attention with Text - Non-Chart Visualization - Format - Date and Time Format - Icons - Sparklings.

 

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:9
Infographics
 

Creating Infographics using shapes - Working with shapes - Framing with Data Shapes - Creating Charts with Shapes. Visualizing Performance Comparisons - Single Measurement. 

 

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:8
Visualizing Parts
 

Column Charts - Bullet Charts - XY charts - Bubble Charts - Dot Plot Charts - Pie Charts - Line Charts - Animated Charts - Chart Automation - Manipulating Chart Objects.

 

Text Books And Reference Books:

[1] Kusleika, Dick. Data Visualization with Excel Dashboards and Reports. United States: Wiley, 2021.

 

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

[1] Schwabish, Jonathan. Data Visualization in Excel: A Guide for Beginners, Intermediates, and Wonks. United States: CRC Press, 2023.

[2] Data Visualization in Excel: All Excel Charts and Graphs. United States: Packt Publishing, 2020 Academy, Start-Tech. 

 

Evaluation Pattern

CIA - ESE - 50

DPS161-2 - SERVICE LEARNING (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:30
No of Lecture Hours/Week:2
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Service-learning is an experiential learning pedagogy which happens outside the classrooms wherein students learn and develop civic knowledge and skills by actively participating in activities connected to a social cause. In order to nurture student's holistic development and to make an effective contribution to the society in a dynamic environment, the Department of Professional Studies, has introduced Service learning as a skill based 30 hours 2 credit course in the second semester of undergraduate programme.

The five components of the course include investigation, planning & preparation, action & reciprocity, reflection, demonstration of results and celebration. Students will be divided in to small groups under a faculty mentor who will guide and monitor the service-learning activities undertaken by each group. Each group will identify an activity focusing on some needs of the community which they will undertake and complete during the second semester. At the end of the semester, the students must prepare a report on the work done and also make a presentation using multimedia in which they will highlight their individual research and the project itself.

Course Outcome

CO1: Demonstrate flexibility and adaptability in working with community issues

CO2: Demonstrate skills and knowledge learned

CO3: identify community needs

CO4: Display competence and comfort when interacting with diverse groups

CO5: Exhibit greater sense of what it means to be in community and act with integrity

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:30
Service Learning
 

The five components of the course include investigation, planning & preparation, action & reciprocity, reflection, demonstration of results and celebration. At the end of the semester, the students must prepare a report on the work done and also make a presentation using multimedia in which they will highlight their individual research and the project itself.

Text Books And Reference Books:

-

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

-

Evaluation Pattern

This course has 3 credits and carries 100 marks.  The marks are awarded as follows:

1. Project Report : 50 

2. Presentation and Viva: 50

 

(Total : 100 marks)  

DSC143 - DATA VISUALIZATION (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:50
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Pre Requisite: As a prerequisite the students should have the fundamental knowledge of Python programing

 

Course description: This course is designed to build the logical thinking ability and to provide hands-on experience in data visualization using Python with hands-on experience. The course provides the platform to explore various data visualization libraries and techniques used to analyze, and interpret data visually.

Course Objectives:

  1.  To provide understanding  about data visualization
  2.  To learn Python tools and libraries used for data visualization 
  3.  To gain practical knowledge about data visualization techniques

 

Course Outcome

CO1: Possess hands-on experience of visualization techniques using Python.

CO2: Ability to tell a compelling story by visualizing data.

CO3: Able to analyze and interpret the data using data visualization techniques.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:15
Introduction to Data Visualization
 

Introduction: Definition- Need- Advantages-Applications- Data Visualization Process-Knowing your Data- Python as Visualization Tool-Visualization Libraries - Data Visualization techniques.

 

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:15
Basic and Specialized Visualization Techniques
 

Line Plot – Pie Charts-Histograms-Bar Charts -Box Plots- Scatter Plots – Swarm Plot - Pivot Table-Waffle Charts - Word Cloud – regression Plot- Heat Map - Maps with Markers- Geo Spatial Charts - Choropleth Maps

Visualization Libraries: Plotting with Matplotlib - Plotting with Seaborn 

 

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:15
Data Story Telling with Dashboards
 

Dashboarding Overview -Introduction to Plotly-Introduction to Dash-Make Dashboards Interactive -Understanding the Lab Environment.

Real world case studies using dashboard. 

 

Text Books And Reference Books:

1.      1. Igor Milovanovic, Giuseppe Vettigli and Dimitri Foures, Python Data Visualization Cookbook, Second-Edition, Packt Publishing Ltd., Bringham Mumbai, India 2018.

2.      2. Ossama Embarak, Data Analysis and Visualization Using Python, Apress, United States of America, 2018. 

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Wes McKinney, Python for Data Analysis, Orielly, United States of America,2013

Evaluation Pattern

CIA 50%

ESE 50%

ECO143 - DEMOCRACY AND ECONOMY (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

This course is aimed at undergraduate students to introduce to them the prominent debates on democracy and emerging issues in economies.  The course discusses how various socioeconomic factors act as constraints on economic growth and development. This basic framework allows a student to delve into the causes and consequences of various strategies/methods taken/applied by policymakers and practitioners and how it affects the overall objective of the state/economy through a trifocal analysis of the economy, society, and market keeping the central theme of ‘Democracy.’This course will introduce students to:

  • Growing crisis of wealth distribution and income inequality.
  •  Sectoral significance and state intervention in policy making.
  • Informal sector and labor market participation and rights.
  • Analyze corruption in emerging economies through various case studies.
  • Discuss the informal economy through concepts, theory, and measurement.

Course Outcome

CO1: Recognise the growing crisis of wealth and income inequality among the members of the economy.

CO2: Understand the economic crisis in different sectors and government interventions in practices.

CO3: Get familiar informal sector and labour market participation and rights.

CO4: Understand debates about transparency, competition and privatization and its relevance to corruption.

CO5: Investigate issues from various perspectives, such as, viewing challenges in economies through the lens of democracy.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:10
Democracy, Democratization and Society
 

Theories of Democratization; Democratic and Undemocratic States; Measuring Democracy and Democratization; The Global Wave of Democratization; Causes and Dimensions of Democratization: The Political Economy of Democracy; Political Culture, Mass Beliefs and Value Change; Gender and Democratization; Social Capital and Civil Society; Social Movements and Contention in Democratization Processes: Role, impact on policy reforms and cultural change.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:10
Democracy, Democratisation and Society
 

Theories of Democratisation; Democratic and Undemocratic States; Measuring Democracy and Democratisation; The Global Wave of Democratisation; Causes and Dimensions of Democratisation: The Political Economy of Democracy: Political Culture, Mass Beliefs, and Value Change; Gender and Democratisation; Social Capital and Civil Society; Social Movements and Contention in Democratisation Processes: Role, Impact on Policy Reforms and Cultural Change

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:8
Actors and Institutions
 

Conventional Citizen Participation;   Institutional Design in New Democracies; Gender and Democratization; A Decade of Democratic Decline and Stagnation.

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:8
Actors and Institutions
 

Conventional Citizen Participation; Institutional Design in New Democracies; Gender and Democratisation; A Decade of Democratic Decline and Stagnation.

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:8
Democracy and Redistribution
 

A Theory of political transitions: Choice of the economic and political regime; Theoretical extensions: growth, trade, political institutions; Democracy and the public sector; the state, the treat of expropriation and the possibility of development: Social and economic wellbeing and policy reforms.

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:8
Democracy and Redistribution
 

A Theory of Political Transitions: Choice of Economic and Political Regime; Theoretical Extensions: Growth, Trade, Political Institutions; Democracy and the Public Sector; the State, the Threat of Expropriation and the Possibility of Development: Social and Economic Wellbeing and Policy Reforms

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:9
Democracy and Economic Growth and Development
 

A Marxian theory of democracy; The Importance of Social Class in Historical Comparative Perspective; Dependency and Development; Democracy in Developing Countries; Transitions from Authoritarian Rule: Tentative Conclusions about Uncertain Democracies.

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:10
Democracy and Economic Development
 

A Marxian Theory of Democracy; The Importance of Social Class in Historical Comparative Perspective; The Case Study of India; Dependency and Development; Democracy in Developing Countries; Transitions from Authoritarian Rule: Tentative Conclusions about Uncertain Democracies

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:10
Democracy and Economic Growth and Development Indian Experience
 

India’s Tryst with Destiny; Democracy, Inequality, and Public Reasoning; A case study on Gujarat experience of development: Approaches, impact, and outcome; Kerala experience of development: Approaches, impact, and outcome.

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:10
Democracy and Economic Development: Indian Experience
 

India's Tryst with Destiny; Democracy, Inequality and Public Reasoning, A Case Study on Gujarat's Experience of Development: Approaches, Impact and Outcome; Kerala's Experience of Development: Approaches, Impact and Outcome

Text Books And Reference Books:

Bhagwati, J. N., & Panagariya, A. (2012). India's Tryst with Destiny: Debunking Myths that Undermine Progress and Addressing New Challenges. HarperCollins Publishers.

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Boix, C. (2003). Democracy and Redistribution. Cambridge University Press.

Drèze, J., & Sen, A. (2015). An Uncertain Glory: India and Its Contradictions. Economics Books.

Evaluation Pattern

CIA 1: 20 marks

CIA 2: 20 Marks

CIA 3: 45 Marks

Attendance: 5 Marks

ECO146 - GENDER AND DEVELOPMENT (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:50
Credits:2

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

This course aims to provide knowledge of the fundamental differences between genders from economic, biological, political, , psychological and feminist perspectives. It also provides the necessary analytical tools to analyze differences in bargaining positions of men and women within households alongside explaining consequences of marriage , women’s education, health, career choices and wellbeing.  The course also examines developmental outcomes from a gendered lens.

 

Course Outcome

CO1: Demonstrate an understanding of the various disciplinary perspectives from which gender differences could be analysed such as the biological, the economic, the psychological or the feminist perspectives

CO2: To understand different gender inequality index

CO3: Critically evaluate ways by which women could be empowered with a focus on public policy

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:15
Introduction to Gender and Development
 

Basic concepts and subject matters. Gender statistics and System of gender inequality- - Impact of Economic Growth on Gender Equality -Gender Differences in Incomes, education, health and labour market- Women’s Contribution to GDP - Estimation of Women’s Unpaid Work. . Impact of Globalization on Gender Status- Globalization of the World Economy and Gender Status

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:15
Economic Growth and Gender Equality
 

Gender Equity Index - Gender Inequality Index of UNDP - Gender Status Index - Gender in Human Development - Gender Development Index - Gender Empowerment Measure - Gender in Social Development Indicators - the OECD Social Institutions and Gender Index (SIGI).

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:15
Gender Development and Mainstreaming Initiatives in India
 

Women’s Empowerment in India-Gender Inclusive Planning -Role of Institutions in Gender Mainstreaming  - Gender Sensitization of institutions and policies - Mainstreaming Gender into Development Policies - Rights Based Approach to Gender Development.

Text Books And Reference Books:

1) Eswaran, M (2014), Why Gender Matters in Economics, Princeton University, Princeton and Oxford

2) Joyce P. Jacobsen (2020), Advanced Introduction to Feminist Economics, Edward Elagar Publishing

3) Time use survey report 2019, Government of India

4) Agarwal, B., & Bina, A. (1994). A field of one's own: Gender and land rights in South Asia (No. 58).Cambridge UniversityPress.

5) Klasen S. (2006) UNDP’s Gender-Related Measures: Some Conceptual Problems and Possible Solutions, Journal of Human Development and Capabilities 7 (2), pp.243-74

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

1. Klasen S. (2006) UNDP’s Gender-Related Measures: Some Conceptual Problems and Possible Solutions, Journal of Human Development and Capabilities 7 (2), pp.243-74

2.Book chapter: Kabeer Naila, Benevolent Dictators, Maternal Altruists and Patriarchal Contracts: Gender and Household Economics, Chapter 5 in Reversed Realities: Gender Hierarchies in Development Thought

 

Evaluation Pattern

CIA 1 A and B for 30 marks

CIA 2 A and B  for 20 marks

ENG181-2 - ENGLISH (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:2

Course Objectives/Course Description

 
  • To expose learners to a variety of texts to interact with
  • To help learners classify ideologies and be able to express the same
  • To expose learners to visual texts and its reading formulas
  • To help learners develop a taste to appreciate works of literature through the organization of language
  • To help develop critical thinking
  • To help learners appreciate literature and the language nuances that enhances its literary values
  • To help learners understand the relationship between the world around them and the text/literature
  • To help learners negotiate with content and infer meaning contextually
  • To help learners understand logical sequencing of content and process information

·         To help improve their communication skills for larger academic purposes and vocational purposes

·         To enable learners to learn the contextual use of words and the generic meaning

·         To enable learners to listen to audio content and infer contextual meaning

·         To enable learners to be able to speak for various purposes and occasions using context specific language and expressions

·         To enable learners to develop the ability to write for various purposes using suitable and precise language.

Course Outcome

CO1: Understand how to engage with texts from various countries, historical, cultural specificities, and politics and develop the ability to reflect upon and comment on texts with various themes

CO2: Develop an analytical and critical bent of mind to compare and analyze the various literature they read and discuss in class

CO3: Develop the ability to communicate both orally and in writing for various purposes

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:4
food
 

Witches’ Loaves

O Henry

 

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:4
language
 

Presentation skills

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:6
Fashion
 

In the Height of Fashion-Henry Lawson

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:6
Language
 

Report writing

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:4
Management
 

The Story of Mumbai Dabbawalas- ShivaniPandita

 

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:4
Language
 

Resume Writing

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:3
Language
 

Interview skills and CV writing

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:3
Management
 

If

By Rudyard Kipling

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:4
History
 

Who were the Shudras?

By Dr Ambedkar

 

 

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:4
language
 

Developing arguments- debating

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:3
language
 

Developing arguments- debating

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:3
History
 

Dhauli

By JayantaMahapatra

Unit-7
Teaching Hours:4
language
 

email writing

Unit-7
Teaching Hours:4
Social Media
 

An Occurrence at Owl Creek Bridge by Ambrose Bierce

Unit-8
Teaching Hours:2
Social Media
 

Truth in the time of Social Media' by Girish Balachandran

Text Books And Reference Books:

ENGlogue 1

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

teacher manual and worksheets that teachers would provide. Listening skills worksheets.

Evaluation Pattern

CIA1- 20

MSE-50

CIA3- 20

ESE- 50

EST150 - GENDER AND POPULAR CULTURE (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:50
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description 

Gender is accepted as a discourse which is constantly produced, performed and sustained by multiple narratives. Hegemonic ideologies are thus mapped onto the body and played out through continuous reinforcements. Popular Culture plays a significant role in perpetuating gender stereotypes, images of ideal bodies and normative forms of gender expression by way of legitimising what is “popular”, therefore acceptable. An interdisciplinary course in Gender and Popular Culture provides critical insights into who and what defines the popular on the one hand, while also underlining how Popular Culture itself becomes a resistant counter-narrative to hegemonic master narratives.

Course Objectives:

  • Define Popular Culture and outline its significance in Gender Studies with a historical overview

  • Underline the impact of performative elements of popular culture on the body, thereby on gender performativity

  • Help students recognize how hegemonic ideologies are narrativised through language, the gaze, and  structural elements of the text/ media

  • Enable close inter-textual readings of gender in multiple popular culture narratives including fiction, oral and performance narratives, visual media such as film, television, advertisements and social media

  • Recognize Popular Culture as a counter-narrative and highlight elements of resistance through language, form and narrative technique

Course Outcome

CO 1: Enumerate ways in which popular culture impacts construction and performance of gender

CO 2: Identify elements in Popular Culture which normalize gender stereotypes and normative gender expression

CO 3: Map out significant counter-narratives of Gender which have emerged through Pop Culture in response to normative constructions of masculinity, femininity and queer

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:15
Gender and Popular Culture: Archetypes and Stereotypes
 

Introduction to concepts of body, sex and gender, gender performativity, elements and forms of popular culture, hegemony, ideology, representation and performativity, historical overview of gender in popular culture

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:15
Texts
 

Readings from Amar Chitra Katha, Fairy Tales and select advertisements from Indian media including matrimonial ads

Visual Texts: Episodes from Seinfeld, Friends and Big Bang Theory, Kabir Singh, Rocky aur Rani ki Prem Kahani

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:15
Framework
 

Introduction: Media, Gender and Popular Culture in India

Dani Cavallaro: “Why the Body?”

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:15
Framework
 

Judith Lorber, “Night to His Day: the social construction of gender”

Laura Mulvey, “Visual Pleasure and Narrative Cinema”

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:15
Embodying Masculinities and Femininities
 

Concepts, theories and texts related to embodiment, language of the body, the gaze, body image, fetishism, voyeurism

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:15
Texts
 

Psycho (visual text)

Snowflower and the Secret Fan (popular fiction)

RRR (visual text)

Select popular online games - Street Fighter VI, Metroid, and Red Dead Revolver

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:45
Texts
 

Kari (Graphic Novel)

Frozen, Tangled, Doctor G, Dangal and Barbie (visual texts)

Guest Lecture on women in the music industry

Note: Contemporary Texts will be selected and taken to class to address immediate contexts under discussion/ representation in popular culture apart from the ones prescribed

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:45
Framework
 

Alexander Doty: excerpts from Making Things Perfectly Queer: Interpreting Mass Culture

Susan Bordo, “Beauty (Re)Discovers the Male Body” 

Angela McRobbie “Post-Feminism and Popular Culture”  

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:45
Subverting the ?Popular?
 

Elements and forms of subversion in popular culture 

 

Text Books And Reference Books:

Baker, B. (2015). Contemporary masculinities in fiction, film and television. London: Bloomsbury.

Benshoff, H. M. , & Griffin, S. (2006). Queer images: A history of Gay and Lesbian film in America. Oxford and Lanham, MD: Rowman and Littlefield Publishers, Inc.

Beynon, J. (2001). Masculinities and culture. Buckingham: Open University Press.

Bourdieu, P. (2001). Masculine domination. Cambridge: Polity Press.

Brown, J. A. (2011). Dangerous curves: Action heroines, gender, fetishism, and popular culture. Jackson, MS: University Press of Mississippi.

Bruzzi, S. (2013). Men's cinema: Masculinity and Mise-en-Scene in Hollywood. Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press.

Butler, J. (1990). Gender trouble: Feminism and the subversion of identity. London: Routledge.

Butter, M. , Keller, P. , & Wendt, S. (Eds.). (2001). Arnold Schwarzenegger – Interdisciplinary perspectives on body and image. Heidelberg: Universitätsverlag Winter.

Cohan, S. , & Hark, I. R. (Eds.). (1993). Screening the male: Exploring masculinities in Hollywood cinema. London: Routledge.

Connell, R. W. (1995). Masculinities. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press.

Creed, B. (1993). The Monstrous-Feminine: Film, feminism, psychoanalysis. London and New York, NY: Routledge.

Grosz, E. , & Probyn, E. (Eds.). (1995). Sexy bodies: The strange carnalities of feminism. London: Routledge.

Hooks, B. (2003). We real cool: Black men and masculinity. New York, NY: Taylor & Francis.

Hopkins, S. (2002). Girl heroes: The new force in popular culture. Sydney: Pluto Press.

Inness, S. A. (1999). Tough girls: Women warriors and wonder women in popular culture. Philadelphia, PA: University of Pennsylvania Press.

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Baker, B. (2015). Contemporary masculinities in fiction, film and television. London: Bloomsbury.

Benshoff, H. M. , & Griffin, S. (2006). Queer images: A history of Gay and Lesbian film in America. Oxford and Lanham, MD: Rowman and Littlefield Publishers, Inc.

Beynon, J. (2001). Masculinities and culture. Buckingham: Open University Press.

Bourdieu, P. (2001). Masculine domination. Cambridge: Polity Press.

Brown, J. A. (2011). Dangerous curves: Action heroines, gender, fetishism, and popular culture. Jackson, MS: University Press of Mississippi.

Bruzzi, S. (2013). Men's cinema: Masculinity and Mise-en-Scene in Hollywood. Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press.

Butler, J. (1990). Gender trouble: Feminism and the subversion of identity. London: Routledge.

Butter, M. , Keller, P. , & Wendt, S. (Eds.). (2001). Arnold Schwarzenegger – Interdisciplinary perspectives on body and image. Heidelberg: Universitätsverlag Winter.

Cohan, S. , & Hark, I. R. (Eds.). (1993). Screening the male: Exploring masculinities in Hollywood cinema. London: Routledge.

Connell, R. W. (1995). Masculinities. Berkeley, CA: University of California Press.

Creed, B. (1993). The Monstrous-Feminine: Film, feminism, psychoanalysis. London and New York, NY: Routledge.

Grosz, E. , & Probyn, E. (Eds.). (1995). Sexy bodies: The strange carnalities of feminism. London: Routledge.

Hooks, B. (2003). We real cool: Black men and masculinity. New York, NY: Taylor & Francis.

Hopkins, S. (2002). Girl heroes: The new force in popular culture. Sydney: Pluto Press.

Inness, S. A. (1999). Tough girls: Women warriors and wonder women in popular culture. Philadelphia, PA: University of Pennsylvania Press.

Inness, S. A. (Ed.). (2004). Action chicks: New images of tough women in popular culture. New York, NY: Palgrave Macmillan.

Jeffords, S. (1994). Hard bodies: Hollywood masculinity in the Reagan era. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Press.

Robinson, S. (2000). Marked men: White masculinity in crisis. New York City, NY: Colombia University Press.

Yarrow, A. (2018). 90s bitch: Media, culture and the failed promise of gender equality. New York, NY: Harper Perennial.

Evaluation Pattern

Examination and Assessment

Continuous Internal Assessment (CIA)

CIA I - 20 Marks

 Class presentations on gender and popular culture

CIA III - 20 Marks

Class Exhibition on Gender and Popular Culture

Individual project on close reading of gender expression/ performance in a contemporary popular culture narrative 

 CIAs are indicative in nature. Assignments may vary slightly based on student aptitude and emerging trends in the discourse of Popular Culture  

Mid Semester Examination CIA II: 2 Hours

Section A: Short Notes (4 out of 6 questions - 4x5=20)

Section B: Essay Questions (2 out of 3 questions - 2x10 marks = 20)

Section C: Creative interpretation of a popular culture narrative (1 out of 2 questions - 1x10=10) 

 Total: 50 Marks

 End Semester Examination

Individual project submission on close reading of gender expression/ performance in a contemporary popular culture narrative 

Total: 50 Marks

EST151 - COMPARATIVE PHILOSOPHY: DARSANA AND PHILOSOPHY (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:50
Credits:2

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

This paper is a short introduction to the Indo-Western philosophical traditions with the aim of setting into an interweaving motion the dialogic and contemplative. Its purpose is not merely to discern and register similarities and differences between the two traditions, but more importantly to open a dialogic space in the intersection of their central concerns.

 

Course Objectives:

 

  • To introduce students to the art of thinking for themselves.
  • To enable students to study how humans have reflected upon the riddles of human existence.
  • To encourage students to understand the course through some of the important philosophers, their thoughts, their times and climes.
  • To equip students with skills necessary for being a thinker in the field of philosophy.
  • To encourage students to become citizens of the world by exposing them to ideas and events (literary and otherwise) that shape our world.
  • To develop the interest of the students in reading, appreciating and critiquing the philosophies and societies of the world with genuine empathy.
  • To develop their skills of thinking, reading, understanding and writing the Self and the world – logos redeemed by pathos.

 

Course Outcome

1: Students will be able to develop a better understanding of the Self and the world through an empathetic reading of philosophers, philosophies and contexts.

2: Students will be able to understand Philosophy as a discipline better through an acute awareness of the various disciplinary currents and crosscurrents.

3: Students will be able to think originally with an acute awareness of various schools of thought

4: Students will be able to demonstrate mature abilities of interpretation, discrimination and synthesis through the course of this course.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:5
Unit 2 - 20 Hours
 

Unit II                                                                                                                         20 Hours

Schools of Indian philosophy - Darsana 

This unit focuses on some of the important schools of Indian Philosophy. 

  • A Critical Survey of Indian Philosophy - Chandradhar Sharma 
  • The Story of Indian Philosophy - Prasanna Gautam 
Unit-1
Teaching Hours:5
Unit 3 - 20 Hours
 

Unit III                                                                                                                       20 Hours

This unit attempts to briefly introduce some of the important currents and cross-currents in Western Philosophy.

  • The Story of Philosophy ­– Will Durant
  • From Socrates to Sartre: The Philosophic Quest - T. Z. Lavine 
Text Books And Reference Books:

Unit I                                                                                                                                  05 Hours

Philosophy: An Introduction

 Key Questions and problems:

  •  What is Darsana - Vichara and Anviksiki?
  • What is Philosophy?
  • The Non-translatables

Tentative Texts:

  • “On the Concept of Philosophy in India” - Mind, Language and World - Bimal Krishna Matilal 
  • “Introduction” - The Story of Indian Philosophy - Prasanna Gautam 
  • “On the Uses of Philosophy” - The Story of Philosophy - Will Durant 
  • “On Thinking for Oneself” - Arthur Schopenhauer 

Unit II                                                                                                                         20 Hours

Schools of Indian philosophy - Darsana 

This unit focuses on some of the important schools of Indian Philosophy. 

  • A Critical Survey of Indian Philosophy - Chandradhar Sharma 
  • The Story of Indian Philosophy - Prasanna Gautam 

Unit III                                                                                                                       20 Hours

This unit attempts to briefly introduce some of the important currents and cross-currents in Western Philosophy.

  • The Story of Philosophy ­– Will Durant
  • From Socrates to Sartre: The Philosophic Quest - T. Z. Lavine 

Tentative Additional Reading List:

  • The Cultural Heritage of India: Ramakrishna  Mission Institute for Culture
  • Outlines of Indian Philosophy – M. Hiriyanna
  • Eastern Religions and Western Thought – Sarvapalli Radhakrishnan
  • The Varieties of Religious Experience: A Study in Human Nature – William James
  • Great Philosophers: From Socrates to Sartre - Gary Cox
  • Sophie’s World - Jostein Gaarder
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
  • The Cultural Heritage of India: Ramakrishna  Mission Institute for Culture
  • Outlines of Indian Philosophy – M. Hiriyanna
  • Eastern Religions and Western Thought – Sarvapalli Radhakrishnan
  • The Varieties of Religious Experience: A Study in Human Nature – William James
  • Great Philosophers: From Socrates to Sartre - Gary Cox
  • Sophie’s World - Jostein Gaarder
Evaluation Pattern

Evaluation Pattern:

CIA I: (20 Marks)

The students have to submit an analytic essay on any of the thinkers/philosophers, philosophical schools, ideas and contexts of their choice. 

Parameters of Evaluation:

  • Analytic and not Descriptive– 5 marks
  • Comparative in nature – 5 marks
  • Contemporary relevance – 5 marks
  • Inventiveness in the use of language and grammatical correctness – 5 marks

 CIA II (20 Marks)

The students have to record a two-minute audio on a philosophical concept/tradition of their choice and upload the same on the Google Classroom platform. 

  • Incisive articulation - 5
  • Contemporary relevance - 5
  • Dialogic - 5
  • Analytic argumentation - 5

The students have to debate ideas that matter.

  • Analytic – 5 marks
  • Comparative in nature – 5 marks
  • Contemporary relevance – 5 marks
  • Inventiveness in presenting and arguing philosophically  – 5 marks

End-Semester Portfolio Submission (50 Marks)

The students have to write a meditative essay in about 1000-2000 words pertaining to a philosophical idea/problem of their choice.

  • Analytic 
  • Contemporaneity 
  • Originality  
  • Argumentative 

15-20 marks – if the answer bears no connection with the question and there is no

conceptual clarity at all.

20-25 marks – if the answer is not precise, lacks conceptual clarity, ideas are not

properly organized and is technically imperfect with grammatical mistakes and spelling

errors.

25-30 marks – if the answer shows conceptual clarity but is not precise, is technically

imperfect and fraught with grammatical mistakes and spelling errors.

30 - 35 marks – if the answer is precise, shows conceptual clarity and is grammatically

and technically perfect, but ideas are not properly organized.

35-42 marks – if the answer is precise, shows conceptual clarity, ideas are properly

organized and is technically perfect without grammatical mistakes and spelling errors.

EST152 - SKILLS FOR PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:50
Credits:2

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

The course aspires to enable and equip learners with skills to develop, perform and exhibit professional skills and competencies in a formal setup of an organization. The course intends to make the ,earners familiar with situations that they may come across in a workspace and the skills to deal with them for professional success.

 

Course Outcome

CO1: Understand and analyse the importance of professional skills

CO2: Exhibit / Analyse and Correspond in professional environments

CO3: Demonstrate adequate professional skills to better career advancement and growth

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:20
Professional Etiquette
 

Writing for Employment, Communication with Letters, E-mail and Memos, Clear Writing, Developing Reports and Proposals, Office Etiquette and manners, principles of work behaviour, Planning and Attending Meetings, Multicultural Etiquette, Professional Work ethics, Developing Interpersonal Skills, Dealing with Office politics, Planning and Managing careers

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:10
Managing Communication
 

Importance of Communication, Understanding Verbal Communication, Informal Communication, Modes of Communication, Understanding and planning Communication (Why, who, how?), Making formal presentations, Listening Skills

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:15
Problem Solving, Decision Making & Lateral Thinking
 

Identifying, Defining and finding solutions to problems, Critical Thinking, Group Discussions for Decision Making, Group Dynamics, Building teams, Leading Teams, Team roles and processes, Lateral Thinking

Text Books And Reference Books:

01· DuPont Kay, M. (2004). Business Etiquette & Professionalism.  Crisp Publications      

02. Butterfiled, Jeff. (2014). Soft Skills for Everyone. Cengage Learning India Private Limited.

03. Adair, John. (1986). Effective Teambuilding. Rupa paperback

04. Sloane, Paul. (2017). The  Leader’s Guide to Lateral Thinking Skills, Kogan Page

 

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

01. Bock, Laszlo.(2016). Work rules. John Murray.

02. Richardson, Tim. (2015). The Responsible Leader. Kogan Page.

03. Murray, Kevin. (20120. The Language of Leaders. Kogan Page.

 

Evaluation Pattern

CIA 1 -20

CIA 2 - 20

Final Submission - 50

Students will be given assignments periodically and these assignments will be task based and activity oriented.

Based on the discussions / inputs given in the class, studenst will have to perform / produce / create / analyse / situations, materials, portfolios, research artcicles, case studies etc depending on the contents of the syllabus

Students will be given scores based on the quality of their performance, content, timely submissions, and quality of work submitted or produced.

EST153 - PARTITION NARRATIVES (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:50
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description:

Partition is a significant and recurring theme in the history of many nations. It represents not just a division of land but also a rupture in the lives of people, impacting their identities, cultures, and relationships. Through a diverse selection of literature, this course seeks to examine the complex, multifaceted, and often painful narratives that emerge from partition events around the world. It is an engaging and thought-provoking exploration of literary works that delve into the multifaceted and often traumatic experiences of partition in various countries. This course delves into the human, emotional, and societal consequences of dividing nations and communities, providing a comprehensive view of this historical phenomenon. The course will journey into different regions (with a focus on Indian Partition), exploring literary responses to partition, both in the form of creative works such as novels, short stories, and poetry, as well as critical essays that provide theoretical frameworks for understanding these narratives.

Course Objectives:

CO1: To develop a nuanced understanding of the historical, cultural, and human dimensions of partition through the study of literature from various affected countries.

CO2: To analyze and critically engage with the ways in which literature serves as a medium for reflecting the impact of partition on individuals and societies.

Course Outcome

CO1: Students will demonstrate an in-depth understanding of the complex historical, social, and cultural contexts of partition in various countries.

CO2: Students will be able to critically analyze and interpret literary works that explore the emotional, psychological, and societal ramifications of partition.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:3
Unit 1 - Introduction
 

Introduction to Partition and connected themes - Identity and Belonging, Displacement and Migration, Violence and Trauma, Loss and Grief, Family and Relationships, Nationalism and Politics, Cultural and Social Changes, Memory and Remembrance, Reconciliation and Healing, Borders and Geopolitics, Nation-Building, Resistance and Resilience

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:12
Unit 2 - Short Stories
 

“Toba Tek Singh” – Saadat Hasan Manto

“Cranes” – Hwang Sun-Won

East-West Tale of a Sundered City” – Jill Smolove (non-fiction)

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:6
Unit 3 - Visual/Audio Text
 

Earth – Deepa Mehta (movie)

Dekh Tere Sansaar ki Haalat kya ho gayi Bhagwan”- Nastik ­– Pradeep (song)

The Migration Series – Jacob Lawrence (select paintings)

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:15
Unit 4 - Poetry
 

“Blind Smoke” – Arjan ‘Shad’ Mirchandani

“To Waris Shah” – Amrita Pritam

“Migrations” – Keki Daruwalla

“Neither an Elegey nor a Manifesto” – John Hewitt

“A Poem that Came Easily” - Yun Tongju

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:9
Unit 5 - Critical Works
 

"Sri Lanka: The Last Phase in Eelam War IV" - SinhaRaja Tammita-Delgoda (Case-study)

Introduction to Remembering Partition: Violence, Nationalism, and History - Gyanendra Pandey

“Berlin Wall anniversary: Stories from the wall from those who remember” – BBC (video)

Text Books And Reference Books:

Lynch, Robert. The Partition of Ireland 1918-1925. Cambridge, United Kingdom, Cambridge University Press, 2019.

Anindya Raychaudhuri. Narrating South Asian Partition : Oral History, Literature, Cinema. New York, Ny, Oxford University Press, 2019.

Pandey, Gyanendra. "Remembering Partition: Violence, Nationalism, and History." Modern Asian Studies, vol. 31, no. 3, 1997, pp. 763-810.

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Bhalla, Alok. “Memory, History and Fictional Representations of the Partition.” Economic and Political Weekly, vol. 34, no. 44, 1999, pp. 3119–28. JSTORhttp://www.jstor.org/stable/4408572. Accessed 29 Oct. 2023.

Demick, Barbara. Nothing to Envy: Ordinary Lives in North Korea. Spiegel & Grau, 2009.

Khan, Yasmin. The Great Partition: The Making of India and Pakistan. Yale University Press, 2007.

Laffan, Michael. "The Partition of Ireland: 1911-25." Irish Historical Studies, vol. 36, no. 141, 2008, pp. 36-54.

Nico Medina, What was the Berlin Wall. Penguin Books, 2019.

Puri, Kavita, editor. Partition Voices: Untold British StoriesBloomsbury Publishing, 2019.

Rushdie, Salman. Midnight's Children. Random House, 1981.

Schneider, Peter. The Wall Jumper. University of Chicago Press, 1983.

Sen, Sanghita and Neeta Gupta, editors. Partition: Stories of Separation. HarperCollins India, 2017.

Sidhwa, Bapsi. Ice-Candy Man. Penguin Books, 1991.

Singh, Khushwant. Train to Pakistan. Penguin Books, 2008.

Taylor, Frederick. The Berlin Wall: A World Divided, 1961-1989. Harper, 2006.

Partition Museum - The Partition Museum

Un-Divided Identities: Unknown Stories of the Partition | Retihaas| ReReeti

BBC Radio 4 - Partition Voices

 

Evaluation Pattern

Continuous Internal Assessment (CIA)

CIA I – 20 Marks

Creative Writing – Partition Memoir – Write a fictional memoir/journal entries/short story from the perspective of someone who has lived through any historical partition

CIA II (Mid Semester)20 Marks

1.     Partition and Popular Culture – Group presentation

These are suggested examples of CIAs. However, during the course of teaching, there could be other suggestions, and CIAs could be slightly modified based on class dynamics and caliber of students.

End Semester Project – 50 Marks

Partition-inspired/themed Visual Art or Multimedia Project: Choose a partition event or theme and create a visual art piece or multimedia project (video, photography exhibit, or digital storyboard) that conveys the impact of partition.

 

EST154 - LITERATURE FROM THE NORTHEAST (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:50
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

The Northeast has been a region lying in the peripheries of the mainstream for years. Along with politics and economy, literature from this region also has been marginalized. This course will introduce to the students, an array of literature from North-East India. It intends to create exposure and in-depth understanding of the societies of Assam, Nagaland, Manipur, Mizoram, Tripura, Meghalaya, Arunachal Pradesh, and Sikkim, through literature.

CO1: Students will gain exposure about literature from the North-East.

CO2: Students will understand and appreciate cultural differences that exists between NE India and other regions.

CO3: Students will gain knowledge on writings and culture of various regions of NE India.

Course Outcome

CO1: Students will have gained exposure and knowledge about literature from the NE.

CO2: Students will look at cultural differences with a more holistic and broadened approach.

CO3: Students will have acquired knowledge and exposure about culture from various region of NE India.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:5
Introduction
 

1.     Tilottoma Misra: Literary Traditions in North East India: Shrinking Frontiers

2.     Vivek Menezes: Why is Writing from the North East often ignored by mainland Indian literary culture?  

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:10
Novella
 

1.     Chetan Raj Shrestha: The King’s Harvest

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:10
Poetry
 

1.     Guru T Ladakhi: Jhunkyang: The Last Dream

2.     Saratchand Thiyam: Sister

3.     Chandrakanta Murasingh: Oh, Poor Hachukrai

4.     Robin Nganom: My Invented Land

5.     Kynpham Sing Nongkynrih: When the Prime Minister Visits Shillong
the Bamboos Watch in Silence

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:20
Short story
 

1.     Janice Pariat: Laitlum

2.     Indra Goswami: Sanskar

3.     Temsula Ao: The Curfew Man

4.     Mamang Dai: The Strange Case of Kalen, the Hunter

5.     Parshu Dahal: The Lama Who Never Was

Text Books And Reference Books:

1.     Tilottoma Misra: Literary Traditions in North East India: Shrinking Frontiers

2.     Vivek Menezes: Why is Writing from the North East often ignored by mainland Indian literary culture?  

1.     Chetan Raj Shrestha: The King’s Harvest

1.     Guru T Ladakhi: Jhunkyang: The Last Dream

2.     Saratchand Thiyam: Sister

3.     Chandrakanta Murasingh: Oh, Poor Hachukrai

4.     Robin Nganom: My Invented Land

5.     Kynpham Sing Nongkynrih: When the Prime Minister Visits Shillong
the Bamboos Watch in Silence

1.     Janice Pariat: Laitlum

2.     Indra Goswami: Sanskar

3.     Temsula Ao: The Curfew Man

4.     Mamang Dai: The Strange Case of Kalen, the Hunter

Parshu Dahal: The Lama Who Never Was

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

·       Baishya, Amit. Contemporary Literature from Northeast India: Deathworlds, Terror and Survival. Routledge, 2019

·       Chowdhury, Payel Dutta. Folktales from India’s Northeast. Heritage Publishers, 2020

·       Shrestha, Cgetan Raj. The King’s Harvest: Two Novellas. Aleph Book Company, New Delhi, 2013

·       Misra, Tilottoma (ed.). The Oxford Anthology of Writings from North-East India (Volume I and II). Oxford University Press, 2010

·       Ngangom, Robin S and Kynpham S Nongkynrih (ed.). Dancing Earth. Penguin Books, 2009

·       Ngangom, Robin S. The Desire of Roots. Red River, 2019

·       Zama, Margaret Ch. (ed.). Emerging Literatures from North-East India: The Dynamics of Culture, Society and Identity. Sage, 2013

·       Islam, Baharul K M. Literatures from the Northeast India: Beyond the Centre-Periphery Debate. Routledge India, 2022.

Evaluation Pattern

CIA I: 20 marks

  1. Classroom participation through maintaining reflective journals
  2. Essays based on the texts

3.     Presentation

 

CIA II: 20 marks

1.     Written test

2.     Perspective assessment through GD

 

End Semester Submission: 50 marks

Video Presentation of Case Study based on the CO.

 

 

EST156 - RETELLING OF EPICS IN INDIAN LITERATURE (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:50
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description

This course will explore the diverse traditions of Indian epics through retellings in Indian literature and other art forms well into the twenty-first century. The primary interest will be understanding the social, cultural, and political stakes attached to individual retellings of each epic. We will also engage with the new adaptations of the epics like Indian television serials, film versions and invocations of the epic stories in contemporary art and culture. Students will gain exposure to the diversified social structures in India that these stories reproduce, as well as resistance to those structures.

Course Objectives

CO1     To demonstrate a comprehensive understanding of the major Indian epics and their historical and cultural significance.

CO2     To critically analyse and compare multiple retellings of Indian epics in different literary forms, such as prose, poetry, drama, and visual media, highlighting variations in themes, interpretations, and artistic choices.

CO3     To place these epics within the broader cultural and historical context of India, considering how they have influenced and been influenced by various aspects of Indian society, including religion, philosophy, art, and politics.

CO4     To apply their knowledge by creating their creative adaptations of Indian epics. This includes writing, performance, or other forms of artistic expression that reflect an in-depth understanding of the source material.

 

CO5     To engage in critical discourse by participating in class discussions, presenting research findings, and writing essays demonstrating their ability to analyse, interpret, and critically evaluate retellings of Indian epics while considering their cultural and literary implications.

Course Outcome

CO1: Students will gain a deeper understanding of Indian culture, traditions, and values as they explore the retelling of epics. They will recognise the importance of these narratives in shaping Indian identity and societal norms.

CO2: By critically examining various retellings of Indian epics, students will develop advanced literary analysis skills, enabling them to dissect complex narratives, themes, and stylistic elements in both classical and contemporary literature.

CO3: Students will acquire an interdisciplinary perspective by connecting the retellings of Indian epics to fields such as history, philosophy, religion, and sociology. They will appreciate how these narratives have influenced and been influenced by multiple aspects of Indian society.

CO4: Through creating their retellings of Indian epics, students will demonstrate proficiency in adapting and reimagining classical narratives in a culturally sensitive and creative manner.

CO5: Students will develop critical thinking skills as they engage in discussions and produce written assignments that require them to reflect on the diverse interpretations and adaptations of Indian epics. They will learn to express their ideas and arguments coherently and persuasively.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:15
Essays
 

Rohit Sharma: The Art of Rewriting Indian Epics” (National)

A.K. Ramanujan: “Three Hundred Ramayanas: Five Examples and Three Thoughts on

          Translation” (Regional)

Pradip Bhattacharya: “The Mahabharata on Screen (National) (Skill Development)

Satya Chaitanya: “Bheel Bharath: When the Mahabharata Incarnates Down Under (National)

 

Sharayu Shejale: “The Ramayana and its Retellings: Deconstructing the Myth” (National)

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:15
Literary Texts
 

Toru Dutt: “Lakshamana” (Poem) (National)

Sreekantan Nair: “Kanchana Sita” (Play) (Regional) (Skill Development)

 

M.T. Vasudevan Nair: “Bhima Lone Warrior” (Novel) (Regional)

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:15
Visual Media
 

Ramanand Sagar: “Ramayan” (1987 TV series) (National)

Ravi Chopra:Mahabharat” (1988 TV series) (National)

Peter Stephen Paul Brook:The Mahabharata” (Play) (Global) (Skill Development)

G.Aravindan: “Kanchana Sita” (Film) (Regional) (Skill Development)

 

Kottayam Thampuran: “Bakavadham” (The Slaying of Baka) (Kathakali) (Regional)

Text Books And Reference Books:

·       Sharma, Rohit. “The Art of Rewriting Indian Epics.” Indian Literature, vol. 60, no. 2 (292), 2016, pp. 147–58. JSTOR, http://www.jstor.org/stable/44478971. Accessed 29 Oct. 2023.

·       Ramanujan, A K. "Three Hundred Ramayanas: Five Examples and Three Thoughts on Translation." The Collected Essays of A K Ramanujan. Ed. Vinay Dharwadker. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 1999. Print, pp 131-60.

·       Pradip Bhattacharya. “The Mahabharata on Screen” Kalyan Kumar Chakravarthy (ed.), Text and Variations of the Mahabharata: Contextual, Regional and Performance Traditions,Delhi, National Museum for Manuscripts & Indira Gandhi Centre for the Arts, 2009. Print, pp. 247-270.

·       Satya Chaitanya: “Bheel Bharath: When the Mahabharata Incarnates Down Under” Kalyan Kumar Chakravarthy (ed.), Text and Variations of the Mahabharata: Contextual, Regional and Performance Traditions, Delhi, National Museum for Manuscripts & Indira Gandhi Centre for the Arts, 2009. Print, pp. 185-220.

·       Sharayu Shejale: “The Ramayana and its Retellings: Deconstructing the Myth” http://intersections.anu.edu.au/issue45/shejale.html

·       Dutt, Toru. “Ancient Ballads and Legends of Hindustan”. 1882. Open Knowledge Foundation Network, India, 2013, https://in.okfn.org/files/2013/07/Ancient-Ballads-and-Legends-of-Hindustan.pdf.

·       Nair, Sreekantan, &Joseph, Sara. (2005). “Retelling the Ramayana: Voices from Kerala: “Kanchana Sita” &’ Five Ramayana Stories”. OUP India.

·       Nair, M. T. “Bhima Lone Warrior.” Harper Collins, 2013.

·       Ravi Chopra: “Mahabharat” (1988 TV series) https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HnXkv_ozPQw&list=PLa6CHPhFNfadNcnVZRXa6csHL5sFdkwmV

·       Ramanand Sagar: “Ramayan” (1987 TV series) https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vIh99bkSc_w&list=PL-nbe4FPvDBElyW0Iww5suxJqqmuGBgIH&index=3

·       Peter Stephen Paul Brook: “The Mahabharata https://www.youtube.com/results?search_query=Peter+Stephen+Paul+Brook%3A+%E2%80%9CThe+Mahabharata

·       Kottayam Thampuran: “Bakavadham” https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=LTR1nbhLPzE&t=11491s

·       G.Aravindan, Kanchanasita (film),  https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=d2m9n0aKgn4

·       Karve, Irawati.Yuganta: The End of an Epoch. Mumbai: Orient Blackswan, 2008. Print.

·       Mukherjee, Meenakshi. “Epic and Novel in India.” The Novel: Volume 1 History, Geography and Culture. Ed. Franco Moretti. Princeton: Princeton UP, 2006. 596-631. Print.

·       Weimann, Robert. “History, Appropiation, and the Uses of Representation in Modern Narrative.” The Aims of Representation: Subject/Text/History. Ed. Murray Krieger. Stanford: Stanford UP, 1987. 175-215. Print.

·       Chandra, Rai Govind. 1996.Indian Symbolism. Symbols as Sources of our Customs and Beliefs. New Delhi: Munshiram Manoharlal.

·       Cooper, J.C. 1978. An Encyclopedia of Traditional Symbols. London: Thames and Hudson.

·       Dutt, Romesh Chander. 1961.The Ramayana and Mahabharata. London: J.M. Dent and Sons.

·       Ganguli, Kisari Mohan, trans. 2008. The Mahabharata. Delhi: MunshiramManoharlal

·       Kosambi, D D. 1983. Myth and Reality: Studies in the formation of Indian Culture. Bombay: Popular Prakashan. (1962)

·       Levi- Strauss, Claude. 1995. Myth and Meaning: Cracking the Code of Culture. Foreword by Wendy Doniger. New York: Schocken Books. (1979).

·       Segal, Robert. 2012.Myth: A Very Short Introduction. Oxford: OUP. (2004).

·       Frye, Northrop. 1976.Spiritus Mundi: Essays on Literature, Myth and Society. Bloomington: Indiana UP.

·       Paula Richman, Many Ramayanas: The Diversity of a Narrative Tradition in India. Oxford University Press. 1997.

·       Satchidanandan, K. (2003). Myth in Contemporary Indian Literature. New Delhi: Sahitya Akademi.

·       Abhichandani, Param, (2005) Encyclopedia of Indian Literature 6, New Delhi: Sahitya Akademi.

·       Agrawal, K. A. (2000) Indian Writing In English, New Delhi: Atlantic Publishers Ltd.

 

 

 

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

·       Sharma, Rohit. “The Art of Rewriting Indian Epics.” Indian Literature, vol. 60, no. 2 (292), 2016, pp. 147–58. JSTOR, http://www.jstor.org/stable/44478971. Accessed 29 Oct. 2023.

·       Ramanujan, A K. "Three Hundred Ramayanas: Five Examples and Three Thoughts on Translation." The Collected Essays of A K Ramanujan. Ed. Vinay Dharwadker. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 1999. Print, pp 131-60.

·       Pradip Bhattacharya. “The Mahabharata on Screen” Kalyan Kumar Chakravarthy (ed.), Text and Variations of the Mahabharata: Contextual, Regional and Performance Traditions,Delhi, National Museum for Manuscripts & Indira Gandhi Centre for the Arts, 2009. Print, pp. 247-270.

·       Satya Chaitanya: “Bheel Bharath: When the Mahabharata Incarnates Down Under” Kalyan Kumar Chakravarthy (ed.), Text and Variations of the Mahabharata: Contextual, Regional and Performance Traditions, Delhi, National Museum for Manuscripts & Indira Gandhi Centre for the Arts, 2009. Print, pp. 185-220.

·       Sharayu Shejale: “The Ramayana and its Retellings: Deconstructing the Myth” http://intersections.anu.edu.au/issue45/shejale.html

·       Dutt, Toru. “Ancient Ballads and Legends of Hindustan”. 1882. Open Knowledge Foundation Network, India, 2013, https://in.okfn.org/files/2013/07/Ancient-Ballads-and-Legends-of-Hindustan.pdf.

·       Nair, Sreekantan, &Joseph, Sara. (2005). “Retelling the Ramayana: Voices from Kerala: “Kanchana Sita” &’ Five Ramayana Stories”. OUP India.

·       Nair, M. T. “Bhima Lone Warrior.” Harper Collins, 2013.

·       Ravi Chopra: “Mahabharat” (1988 TV series) https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HnXkv_ozPQw&list=PLa6CHPhFNfadNcnVZRXa6csHL5sFdkwmV

·       Ramanand Sagar: “Ramayan” (1987 TV series) https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vIh99bkSc_w&list=PL-nbe4FPvDBElyW0Iww5suxJqqmuGBgIH&index=3

·       Peter Stephen Paul Brook: “The Mahabharata https://www.youtube.com/results?search_query=Peter+Stephen+Paul+Brook%3A+%E2%80%9CThe+Mahabharata

·       Kottayam Thampuran: “Bakavadham” https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=LTR1nbhLPzE&t=11491s

·       G.Aravindan, Kanchanasita (film),  https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=d2m9n0aKgn4

·       Karve, Irawati.Yuganta: The End of an Epoch. Mumbai: Orient Blackswan, 2008. Print.

·       Mukherjee, Meenakshi. “Epic and Novel in India.” The Novel: Volume 1 History, Geography and Culture. Ed. Franco Moretti. Princeton: Princeton UP, 2006. 596-631. Print.

·       Weimann, Robert. “History, Appropiation, and the Uses of Representation in Modern Narrative.” The Aims of Representation: Subject/Text/History. Ed. Murray Krieger. Stanford: Stanford UP, 1987. 175-215. Print.

·       Chandra, Rai Govind. 1996.Indian Symbolism. Symbols as Sources of our Customs and Beliefs. New Delhi: Munshiram Manoharlal.

·       Cooper, J.C. 1978. An Encyclopedia of Traditional Symbols. London: Thames and Hudson.

·       Dutt, Romesh Chander. 1961.The Ramayana and Mahabharata. London: J.M. Dent and Sons.

·       Ganguli, Kisari Mohan, trans. 2008. The Mahabharata. Delhi: MunshiramManoharlal

·       Kosambi, D D. 1983. Myth and Reality: Studies in the formation of Indian Culture. Bombay: Popular Prakashan. (1962)

·       Levi- Strauss, Claude. 1995. Myth and Meaning: Cracking the Code of Culture. Foreword by Wendy Doniger. New York: Schocken Books. (1979).

·       Segal, Robert. 2012.Myth: A Very Short Introduction. Oxford: OUP. (2004).

·       Frye, Northrop. 1976.Spiritus Mundi: Essays on Literature, Myth and Society. Bloomington: Indiana UP.

·       Paula Richman, Many Ramayanas: The Diversity of a Narrative Tradition in India. Oxford University Press. 1997.

·       Satchidanandan, K. (2003). Myth in Contemporary Indian Literature. New Delhi: Sahitya Akademi.

·       Abhichandani, Param, (2005) Encyclopedia of Indian Literature 6, New Delhi: Sahitya Akademi.

·       Agrawal, K. A. (2000) Indian Writing In English, New Delhi: Atlantic Publishers Ltd.

 

 

 

Evaluation Pattern

CIA I: The student will be asked to submit a proposal for a descriptive essay on any local art form, which is a retelling of an epic. The student should have completed a pilot study of the chosen field. It will be evaluated on the selection of the art form and the rationale of the study (20 marks).

CIA II: The student is required to submit a draft, which will include literature review and the uniqueness of the study. (20 marks)

 

CIA III: Submission of the final essay (50 Marks)

FRE281-2 - FRENCH (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:30
No of Lecture Hours/Week:2
Max Marks:50
Credits:2

Course Objectives/Course Description

 
Course Description: “Latitudes 1” A1/A2guides the learner in an acquisition process. This method leads naturally to communicate and to carry out tasks in French. Learning language skills goes hand in hand with discovering the socio-cultural realities specific to France and the Francophonie.
 
Course Objectives:“Latitudes 1” A1/A2 is composed of 4 modules of 3 unites. Each module has a general objective and more specific to define the linguistic knowledge with the help of which the learners will implement various skills such as to understand, to speak, to interact and to write. 

Course Outcome

CO1: Student will be able to comprehend and respond with grammatical accuracy to spoken and written French.

CO2: Student will be able to recognise the value of French language learning and francophone cultures through participation in a variety of activities

CO3: Student will be able to demonstrate language learning skills and strategies as cognitive and social development

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:4
Revision of verbs Conjugations, spoken practice
 

Revision of verbs Conjugations, spoken practice   

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:12
· Bonne Idee
 

                                                                             

o   Expressing one’s positive and negative point of view                 

o   finding out rates

o   asking about quantity

expressing quantity

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:12
Echanger
 

·       On se voit quand ?                                                                      6 hrs

o   proposing, accepting, refusing an invitation

o   Indicate the date

o   Fixing an appointment

o   asking and specifying time

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:14
Noubliez pas
 

                                                                       

o    expressing an obligation or refusing , advising.

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:14
Agir dans l?espace
 

·       C’est ou?                                                                                       

o   Asking and specifying a direction

o   Preposition

Text Books And Reference Books:

Textbook : Latitudes 1 Methode de Français A1/A2 , Regine Merieux , Yves Loiseau

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Recommended Reading:

French websites like Duolingo, Bonjour de France, Fluent U French, Learn French Lab, Point du FLE, etc.

Evaluation Pattern

Assessment Pattern

CIA (Weight)

ESE (Weight)

CIA 1 – Assignments/Creative projects

10%

 

CIA 2 –Mid Sem Exam

25%

 

CIA 3 – Viva- testing of the four language skills

10%

 

Attendance

05%

 

End Sem Exam

 

50%

Evaluation Pattern:

(CIA1:20 marks + CIA2:50 marks + CIA3:20 marks)/2 + Attnd: 5 marks + End Sem: 50 marks

 

 

 

GER281-2 - GERMAN (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:30
No of Lecture Hours/Week:2
Max Marks:50
Credits:2

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description: This course mainly deals with the listening, speaking, writing, reading modules of basic German by using different pedagogies and effective strategies in order to meet the requirements of various situations. This course also enables the students to have cross-cultural competencies and cognitive skills.

 

Course Objectives:

 

·      To achieve language proficiency skills on the medium level

·      To develop the skills demonstrated in the ability to interpret simple texts

·      To attain some transcultural competency: an awareness of cross-cultural differences between societies.

·      To develop the ability to formulate questions

Course Outcome

CO1: Through this course students should be able to Understand and perform tasks in varied areas of social life with the help of the acquisition of communicative, linguistic and cultural know-how

CO2: Judge and do tasks in varied areas of day-to-day life activities

CO3: Formulate phrases related to personal details and particular concrete situations.

CO4: Recall the basic phrases and use them effectively

CO5: Interact and speak in small social gatherings

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:8
Kontakte
 

Termine absprechen, Anleitung verstehen und geben, Briefe verstehen und beantworten, über Sprachenlernen sprechen, Informationen in Texten finden, Gesprächsituationen erkennen, Gespräche verstehen. Präpositionen mit Dativ, Artikel im Dativ, Possessivartikel:Akkusativ.

 

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:8
Meine Wohnung
 

Wohnungsanzeigen verstehen, eine Wohnung beschreiben, die Wohnungseinrichtung planen, eine Einladung schriftlich beantworten, über eine Wohnungseinrichtung sprechen, Gefallen und Missfallen ausdrücken, über Wohnformen sprechen, einen Text über eine Wohnung schreiben. Adjektiv mit sein (+sehr/zu), in mit Akk., Wechselpräpositionen mit Dativ.

 

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:7
Alles Arbeit?
 

einen Tagesablauf beschreiben, über Vergangenes sprechen, Stelleanzeigen verstehen, Meinung über Jobs äußern, Blogs  über Jobs verstehen, ein Telefongespräch vorbereiten, telefonieren und nachfragen, über Jobs sprechen. Perfekt, Partizip II: regelmäßige und unregelmäßige Verben, Sätze verbinden: und, oder, aber.

 

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:7
Kleidung und Mode
 

über Kleidung sprechen, Chat über einen Einkauf verstehen, über Vergangenes berichten, Gespräche beim Kleiderkauf führen, sich im Kaufhaus orientieren, Informationen über Berlin verstehen und recherchieren. Welcher? Welches? Welche?, dieser, dieses, diese, Partizip II: trennbare und nicht trennbare Verben, Personalpronomen im Dativ, Verben mit Dativ.

 

Text Books And Reference Books:

Netzwerk neu Deutsch als Fremdsprache A1 Textbook, workbook, glossar and 2cd ‘s by Stefanie dengler, Paul rusch, Helenschmitz, Tanja sieber, klett -Langenscheidt publishers

 

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

1.     Studio d A1 set of three books and CD by Herr Mann Funk, Cornelsen publishers

2.     Deutsch Sprachlehre für Ausländer and Glossar Deutsch-English by Heinz Griesbach-Dora Schulz, Max Hueber publishers

3.     Deutsch für den Beruf text book by adelheid h, Max Hueber publishers

4.     Deutsch für den Beruf work book by adelheid h, Max Hueber publishers

5.     Grammatik intensiv trainer A1 Deutsch – Langenscheidt by Mark lester, larry beason, langenscheid publishers

6.     Fit für Goethe Zetifikat A1 start Deutsch 1 by Johaness Gerbes, Frau ke van der Werff, Hueber publishers

7.     Learn german through games and activities level1 Deutsch als Fremdsprache/Kursbuch und Arbeitsbuch and CD by Sabine Emmerich & Federica Colombo, eli publishers

 

Evaluation Pattern

Evaluation Pattern

Assessment Pattern

CIA (Weight)

ESE (Weight)

CIA 1 – Assignments / Creative Projects

10%

 

CIA 2 –Mid Sem Exam

25%

 

CIA 3 – Viva

10%

 

Attendance

05%

 

End Sem Exam

 

50%

Total

50%

50%

HIN282-2 - HINDI (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:30
No of Lecture Hours/Week:2
Max Marks:50
Credits:02

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

The text book “Samakaleen KahaniSanchay” is a story collection edited by Dr.Sebastian K A & Dr. Deepak Kumar Gond, published by Rajpal and sons. New Delhi.  In this semester, film studies have been offered. To emphasize on Functional Hindi, social media writing and advertisement creation also are included in the syllabus.

The primary objective of offering Hindi as a language at undergraduate level is to enable the students to know about the richness of the language and its literary traditions.  Hindi, as our national language plays an important role in developing national integrity, sense of pride and fundamental unity.

Course Outcome

CO1: Improve the writing skill in literary Hindi by doing assignments and CIAs.

CO2: Improve the analytical skills through critical analysis of the short stories.

CO3: Understand the thematic and technical aspects of Hindi movies through the visual text.

CO4: Able to contribute to the field of advertisement and social media writing.

CO5: Improve the basic research skills while doing the CIAs.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:15
Samakaleen Kahani Sanchay
 

The text book “Samakaleen KahaniSanchay” is a story collection edited by Dr.Sebastian K A & Dr. Deepak Kumar Gond, published by Rajpal and sons. New Delhi.

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:5
Film studies
 

Film Appreciation                 

1.Chhichhore

2.Newton 

3. Neerja

4.Three idiots                                                                                                                                                                                 
Unit-3
Teaching Hours:5
Advertisement
 

Advertisement creation  is introdueced under skill development

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:5
Social Media Writing
 

Written posts, Blogs, Testimonials and Reviews, Announcements, Images, Videos,  

Text Books And Reference Books:

                                                                                                 Essential Reading

Story Collection                                                         ‘’Samakaleen Kahani Sanchay

                                                             Edited by: Dr.Sebastian K A & Dr. Deepak Kumar Gond 

    Pub.by                                                        Rajpal and Sons, Kashmiri Gate, New Delhi-6.

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

1.     Vanijya Hindi                                      By: A.V.Narti

2.     Creative writing                                  By: John Singleton

3.     Adhunik Hindi Nibandh                    By: BhuvaneshwarichandranSaksena.

4.     Cambridge introduction to                 By: Morley, Davi

Evaluation Pattern

Mid-Semester Examination

II Semester –B. Com

Course Code-HIN282-2

Paper II – Hindi

Max. Time: 2 Hrs                                                                    Max. Marks: 50

Section

Subject Title

Types of Questions

Choice

Marks

 

A

Short Stories

3 short essay type questions

3 out of 4

 

3x10=30

B

Film appreciation

1 short essay

1 out of 2

1x10=10

C

Advertisement creation

Content Creation

1 question

1x10=10

 

End-Semester Examination

II Semester –B. Com

Course Code-HIN282-2

Paper II – Hindi

 

Max. Time: 2 Hrs                                                                                Max. Marks: 50

Section

Subject Title

Types of Questions

Choice

Marks

 

A

Short Stories

3 short essay type questions

3 out of 4

 

3x10=30

B

Film appreciation

1 short essay

1 out of 2

1x10=10

C

Social media writing

1 article creation

1 out of 2

1x10=10

 

KAN282-2 - KANNADA (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:30
No of Lecture Hours/Week:2
Max Marks:50
Credits:2

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

The course is taught for the second  semester for B.com.  students. The  selected poems from various modern poets and other forms of literature like, translated Short story,  Essays and business correspondence will help students to understand the styles, structures and the language used in their writings . The syllabus will extend the concerns of environment, Industry,   translated writings, spiritual writings and business correspondence  etc. The Syllabus is well structured with local, national and global needs of the students, imbibes human values, gender equality, proffessional ethics  and other  skills.

 

Course Outcome

CO1: Expose learners to the Modern Kannada Poetry

CO2: To expose learners to the contemporary genres of the literature

CO3: Able to develop their critical and analytical thinking

CO4: Enable them in creative writings and build confidence in writing skills

CO5: Able to make business correspondences in Kannada

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:10
Modern Poems
 

             1. Giduga Mattu Erehula -S G Siddaramaiah

             2.  Pentaiahna Angi- K V Tirumalesh

             3.  Ole- Kavitha Rai,

             4.  Kannada Padgol – G P  Rajaratnam

 

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:15
Selected Lessons
 

1.      Bandabvaala Kondu Maaruva Bhaasha Maadhyama- Vasu Malali

2.      Kannada Nanna Mechhina Paata- Sara Abhubakkar

3.      Avashyakathe Mattu Bayake- Osho

4.      Ondu Chitra- Amaresha Nugadoni

5.      Pardhaa mattu Polygamy : A translated story - Ikbalunnisa Husen

 

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:5
Language Skills
 

1.      Business Terminology

2.      Advertisement Making   

                                                       

Text Books And Reference Books:

1.      Samakaaleena Kannada Kavite -Eds. G.S.Shivarudrappa & Chi. Srinivasaraju

2.      Odala Benki Aaradirali-Vasu Malali , Kallu balli Barahagalu.

3.      Chandragiriya Teeradalli – Sara Abubakkar

 

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

1.      Vaignanika Manodharma-G T  Narayana Rao.

2.      Hosa Shatamanakke Hosa Paribhashegalu – Ed. Vinaylal Mattu Aashish Nandi

 

Evaluation Pattern

The evaluation and assessment will be based on Continuous Internal Assessments and an End Semester Examination.

CIA 1 –  Documentary making in Kannada– Assignment

CIA 2 – Mid-semester Examination

CIA 3 – Advertisement Creation in Kannada Language– Assignment

The end semester examination will have 50% weight.

The final grade will be weighed average of ESE and CIAs.

LAW142 - RIGHT TO INFORMATION (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

There is no gainsaying the fact that knowledge is the paramount source of empowerment and empowerment enriches democracy. The attributes of democracy, viz. the government- of, by and for the people, can be realized successfully if the people are well informed and participate in decision making.

To achieve this goal, the Parliament has enacted the Right to Information Act, 2005, and the same has conferred, the most invaluable right to be informed, on the people. Hailed widely as a vaccine against corruption and a multi-vitamin for nourishment of democracy, law relating to Right to Information has become an indispensable weapon for the citizens.

Course Outcome

CO1: To comprehensively understand the legal framework regarding the Right to Information in India.

CO2: To contextualise Right to Information in the broader realm of public law along with allied concepts such as open governance, rule of law, accountability, transparency etc.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:9
Introduction
 

Historical background; Shift in attitudes- secrecy, privilege, open government; Citizens’ right to know; Campaign for freedom of information; Constitutional Provisions; Technological revolution – Information technology

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:9
Legal Framework
 

Right to information Act. 2005  –  Overview – Objectives and reasons – Scope of the Act and Overall Scheme of the Act – What concerned citizens will want to know – Definitions

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:9
OBLIGATIONS OF PUBLIC AUTHORITIES
 

Right to information; Obligations of public authorities; Public information officers; Request for information; Disposal of request

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:9
RIGHT TO INFORMATION ? EXEMPTIONS
 

Grounds for rejection to access in certain cases; Severability; Third party information; Statutory exemptions

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:9
INFORMATION COMMISSIONS
 

Constitution of Central Information Commission; State information commission; Powers and functions of commission; Appeal and Penalties; Freedom of information in commercial disputes; Right to Privacy v Right to information

Text Books And Reference Books:
  1. Sudhir NaibThe Right to Information Act 2005: A Handbook (1st edition ed. 2011).
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
  1. N. V. Paranjape, Right To Information Law In India (First Edition ed. 2014).
Evaluation Pattern

As per University norms

LAW144 - ENVIRONMENTAL LAW (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

The present decline in environmental quality calls for a stricter enforcement of laws relating to protection of environment. The objective of this course is to give an insight into various legislations that has been enacted in our country for protection of environment and also to create awareness among the citizens of the country about the duties cast on them under various legislations in relation to protection of environment.

 

Course Objectives:

  • To impart an in-depth knowledge of environmental legislations to students from diverse backgrounds.
  • To interpret, analyse and make a critique of the legislations and Case laws relating to environment
  • To provide a brief understanding of various developments that has taken place at international level to check various environmental harms.

Course Outcome

CO1: learn about environmental law

C02: make students environmentally conscious

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:5
INTRODUCTION
 

INTRODUCTION

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:5
INDIAN CONSTITUTION AND ENVIRONMENT
 

INDIAN CONSTITUTION AND ENVIRONMENT

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:5
JUDICIAL REMEDIES AND PROCEDURES AVAILABLE FOR ABATEMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTION
 

JUDICIAL REMEDIES AND PROCEDURES AVAILABLE FOR ABATEMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTION

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:5
ENVIRONMENT (PROTECTION) ACT, 1986
 

ENVIRONMENT (PROTECTION) ACT, 1986

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:5
ENVIRONMENT (PROTECTION) ACT, 1986
 

ENVIRONMENT (PROTECTION) ACT, 1986

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:5
WATER (PREVENTION AND CONTROL OF POLLUTION) ACT 1974
 

WATER (PREVENTION AND CONTROL OF POLLUTION) ACT 1974

Unit-7
Teaching Hours:5
FORESTS AND CONSERVATION LAWS
 

FORESTS AND CONSERVATION LAWS

Unit-8
Teaching Hours:5
WILD LIFE PROTECTION AND THE LAW
 

 WILD LIFE PROTECTION AND THE LAW

Unit-9
Teaching Hours:5
INTERNATIONAL DEVELOPMENTS FOR PROTECTION OF ENVIRONMENT
 

INTERNATIONAL DEVELOPMENTS FOR PROTECTION OF ENVIRONMENT

Text Books And Reference Books:

MC Mehta Enviromental Law Book

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

MC Mehta Enviromental Law Book

Evaluation Pattern

Class Discussion: 50 Marks

MCQ exam: 50 Marks

LAW146 - LAW AND PRACTICE OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:30
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:2

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description:

A clear understudying of the intellectual property system has, therefore, become a necessity for all those associated with creative and innovative endeavor from policy makers, business executives to educators as well as artists and inventors themselves. This course seeks to provide a foundation for students to understand the enormous potential and power of IP and regulatory framework in India. The major objectives of the course are to(i) To understand the niceties and complexities of the global intellectual property system and the challenges it poses to India in terms of compliance to global standards of IP protection (ii) To identify IP as an effective policy tool for national, economic, social and cultural development, especially through the use of limitations and exceptions to monopoly rights and (iii) To equip students with the knowledge of the procedural and substantive IP system in India. 

 

Course Objectives:

To identify the conventional and non-conventional forms of intellectual property rights and to understand the basic differences between them. 

To comprehend the theoretical underpinnings of intellectual property rights protection. 

To understand the international instruments related to intellectual property rights protection. 

To equip students with the knowledge of the procedural and substantive IP system in India. 

To identify the limitations and exceptions to these monopoly rights.

Course Outcome

CO1: Identify the different forms of intellectual property and describe the importance of protection of IP.

CO2: Understand the essential requirements of IP protection, duration, rights conferred and remedies provided.

CO3: Apply the principles of IP protection to legal problems correctly.

CO4: Analyze the issues related to infringement of IP.

CO5: Draft legal instruments pertaining to registration and transfer of IP.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:6
INTRODUCTION
 

Concept of Property, Nature and philosophy of Intellectual property, Evolution of IP law in India and implications of TRIPS, Types of IP

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:10
COPYRIGHT
 

Copyright basics, Neighboring rights and digital copyright,

Protection and remedies for infringement

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:10
PATENTS
 

Patents – evolution, Criteria for Patentability, rights of patentee and application for international patent under PCT

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:8
TRADEMARKS
 

Trademark, service mark, registration, renewal and enforcement, passing off, Geographical indications

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:6
TRADE SECRETS
 

Trade secrets, common law protection , TRIPS obligation

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:5
OTHER IPRS
 

Industrial designs, Plant varieties, rights of indigenous people, Biological diversity

Text Books And Reference Books:

Intellectual Property Rights: Text and Cases by Anil Kumar, Vandana

Year of Publication: 2019

Publisher: Pearson Education India

 

Cases and Materials on Intellectual Property by William Cornish, David Llewelyn, and Tanya Aplin

Year of Publication: 2019

Publisher: Sweet & Maxwell

 

Intellectual Property: Patents, Copyrights, Trademarks & Allied Rights by N.S. Gopalakrishnan

Year of Publication: 2019

Publisher: Eastern Book Company

 

Intellectual Property: Text and Essential Cases by Tanya Aplin, Jennifer Davis

Year of Publication: 2018

Publisher: Oxford University Press

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Global Intellectual Property Law by Graham Dutfield 

Year of Publication: 2021

Publisher: Edward Elgar Publishing

 

Intellectual Property Law: Text, Cases, and Materials by Tanya Aplin, Jennifer Davis, and Simon Kiddle

Year of Publication: 2020

Publisher: Oxford University Press

 

Intellectual Property: A Very Short Introduction by Siva Vaidhyanathan

Year of Publication: 2017

Publisher: Oxford University Press

 

Intellectual Property Rights and Innovation in the Fourth Industrial Revolution by Carlos M. Correa

Year of Publication: 2020

Publisher: Cambridge University Press

 

Intellectual Property Rights: Legal and Economic Challenges for Development by Mario Cimoli, Giovanni Dosi, and Keith E. Maskus

Year of Publication: 2014

Publisher: Oxford University Press

 

The Oxford Handbook of Intellectual Property Law by Rochelle C. Dreyfuss and Justine Pila

Year of Publication: 2020

Publisher: Oxford University Press

Evaluation Pattern

CIA I - 20% 

CIA II - Mid Semester Examination - 50% 

CIA III - 20%

LAW147 - CORPORATE LAW (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:50
Credits:2

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

The course covers various aspects of The Companies Act, 2013 relating to formation of companies, documentation of companies, types of capital, issue of shares, transfer and transmission of shares, management of company, statutory meetings and provisions relating to meetings, winding up of a company and other latest amendments of the Act. As a prerequisite, students should have basic knowledge about different organization structures and also the concept of a Company (Public and Private). 

 

Course Learning Objective: The objective of the course is to impart students the basic knowledge of the regulatory framework of companies with reference to various provisions of Companies Act 2013 there under including case laws.  

Course Outcome

CO1: Demonstrate comprehensive and understanding of those areas of the concept of the Companies (Private and Public) and its inherent characteristics that makes it different from other forms of organizations.

CO2: Discuss the various legal and regulatory rules about the genesis of a company, shareholders, directors, documents etc.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:15
Unit 1: Introduction
 

Company and its Characteristics; types of companies including one-person company, small company and dormant company; association not for profit; illegal association and Limited Liability Partnership (LLP); formation of company and LLP, on-line filing of documents, promoters, their legal position, pre-incorporation contract; on-line registration of a company; Administration of Company Law [including National Company Law Tribunal (NCLT), National Company Law Appellate Tribunal (NCLAT), Special Courts]. 

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:10
Unit 2: Documents
 

Memorandum of association and its contents; Articles of association and its contents; prospectus and its types; Misstatement in prospectus; Types of issue of shares for Public and Private companies, allotment and forfeiture of share, Transfer and Transmission of shares; Member and their rights; Doctrine of constructive notice and indoor management. 

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:10
Unit 3: Management
 

Management: Director and its Classification including Women directors, Independent director, Small shareholder’s director; Disqualifications, Director Identification Number (DIN); Their appointment; Legal positions, powers and duties; removal of directors; Key Managerial Personnel. Meetings: Meetings of shareholders and board; Types of meeting, convening and conduct of meetings, Quorum, Agenda, proxy forms, Minutes book and Voting Methods including postal ballot, Circular Resolution, e-voting; Committees of Board of Directors - Audit Committee, Nomination and Remuneration Committee, Stakeholders Relationship Committee, Corporate Social Responsibility Committee, Grievance Redressal Committee. 

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:10
Unit 4: Winding Up
 

Insider Trading, Whistle Blowing: Insider Trading; meaning & legal provisions; Whistle blowing: Concept and Mechanism- Insolvency code. 

Text Books And Reference Books:

Kapoor, N.D. (2012). Company Law & Secretarial Practice (13th ed.). New Delhi: Sultan Chand & Sons 

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

1. Company Law Study Material – Institute of Company Secretaries of India 2. MC Kuchhal.(2013) Modern Indian Company Law. Delhi:ShriMahavir Book Depot (Publishers) 3. GK Kapoor and Sanjay Dhamija. (2014) Company Law. Delhi. Bharat Law House 4. Anil Kumar. (2013) CorporateLaw.Delhi: Indian Book House 5. ReenaChadha and SumantChadha (2014).CorporateLaws.Delhi: Scholar Tech Press 6. Avtar Singh.(2014) Introduction to Company Law.Eastern Book Company 

Evaluation Pattern

CIA I: 20 Marks

CIA II: 20 Marks

CIA III: 50 Marks

Attendance: 10 Marks

LAW148 - LEGAL DIMENSIONS OF MARKETING (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:30
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:2

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

 

21st century is certainly an age of advertisements and consequent consumerism. Advertisements have occupied a large chunk of the daily lives of people, and are considered to be the major crowd-pullers for any marketing manager. Virtually, everything under the sky-- from pin to parenthood-- is within the grip of a marketing technique namely advertisements. However, with this shift in marketing strategy, complications in industry have also raised manifold. Many a time, the seemingly simple situations land up in legal disputes of vast ramifications. Hence, this Course is designed to address the various legal aspects that may arise out of marketing strategies pursued by managers. Issues pertaining to contracts, product liability, competition practices are dealt with, and legal aspects of marketing of various products and services are discussed.

Course Objective of this course are –

1.    To give an understanding on the concept of Marketing vis-à-vis constitutional law

2.To explain requirement of contract law in marketing

3.To give an overview of law relating to protection Consumer and product liability

4.To familiarize students with law relating competition in marketing

 

5.    To acquaint students with various laws for the prohibition and regulation of advertisement of products and services

Course Outcome

CO1: Explain general concept of marketing and also constitutional foundation of the same

CO2 : Describe existing contractual requirements in marketing

CO3: Assess the nature of law relating to consumer and product liability

CO4: Evaluate the concerns of competition law relating to marketing

CO5: Analyze the laws which permits advertisements of certain products and services

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:3
Unit 1
 

Introduction

 

Marketing's brush with law; expanding role of marketing managers; Freedom to advertise – Constitutional framework

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:3
Unit 2
 

Contracts

 

 Fundamental Principles of Contract – Offer, acceptance, Consideration, Free Consent, Capacity of the parties. Specific Contracts - Dealership agreements; Principal and agency relationship; Legal requirements

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:3
Unit 3
 

 

Consumer and Product Liability

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:3
Unit 4
 

Legal Aspects of Competition

 

Introduction; Anti-competitive agreements; Abuse of dominant position under Competition Law

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:3
Unit 5
 

Other marketing Issues

 

Role of ASCI, Products and services banned from advertisements, Regulation of advertisement of Professions

Text Books And Reference Books:

PRINCIPLESOF MARKETING, by Kotler, Philip

 

Indian Constitutional Law by J.N.Pandey

Facets of Media Law by Madhavi Goradia Diwan

Indian Contract act by Avtar Sing

 

Consumer Protection Act, by Avtar Sing

Competition law in India: Policy, Issue and development

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Competition law in India: Policy, Issue and development

Evaluation Pattern
Evaluation Pattern
 

Assessment outline

CIA I- MCQ Quiz

CIA II: Research Paper

CIA III: Final Examination

100 Marks

25 Marks

25 Marks

50 Marks

LAW150C - CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY AND HUMAN RIGHTS (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Corporate Social Responsibility or CSR, as it is popularly referred to, is a combination of ethical, philanthropic, legal and economic responsibilities of a corporate organization towards the social transformation by addressing the social issues in collaboration with Government and NGOs. The corporate entities are more into profit making business and in this race, they often forget that their activities are causing harm to and not protecting the environment as well as human rights of the people.

This course, thus, has been specifically designed for the non-law people. It aims to address the linkages between the corporate and the human rights in the form of CSR. It critically analyses one significant question – whether the issues of human rights should be addressed by the corporate sector mandatorily or voluntarily, in different social contexts? The strengths and weaknesses of the CSR initiatives in India and other countries are analysed. Also, the international commitments, with special reference to the role of United Nations are seen.  

Course Outcome

CO1: The students will be able to understand the meaning and origin of Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) and human rights and establish the linkage between the two.

CO2: The students will be able to understand the legal regime of CSR in India and its impact on protection of human rights.

CO3: The students will be able to analyze the CSR initiatives in India and the International commitments thereof, with special reference to the role played by the UN.

CO4: The students will be able to evaluate the strengths and weaknesses of the CSR initiatives in terms of promotion of Human rights, in India as well as globally.

CO5: The students will be able to suggest the various ways and methods to eliminate the lacunas or at least improve the CSR initiatives for better protection of human rights in India and globally as well.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:9
INTRODUCTION
 

Meaning and origin of CSR; Meaning of human rights; Linkage between human rights and CSR

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:9
INDIA AND OTHER COUNTRIES
 

CSR by companies in India affecting human rights; CSR and the provisions of the Companies Bill, 2012; CSR by companies in other countries affecting human rights

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:9
INTERNATIONAL LEGAL REGIME
 

United Nations commitments on CSR relating to human rights; other international commitments on CSR affecting human rights

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:9
CONTEMPORARY POSITION
 

Strengths and weakness of CSR in terms of promotion of human rights in India as well as globally

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:9
RECOMMENDATIONS
 

Suggestions to improve upon the weaknesses of the CSR for the protection of human rights

Text Books And Reference Books:

1.     Corporate Social Responsibility: Doing the Most Good for Your Company and Your Cause by Philip Kotler and Nancy Lee

2.     Who’s Responsible for Corporate Social Responsibility? By Christine Bader 

3.     Making Sustainability Work: Best Practices in Managing and Measuring Corporate Social, Environmental and Economic Impacts by Marc J. Epstein and Adriana Rejc Buhovac

4.     Social-Impact Efforts That Create Real Value by George Serafeim

5.     Corporate Social and Human Rights Responsibilities- Global, Legal and Management Perspectives by Karin BuhmannLynn Roseberry and Mette Morsing

6.     Corporate Social Responsibility in India by Sanjay Kr. Agarwal

7.     Human Rights and Indian CSR Laws by Dr. Commander Bhushan Dewan

8.     Universal Declaration of Human Rights, 1948

9.     Constitution of India, 1950

10.  Companies Act (Including all recent amendments)

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

1.     Corporate Social Responsibility: Doing the Most Good for Your Company and Your Cause by Philip Kotler and Nancy Lee

2.     Who’s Responsible for Corporate Social Responsibility? By Christine Bader

3.     Making Sustainability Work: Best Practices in Managing and Measuring Corporate Social, Environmental and Economic Impacts by Marc J. Epstein and Adriana Rejc Buhovac

4.     Social-Impact Efforts That Create Real Value by George Serafeim

5.     Corporate Social and Human Rights Responsibilities- Global, Legal and Management Perspectives by Karin BuhmannLynn Roseberry and Mette Morsing

6.     Corporate Social Responsibility in India by Sanjay Kr. Agarwal

7.     Human Rights and Indian CSR Laws by Dr. Commander Bhushan Dewan

8.     Universal Declaration of Human Rights, 1948

9.     Constitution of India, 1950

10.  Companies Act (Including all recent amendments)

Evaluation Pattern

CIA I - 25%

CIA II - 25%

CIA III -50%

MAT141 - MATHEMATICS FOR MANAGERIAL DECISIONS (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:50
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

This course is designed to familiarise learners with the mathematics principles behind effective decision making and train them in the use of mathematical models to model the real world/practical problem and solve those problems.

This course will help the learner to gain a familiarity with

COBJ1: Mathematical foundations of decision making.

COBJ2: Theoretical background of queuing systems.

COBJ3: Mathematical background of different types of inventory systems

Course Outcome

CO1: Understand and apply mathematical foundations in decision making.

CO2: Apply and extend queuing models to analyse real world systems.

CO3: Make optimal decisions for the improvement of the inventory systems.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:15
Decision Theory
 

Decision models - decision making under certainty - decision making under uncertainty - decision making under risk - decision trees.

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:15
Queuing Theory
 

Queuing models - Elements of queuing model - pure birth and death models - queuing decision models

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:15
Inventory Control
 

Inventory models - Classical EOQ models - dynamic EOQ models - probabilistic models: continuous review models - single period models - multi period models.

Text Books And Reference Books:

H. D. Taha, "Operations research: An introduction", Pearson Education, 2017.

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

1. P. K. Gupta, D. S. Hira, "Operations research", S. Chand & Co., 2014.

2. M. W. Carter, C. C. Price, G. Rabadi, "Operations research: A practical approach", CRC Press, 2019.

3. S. M. Ross, "Introduction to operations research", McGraw Hill, 2001. 

Evaluation Pattern

CIA I - 20 Marks

CIA II - 20 Marks

CIA III - 50 Marks

Attendance - 10 Marks

It will be converted to 45(CIA)+5(Attendance) = 50

MAT142 - APPLIED ARITHMETICS (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

COURSE DESCRIPTION: The quantitative aptitude occupies a very important place in any business school entrance examination. This course aims at imparting the knowledge required to apply arithmetic skills with a specific focus on solving mathematics problems for competitive examination and provides a well-knitted path to success. This knowledge acquisition will help the students to overcome the hurdles of competitive examinations like CAT, MAT, XAT, JMET, GMAT, SWAT, etc.

COURSE OBJECTIVES: This course will help the learner to

 COBJ 1:Critically evaluate various real life situations by resorting to analysis of key issues and factors.

COBJ 2: Demonstrate various principles/skills involved in solving mathematical problems and thereby reducing the time taken for performing job functions.

Course Outcome

CO1: Work with fractions and decimals

CO2: Perform arithmetic operations with percentage

CO3: Solve problems involving ratio and proportion and related problems

CO4: Skillfully evaluate and identify the solutions to problems under commercial arithmetic

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:15
Percentage, Averages and Progressions
 

Level of Knowledge-Focus: Basic and analytical

HCF and LCM: Factors – Multiples – HCF – LCM – Product of two numbers – Difference between HCF and LCM.

Fraction: Fractional part of a number – To find the fraction related to Balance amount,

Percentage: Expressing a given quantity as a Percentage of Another given quantity – Converting a percentage into decimal – converting a decimal into a percentage – Effect of percentage change on any quantity – Rate change and change in quantity available for fixed expenditure,

Average: Average of different groups – Addition or removal of items and change in average – replacement of some of the items.

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:15
Ratios and Proportions
 

Level of Knowledge-Focus: Basic and analytical

Ratio and Proportions: Properties of Ratio – Dividing a given number in the given ratio – comparison of ratios – useful results on proportion – continued proportion – relation among the quantities more than two – direct proportion and indirect proportion,

Time and work: Basic concepts – examples,

Pipes and Cistern: Basic concepts – examples,

Time and Distance: Definition – Average speed – distance covered is the same, different – stoppage time per hour for a train – time taken with two different modes of transport

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:15
Commercial Arithmetic
 

Level of Knowledge-Focus: Basic and analytical

Simple interest: Definition – Effect of change of P, R and T on simple interest – amount – amount becomes N times the principal – Repayment of debt in equal installments – Rate and Time are numerically equal.

Compound Interest: Basic Formula - conversion period – to find the principal/time/rate – difference between compound interest and simple interest – equal annual installments to pay the debt amount – growth – depreciation.

Text Books And Reference Books:
  1.  A. Guha, Quantitative Aptitude for competitive examinations, 4th ed., New Delhi, India: Tata Mc-Graw Hill, 2010
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
  1. K. Dinesh, Quantitative Aptitude, 3rd ed., New Delhi: Pearson Education India, 2008.

     

  2. M. Muneer, How to prepare for CAT.: 3rd ed., New Delhi, India: Tata Mc Graw Hill Education, 2007. 
Evaluation Pattern

This course is completely depending upon the CIAs, which will be evaluated through

assignments and tests/examinations. The component-wise evaluation pattern is given below

 

Component Mode of Assessment Parameters Points
CIA I Test and written
assignment
Basic, conceptual, and
analytical knowledge
of the subject
10
CIA II Test and written
assignment
Applications of core
concepts and
Problem solving skills
10
CIA III Comprehensive
Examination
Comprehensive knowledge
of the subject and
Problem solving skills.
25
Attendance Attendance Regularity and Punctuality 5

 

MAT143 - MATHEMATICS FOR ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

 

Course description: This course aims as an add-on course for the students in reaching a level of increased competence in economics and business. It is designed for students who have a basic mathematical background. Emphasis is placed upon learning mathematical concepts through common economics and business problems. Topics included are Functions of one variable, Calculus and its application in economics, Limits, Maxima and minima etc.

Course objectives: This course will help the learner to

COBJ 1: Intended to increase the use of mathematical methods in Economics and Business.

COBJ 2: To get working knowledge on limits, concavity convexity and points of inflection.

COBJ 3: Learn Differentiation, Partial differentiation and its basic applications in Economics and Business.

COBJ 4: Study the concepts of increasing and decreasing functions, maxima and minima, and find its applications through functions familiar in Economics and Business.

 

Course Outcome

CO1: Demonstrate working knowledge on limits, concavity convexity and points of inflection and its uses in Economics and Business.

CO2: Use Differentiation and Partial differentiation in Economics and Business.

CO3: Study the concepts of increasing and decreasing functions, maxima and minima, and find its applications through functions familiar in Economics and Business.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:15
Introduction to Functions of one variable
 

Set Theory, Set Operations, Venn Diagrams, Functions of One real variables,  The Domain and Range, Graphs, Graphs of Equations in two variables, Distance formula, circles,  Shifting Graphs,  Finding slopes, Linear Models, The consumption function,  Graphical Solutions of Linear Equations, Polynomials, powers and exponentials, Power and rational functions, Graph of power function, Compound interest.

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:15
Calculus and its Applications
 

Meaning of derivatives, rules of differentiation, standard results.  Rate of change and their Economic Significance, Limits, Maxima and Minima, concavity, convexity and points of inflection, elasticity of demand, Price elasticity of demand.

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:15
Integration and functions of two or more variables
 

Meaning, rules of integration, standard results, Integration by parts, definite integration,  Integration by substitution,  Marginal cost, marginal revenue, Consumer’s surplus, producer’s surplus, consumer’s surplus under pure competition, consumer’s surplus under monopoly. 

Text Books And Reference Books:

1. K. Sydsaeter, Peter J. Hammond: Mathematics for Economic Analysis, Pearson, 1995.

2. T. Yamane, Mathematics for Economists, An Elementary Survey, PHI, New Delhi.

 

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

1. V. K. Kapoor, Problems and solutions in Business Mathematics, Sulthan Chand & Sons, Educational Publishers, New Delhi.

2. A. C. Chiang and K. Wainwright, Fundamental Methods of Mathematical Economics, 4th Edition, McGraw-Hill, New York, 2005.

3. M. George, Thomaskutty, A Text Book of Mathematical Economics, Discovery Publishers, New Delhi.

4. E. Don and J. J. Lerner, Schaum’s outlines of Basic Business Mathematics, 2nd ed., McGraw-Hill, 2010. 

Evaluation Pattern

This course is completely depending upon the CIAs, which will be evaluated through

assignments and tests/examinations. The component-wise evaluation pattern is given below

Component Mode of Assessment Parameters Points
CIA I Test and written
assignment
Basic, conceptual, and
analytical knowledge
of the subject
10
CIA II Test and written
assignment
Applications of core
concepts and
Problem solving skills
10
CIA III Comprehensive
Examination
Comprehensive knowledge
of the subject and
Problem solving skills.
25
Attendance Attendance Regularity and Punctuality 5

MED147 - MIDDLE CINEMA IN INDIA (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Description: Middle cinema is a specific film formation which refers to severe commercial films that capture the experiences of Indian society in transition and the attendant anguish of such change. It includes narrations about women, youth, the city and Muslims, to name a few. The idea is to watch and analyse the films that fall into the category of middle cinema to understand the issue presented and the way it is dealt with by the filmmaker. The purpose is not to pass judgements about the films or their intentions but to see how representations impact our perceptions of reality.

Course Objectives:

 

  1. To watch and appreciate the films that fall under the category of middle cinema

  2. To understand the varied depiction of our society in these films

  3. To critically evaluate the purpose and impact of middle cinema

Course Outcome

CO1: Able to appreciate the films that fall under the middle cinema category

CO2: Able to understand the varied representations of India through middle cinema

CO3: Able to critically evaluate the value of middle cinema and its influence on viewers

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:15
Realism and Neo-realism in Cinema
 

Cinema and its purpose and influence

French wave and Italian neo-realism

Indian cinema

Indian neo-realism

Pioneers- Satyajit Ray, Mrinal Sen and Ritwik Ghatak

Maters of middle cinema- Shyam Benegal, Adoor Gopalakrishnan, Girish Kasarvalli, Syed Akhtar Mirza and Sai Paranjape

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:15
Parallel cinema movement in India
 

Middle cinema or Parallel cinema movement in India

Film society movement

Government initiate- FCI, FTII, Film Division, Doordarshan

Before 1991 and after

Contemporary Indian parallel cinema

Independent film makers (Indi films)- Nagesh Kuknoor, Govind Nihalani, Dijo Jose Antony, Johnpaul George, etc.

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:15
Parallel Cinema in Indian Languages
 

Watching the following films:

1. Salim Langde pe mat roh

2. Alif

3. A death in Gunj

4. Samsara

5. Trikal

6. Hyderabad Blues

Discuss the film maker's method and technique of depicting Indian society- issues, groups and individuals

Whether they succeeded in their endevours

What is the future of middle cinema in India

Text Books And Reference Books:

Sachdeva, Vivek. (2020). Shyam Benegal's India- Alternative Images. Routledge, London.

Bhaskaran, Gautaman. (2017). Adoor Gopalakrishnan- A Life in Cinema. Penguin Random House, India.

 

Ray, Sandip. (2022). Satyajit Ray Miscellany- Life, Cinema, People & Much More. Penguin Random House, India.

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Reading materials:

1. History of Indian cinema- DAV University study material

2. Dwyer, Rachel. (2014). Bollywood's India: Hindi Cinema as a Guide to Contemporary India. Reaktion Books, India.

 

Evaluation Pattern

Assignment 1: MCQ on Indian cinema-  On January 25, 2024- 20 marks 

Assignment 2: Blog posts on Indian middle cinema- atleast 4 posts before 1 March 2024- 20 marks

Assignment 3: Research paper on any one film maker and his/her way of representing Indian society through middle cinema- 50 marks

MED148 - LANGUAGE OF CINEMA: A VISUAL APPROACH (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:45
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

As an art form, cinema possesses a language all its own—a language that transcends cultural boundaries and speaks to the universal human experience. From the evocative power of lighting to the rhythm of editing, every decision made by filmmakers contributes to the creation of meaning and emotion. Throughout this course, we will examine iconic films, analyze groundbreaking techniques, and decode the symbolism that enriches cinematic narratives.

Whether you are an aspiring filmmaker, a film enthusiast, or someone eager to gain a deeper understanding of the stories unfolding on the silver screen, "The Language of Cinema" is designed to equip you with the tools to appreciate and critically engage with the diverse and dynamic world of filmmaking.

Course Outcome

CO1: Develop a comprehensive understanding of visual language and enhance visual literary

CO2: Understand how filmmakers employ visual elements along with non-visual elements

CO3: Sense the importance of cinematography and editing in visual narration

CO4: Develop critical thinking skills in deconstructing a films

CO5: Apply cinematic aesthetics in diverse creative expressions

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:15
Deconstructing visual language
 

Invention of camera, video camera, Narrative development and technological shifts;

Composition Techniques-Application of diverse compositions in narration

Camera experiments-Russian montage, Mainstream Hollywood practice, Mainstream Indian practice, Diverse and Melodramatic, Dogma 95; Movements, Appeal of reality visual construction in Indian parallel films.

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:15
Cinematic experiments
 

Varying focal-length, focus, aspect ratio, Lens, 

Shooting styles: Found footage, Single shot films, Film’s speed, PoV vs Subjective, Documentary style (Cinema Verite), Aerial view, Virtual reality, camera for green screen.

Visual construction in Television, social media and web-series.

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:15
Visual Politics-Inclusion and exclusion
 

Framing, Framing techniques, Lighting technique, Camera script vs Shooting script, Front and backdrop for a visual,

Reconstruction of Male gaze, portrayal of vulnerable, weaker and stronger characteristics, Replacing talent, camera for graphics.

Text Books And Reference Books:

5 C’s of Cinematography, Joseph V. Mascelli, Silman-James Press

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

·         Cinematography: Theory and Practice: Image Making for Cinematographers and Directors by Blain Brown, Taylor and Francis

·         Film Lighting Talks with Hollywood's Cinematographers and Gaffers by Kris Malkiewicz, Touchstone

·        The Filmmaker's Handbook: A Comprehensive Guide for the Digital Age, Steven Ascher, Edward Pincus, Plume.

Evaluation Pattern

Written exam and submission 

MED149 - INTRODUCTION TO SEMIOTICS (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:45
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description:

The Department of Media Studies offers this course to introduce students from different disciplinary backgrounds to the world of signs, symbols, and icons. Besides, this course also aims to familiarise the students with the basic concepts and theories of visual culture. The visual in the forms of photographs, advertisements, and films shape our everyday experiences, so it becomes necessary to understand how these visuals could be deconstructed to identify literal, connotative, subjective, and metaphorical meanings. Further, this course will also explore the relationships among visual culture, digital media, and power. It will explore the analysis of specific visual texts and will reflect on understanding the larger cultural meanings assigned to the visual. The learning objectives are for students to develop the skills necessary to perform such critical analysis of visual texts and show an overall understanding of how the visual operates.

Course Outcomes/Objectives:

By the end of the course the learner will be able to:

·   Understand the critical and theoretical concepts relating to visual culture.

·  Demonstrate the process of meaning generation in visual media.

·  Interpret the levels of meanings in any given visual text.

·  Recognize the role of photographs, advertisements and films in contemporary visual culture.

 

·  Apply the theories of visual culture to interpret visual media messages and understand their relation to power.


Course Outcome

CO1: Understand the critical and theoretical concepts relating to visual culture.

CO2: Demonstrate the process of meaning generation in visual media.

CO3: Interpret the levels of meanings in any given visual text.

CO4: Recognize the role of photographs, advertisements, and films in contemporary visual culture.

CO5: Apply the theories of visual culture to interpret visual media messages and understand their relation to power.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:15
Introduction to Visual Culture
 

Introduction to Visual Culture: Concept and Definition; Critical Representation of/in Visual Culture. Recent Trends in Visual Culture.

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:15
Semiotics: Semiology
 

Branches of Semiotics; Dyadic Model of Signs; Meaning & types of Signs. Meaning-Making Process: Seeing.

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:10
Study of selected visual texts
 

Levels of meanings: Denotational meaning, and Connotation meaning.

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:5
Gaze and Power
 

Meaning of gaze; Relation of gaze and power; Theory of Panopticism; Types of cinematic gazes, viz. male gaze, and feminist gaze.

Text Books And Reference Books:

1.     Chandler, D. (2007). Semiotics: The Basics. London: Routledge.

 

2.     Mirzoeff, N. (2012). The Visual Culture Reader (3rd ed.). London: Routledge.

 

3.     Seppaenen, J. (2006). The Power of the Gaze: An Introduction to Visual Literacy (New Literacies and Digital Epistemologies). NY: Peter Lang Publishing.

 

 

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

      Documentary: Ways of Seeing (Episode IEpisode IIEpisode IIIEpisode IV), available on YouTube.

      Documentary: Abstract: The Art of Design Platon: Photography

      Documentary: Abstract: The Art of Design Tinker Hatfield: Footwear Design

 

      Documentary: Abstract: The Art of Design Christoph Niemann: Illustration

Evaluation Pattern

Assessment Outline:

The course shall not have a regular CIA- MSE -ESE model. Instead, the student will be given a series of assignments spread across the semester, leading to a building up of a holistic understanding of visual culture and how different signs, symbols, and icons operate in our day-to-day world in creating larger societal realities and worldviews. The teaching facilitator will consider the level of intelligibility in the class and the learning needs of the students and decide what assignment to give regularly. 

 

Sample Assignments:

      Summarising the four episodes of ‘Ways of Seeing’ by John Berger, and critically reflecting on the aspect of how in our day-to-day life it is contextual and relevant.

      Analyze an advertisement and present it to the class.

      Analyze a photograph and present it to the class.

 

      Analyze scenes of a film and present them in the class.

PHY141A - INTRODUCTION TO ASTRONOMY AND ASTROPHYSICS (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

This course presents an introduction to basic concepts in astronomy and  astrophysics. The course is designed for non-science students with strong interest in astronomy,
physics and mathematics. The course details some of the primary physical concepts relevant to  astronomy and astrophysics and also lays the foundation for more advanced coursework in
astrophysics. More importantly, to appreciate the  realization that “We are all made of stardust”.

Course Outcome

CO1: Compare and contrast the various ?exotic objects? in the cosmos (Neutron Stars, Black Holes, etc.)

CO2: Differentiate between different stellar types, and describe their life cycles.

CO3: Compare and contrast the types of galaxies, their distribution and possible evolution.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:15
Solar system
 

Astronomical coordinate systems, Kepler’s Laws of planetary motion, Newton’s Law of
gravitation, Ancient astronomers, Solar system formation, Planets and associated moons, Comets
and asteroids; Meteoroids, Meteors, and Meteorites; Telescopes, Multi-wavelength astronomy,
Astronomy with space observatories.

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:15
Stars
 

Discussion of measurable physical quantities in astronomy, Distance measurement techniques,
Luminosity, Brightness of stars and relation between luminosity and brightness (flux),
Magnitude of a star, Filter system, Hertzsprung Russell diagram, Binary stars and measurements,
Spectral type of stars, Surface temperature of stars, Star Formation: Molecular clouds, Stellar
evolution- birth to death, White dwarfs, Neutron stars, and black holes.

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:15
Galaxies
 

The Milky Way galaxy, Structure of the Milky way, Motion of Stars in the Milky Way, Types of
galaxies: Hubble tuning fork diagram, Formation and evolution of galaxies, Quasars and active
galaxies, Hubble’s law and Expanding Universe, Gravitational waves, Dark Matter, Dark
Energy.

Text Books And Reference Books:

[1].Carroll, B. W., & Ostlie, D. A. (2007). An Introduction to Modern Astrophysics, 2nd Edn:
Pearson Addison-Wesley.
[2]. Pasachoff , J. M. (1998): Astronomy, from the Earth to the Universe: Saunders College
Publishing.
[3].  Kaler, J. B. (2016): From the Sun to the Stars: World Scientific

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

1. Zeilik & Gregory, S. A. (1998): Introductory Astronomy and Astrophysics, Saunders
College Publication.

2. Harwit, M. (1988): Astronomy Concepts: Springer-Verlag.

Evaluation Pattern

 Assessment outline:

 

  • CIA I will be a objective-type exam to evaluate the understanding of the students from topics in Units 1 and 2. This carries 10 marks and administered in the last week of January.

  • CIA-II will be based on presentations on specified topics. It carries 25 marks 

  • CIA III includes a written assignment on specified topics. It carries 10 marks and will be conducted during second week of February.

  • End Semester Examination will be the descriptive exam for 50 marks. The students will be given 120 minutes to complete the exam.

  • Assessment will be based on the knowledge, problem solving capability and their wider in-depth perspective about the subject and presentation skills

 

 

PHY141B - RENEWABLE ENERGY (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

The course Renewable energy deals with the importance of sustainable and environmentaaly friendly energy source. It gives a glimpse about various types of

reneawble enery and its importance. The course also highlight the recent develoments in the sustainable energy.

 

Course Outcome

CO1: Students will develop a comprehensive understanding of the significance of sustainable and environmentally friendly energy sources in addressing global energy needs.

CO2: Gain knowledge about various types of renewable energy sources, including solar, wind, hydro, and geothermal, and comprehend their respective technologies and applications.

CO3: Acquire a fundamental understanding of emerging energy research techniques.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:15
Solar Energy, Wind and Ocean Energy
 

Review of energy resources, solar energy estimation of intensity of terrestrial radiation, solar radiation on inclined plane surface, estimation of monthly average, daily total radiation and diffused radiation on horizontal surface, solar collectors. Origin of winds, Major applications of wind power, Wind turbine, Energy available in wind- power extraction- Wind turbine operation and power versus wind speed characteristics, Ocean Thermal Energy-OTEC.

 

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:15
Biomass and geo-thermal energy
 

Biomass resources-Biomass conversion Technologies. Urban waste to energy conversion. Biomass gasification. Biomass to Ethanol production. Biogas from waste Biomass. Biogas plants and operational parameters-Constant pressure and constant volume type Biogas plantsComparison. Origin and distribution of Geothermal energy. Types of Geothermal resources. Hydro-thermal resources-dry steam system-wet steam system Environmental aspects.

 

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:15
Fuel Cells
 

Fuel cell- Classification of fuel cells – Phosphoric acid Fuel cell(PAFC), Alkaline Fuel Cell(AFC) –Solid polymer Fuel cell(SPFC) Molten carbonate Fuel cell(MCFC) Solid oxide Fuel cell (SOFC)( Qualitative only) efficiency of a fuel cell Chemical polarization- resistance polarization- concentration polarization- Fuel cell power plant hydrogen energy- production- Batteries-storage conversion to energy sources and safety issues 

Text Books And Reference Books:

[1] B. H. Khan: Non-conventional energy resources, Tata Mc Graw-Hill, 2006.

 

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

[1] Rai G. D.: Non-conventional energy sources, Khanna Pub., 4 Edn, 2000.

[2] Rao S. and B. B. Parulekar: Energy Technology, Non-Conventional, Renewable and Conventional, Khanna Publications, 3 edn., 1999.

[3] Gupta B. R., Generation of electrical energy, Eurasia Publishing house, 1998.

Evaluation Pattern

Evaluation is based on CIA-I, CIA-2 and CIA-3.

Weightage of CIA-1 -20 marks

Weightage of CIA-2 -20 marks

Weightage of CIA-3 -50 marks

Weightage of attendance -10 marks

Total equivalent weightage- 100 marks

CIA 1 and CIA 2 will be based on multiple choice Question/Assignments/Written test.

CIA-3 will be through presentation/ written test.

POL141 - DEMOCRACY AND ETHICAL VALUES (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:30
No of Lecture Hours/Week:2
Max Marks:100
Credits:2

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

This course has been conceptualized to introduce and discuss the moral foundations of democracy in principle, and democratic institutions, in particular. The students are initiated to various types of moral discourses in political philosophy. Further, this course looks at the development of democracy, in the global as well as the national realm. Democracy as an ideal gets fructified in the form of a government, which in turn is based on the principles of justice, freedom, equality, and fraternity. Ethics acts as the premise on which a successful democracy rests.

Course Outcome

CO1: By the end of the course the learner should be able to: Demonstrate civic and political consciousness

CO2: To have a dedicated and empathetic band of students who would act as agents of change in society.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:10
DEMOCRACY AND ETHICS: AN INTRODUCTION
 
  1. Democracy
    1. Conceptual development of Democracy
    2. Principles of Democracy: Freedom, Equality and Fraternity
  2. Ethics
    1. Concept of Values, Morals and Ethics
  3. Democracy vis-a-vis Ethics
    1. Government by Consent
    2. Constitutional Government and Rule of Law
    3. Democracy and Human Rights
Unit-1
Teaching Hours:10
DEMOCRACY AND ETHICS: AN INTRODUCTION
 
  1. Democracy
    1. Conceptual development of Democracy
    2. Principles of Democracy: Freedom, Equality and Fraternity
  2. Ethics
    1. Concept of Values, Morals and Ethics
  3. Democracy vis-a-vis Ethics
    1. Government by Consent
    2. Constitutional Government and Rule of Law
    3. Democracy and Human Rights
Unit-2
Teaching Hours:10
PERSPECTIVES ON ETHICS
 
  1. Western Thought
    1. Duty Ethic
    2. Utilitarianism
  2. Indian Thought                                                                  

a.     Hindu Tradition: Dharma and Karma, Purusharthas

b.     Buddhist Tradition: Four Noble Truths and Eight-fold Path

c.     Indian syncretic traditions-Ashoka, Kabir and Akbar

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:10
PERSPECTIVES ON ETHICS
 
  1. Western Thought
    1. Duty Ethic
    2. Utilitarianism
  2. Indian Thought                                                                  

a.     Hindu Tradition: Dharma and Karma, Purusharthas

b.     Buddhist Tradition: Four Noble Truths and Eight-fold Path

c.     Indian syncretic traditions-Ashoka, Kabir and Akbar

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:10
CHALLENGES TO INDIAN DEMOCRACY
 
  1. Institutional
    1. Free and fair elections
    2. Ethical Code of Conduct for Politicians
    3. Character record of members of the legislature
    4. Ethical use of majority in parliament
    5. Avoidance of ‘floor crossing’ and defection
    6. Alliance of political parties to form brittle governments
    7. Independence of judiciary and media
    8. Safeguard national history and avoid distortion
    9. Political neutrality in educational institutions.
    10. Judicious allocation of central funds to states
    11. Freedom of Press
  2. Citizen Centric
    1. Free speech and Expression
    2. Right to dissent
    3. Preventive detention and Sedition 
Unit-3
Teaching Hours:10
CHALLENGES TO INDIAN DEMOCRACY
 
  1. Institutional
    1. Free and fair elections
    2. Ethical Code of Conduct for Politicians
    3. Character record of members of the legislature
    4. Ethical use of majority in parliament
    5. Avoidance of ‘floor crossing’ and defection
    6. Alliance of political parties to form brittle governments
    7. Independence of judiciary and media
    8. Safeguard national history and avoid distortion
    9. Political neutrality in educational institutions.
    10. Judicious allocation of central funds to states
    11. Freedom of Press
  2. Citizen Centric
    1. Free speech and Expression
    2. Right to dissent
    3. Preventive detention and Sedition 
Text Books And Reference Books:
  1. Christiano, Thomas, ed., Philosophy and Democracy, Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2002.
  2. Dewey, John, “Philosophy and Democracy” [1919] and “The Ethics of Democracy” [1888] in The Political Writings, ed. D. Morris, I. Shapiro, Indianapolis: Hackett, 1993.
  3. Finnis, John. Fundamentals of Ethics. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1983.
  4. Gandhi, M. K. An Autobiography or The Story of My Experiments with Truth. Ahmedabad: Navajivan Mudranalaya, 1927.
  5. Granville, Austin, The Indian Constitution: Cornerstone of a Nation. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 2000.
  6. Jain, Subhash, The Constitution of India: Select Issues and Perceptions. New Delhi: Taxmann, 2000.
  7. Walzer, Michael, “Philosophy and Democracy”, Political Theory, Vol.9, No.3, 1981, 379-399.
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

 

  1. Locke, John, Second Treatise on Civil Government, (1690), ed. C. B. MacPherson, Indianapolis, IN: Hackett, 1980.
  2. Kant, Immanuel. Foundations of the Metaphysics of Morals. trans. Lewis White Beck, Indianapolis: Bobbs-Merril, 1959.
  3. Kant, Immanuel, Critique of Practical Reason, trans. Lewis White Beck, Indianapolis: Bobbs-Merril, 1956.
  4. Machiavelli, The Prince [1513], ed. Q. Skinner, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press, 1988.
  5. Plato, The Republic, revised/trans. by Desmond Lee, Harmondsworth, UK: Penguin Books, 1974.
  6. Rawls, John, Political Liberalism, New York: Columbia University Press, 1996
  1. Sandel, Michael (ed.), Justice—A Reader, Oxford University Press, 2007.
  2. Singer, Peter, Democracy and Disobedience, Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1973.

 

Evaluation Pattern

CIA 1-25

CIA 2-25

CIA 3-50

POL143 - POLITICS AND SOCIETY OF INDIA SINCE INDEPENDENCE (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

This course introduces students to the trajectory of Indian politics and society after independence. Through exploration of certain key themes pertaining to the Indian state and society, it aims at equipping students with an ability to crucially examine political systems and processes, understand the institutional contexts, and analyse social cleavages and conflicts between communities in various parts of the country. Students will be exposed to biographies of important leaders and various perspectives on important social and political events. By the end of this course, they will develop a critical view to study and evaluate Indian society, democratic politics and the role of civil society.

Course Outcome

CO1: Familiarity with key themes in Indian politics and society after independence

CO2: Evaluate the institutional setting, political processes and important decisions taken by the government

CO3: Understand and assess cleavages and conflicts between various communities in India

CO4: Ability to critically understand the social and political changes undergoing in Indian society

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:7
India's Founding Moment
 

Partition and Refugees, Princely States, Constituent Assembly and Indian Constitution, Inheritance of Democracy

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:7
The Initial Years
 

Elections and universal adult franchise, Economic Planning, Land Reforms, Linguistic reorganisation of states

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:7
Political Parties and Processes
 

Party System, Political Parties, Mobilisation, Leadership, Panchayat Raj System

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:7
Social cleavages and contestations
 

Caste and politics, communalism, tribal tragedies, Naxal violence, social movements

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:7
Assessing Indian State
 

Study of Indian politics, trajectory of democracy, role of civil society

Text Books And Reference Books:

Chandra, B., Mukherjee, M., & Mukherjee, A. India After Independence

Guha, Ramachandra. India After Gandhi

Jayal, N., & Mehta, P (Eds). The Oxford Companion to Politics in India

Kohli, A., & Singh, P (Eds). Routledge Handbook of Indian Politics

 

Fiction (Students must read and review at least one of the following works):

Devi, M. Mother of 1084

Murugan, P. Rising Heat

Jospeh, S. Budhini

Roy, A. The God of Small Things

Singh, K. Train to Pakistan

Shukla, S. Raag Darbari

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Ahuja, A. Mobilizing the Marginalized: Ethnic Parties without Ethnic Movements

Jaffrelot, C. India’s Silent Revolution: The Rise of the Lower Castes in South India

Menon, N. Planning Democracy: Modern India’s Quest for Development

Nehru, J. The Discovery of India

Sen, R. House of the People: Parliament and the Making of Indian Democracy

Shani, O. How India Became Democratic: Citizenship and the making of the universal franchise

Sundar, N. The Burning Forest: India’s War in Bastar

Evaluation Pattern

CIA 1: 20 Marks

CIA 2: 20 Marks

CIA 3: 50 Marks

POL144 - INDIA AND THE WORLD (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:2

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

This is a survey course on India and its engagement with the World .

Objective of this course is to introduce analytical and empirical aspects on the genesis,

evolution and practice of India’s foreign policy. Students will study key relations and

important themes in India’s Policy on various global issues to understand the changing

positions and development of India’s role as a global player.

Course Outcome

CO1: At the end of this course students will be able to Demonstrate a basic understanding of the trajectory of Indian foreign policy identifying important changes and factors responsible for the change.

CO2: Identify the key issues in Indian foreign policy and India?s national interests.

CO3: Understand and appreciate India?s relations with major powers, role in global governance, India?s regional polices and Nuclear issues.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:15
Introduction
 
  • Foreign Policy: Meaning, Making of FP, National Interest
  • Determinants of Indian Foreign Policy: Domestic and External
  • Principles, Objectives and Evolution of India’s Foreign Policy
Unit-2
Teaching Hours:15
Key Foreign Relations
 
  • India’s Neighborhood Policy
  • India’s Relations with US
  • Indian’s Relations with Russia
  • India Relations with China
Unit-3
Teaching Hours:15
Key Issues
 
  • Look(Act) East Policy
  • India and Global Governance
  • India’s Nuclear Posture
  • India’s emergence as a Global Power
Text Books And Reference Books:
  • S. Ganguly and M. Pardesi, (2009) ‘Explaining Sixty Years of India’s Foreign Policy’, in India Review, Vol. 8 (1), pp. 4–19.
  • J. Bandhopadhyaya, (1970) The Making Of India’s Foreign Policy, New Delhi:Allied Publishers.
  •  S. D.Muni, (2003) ‘Problem Areas in India’s Neighbourhood Policy’, in South Asian Survey,Vol. 10 (2), pp. 185-196.
  •  V. Sood, (2009) ‘India and regional security interests’, in Alyssa Ayres and C. Raja Mohan(eds), Power realignments in Asia: China, India, and the United States, New Delhi: Sage.
  •  H. Pant, (2011) ‘India’s Relations with China’, in D. Scott (ed.), Handbook of India’s International Relations, London: Routeledge, pp. 233-242.
  • GulshanSachdeva (2011), India’s relations with Russia, in in David Scott (ed.), Handbook of India’s International Relations, London: Routeledge 
  • David Scott (2011), India’s relations with the USA, in in David Scott (ed.), Handbook ofIndia’s International Relations, London: Routeledge
  •  David Scott (2011), India’s relations with Pakistan, in in David Scott (ed.), Handbook ofIndia’s International Relations, London: Routeledge
  • PoorviChitalkar and David M. Malone (2015), “India and Global Governance”, in David M.Malone et.al. (ed) The Oxford Handbook of Indian Foreign Policy, New Delhi: OUP
  • Manu Bhagavan (2015), “India and the United Nations- or Things Fall Apart”, in David M.Malone et.al. (ed) The Oxford Handbook of Indian Foreign Policy, New Delhi: OUP
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
  • C. Rajamohan, (2013) ‘Changing Global Order: India’s Perspective’, in A. Tellis and S. Mirski (eds.), Crux of Asia: China, India, and the Emerging Global Order, Carnegie Endowment for International Peace: Washington.
  • Chris Ogden (2011), “India and nuclear weapons” in David Scott (ed.), Handbook of India’s International Relations, London: Routledge 
  • Ashley J.Tellis (2003), Toward a ‘Force-in-Being’: The Logic, Structure, and Utility of India’s Emerging Nuclear Posture, in SumitGanguly (ed.) India as an Emerging Power, London: FRANK CASS PUBLISHERS, pp. 58-103 
  • Ch. Ogden, (2011) ‘International ‘Aspirations’ of a Rising Power’, in David Scott (ed.), Handbook of India’s International Relations, London: Routeledge, pp.3-31

 

Evaluation Pattern

CIA 1-25 marks

CIA 2-25 marks

CIA 3-50 marks

PSY144 - BASICS OF CONSUMER BEHAVIOUR (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

This course is offered as a marketing elective in the second semester. It is a three-credit course that helps students understand the behavior of consumers before and after purchase. The course helps students gain valuable conceptual knowledge of how the concepts of motivation, perception, personality and other behavioral studies influence the consumer in making purchase decisions. It also gives an insight to the students about the decision-making process and the growing significance of the consumer behavior study in various other areas of marketing

Course Outcome

1: Explain the scope and current trends in Consumer Psychology

2: Understand the application of consumer behavior knowledge and consumer decision making model

3: Evaluate the concepts related to consumer behaviour and the factors that influence consumer behavior

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:15
Unit 1
 

Definition, Significance, 

Applying consumer behaviour knowledge, Consumer decision-making model

 

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:15
Unit 2
 

Market segmentation, bases of market segmentation, 

Product positioning and repositioning

 

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:15
Unit 3
 

Personality and self-concept, Motivation

Information processing, Learning in understanding consumer behaviour

Influence of groups and social media, online consumer behaviour

 

Text Books And Reference Books:

Loudon, D. L., & Della, B. A. J. (2010). Consumer behavior: Concepts and applications. McGraw-Hill.

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Blackwell,Roger D. (2000). Consumer Behavior / By Roger D.Blackwell - New Delhi: Cengage Learning, - 784p

Evaluation Pattern

 

Total Credits: 03

Total Teaching Hours: 45

Attendance marks will be added as per the attendance policy

SN

CIA Details

Marks Details

1

CIA I

20

2

CIA II

20

3

CIA III

50

PSY155 - PSYCHOLOGY OF GENDER (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

This course has been conceptualized to help learners in delving into the conversation between gender and psychology. Through the lens of socio-historico location of an individual an attempt will be made to locate gender, cognize the spaces of performing, reproducing and perpetuating gender. Looking through psychological and feminist theoretical lenses, the course will analyze the connection of the psychology of gender to the discourse of power and socio-political economical structures. Learners are encouraged to evaluate and envision possible new grounds for a better world, considering the changing cultural diversity in the present Indian society, therefore, reinforcing them to approach gendered issues through cultural, social constructionist and post-structuralist lens to analyze its implications.

Course Outcome

1: Examine the accounts of the production, reproduction and perpetuation of gendered and sexual identities, spaces and subjectivities and related psychological concepts.

2: Discuss gender roles and intersectional nature of identity in everyday life and experience, using psychological, feminist and post-feminist lenses.

3: Demonstrate psychological literacy and problem-solving abilities by suggesting possible counters to the critical gendered issues in personal, interpersonal, social, emotional, cultural, political and professional domains in a multicultural context

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:15
Introduction
 

Describing the spectrum and gender-diverse identities. 

Classical 

psychoanalytic theories on masculinity and 

feminity, analyses 

through feminist, queer and trans readings of psychoanalytic 

theories. 

Feminist theories 

Male gender role stress Gender and space - 

secondarity, 

performativity, 

multiplicity, trans 

community and mental health. 

Body, identity and 

subjectivity - 

psychological and 

philosophical readIngs

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:15
Unit 1
 

Describing the spectrum and gender-diverse identities. Classical psychoanalytic theories on masculinity and feminity, are Analyses through feminist, queer and trans readings of psychoanalytic theories. Feminist theories Male gender role stress Gender and space - secondarity, performativity, multiplicity, trans-community and mental health. Body, identity and subjectivity - psychological and philosophical readings

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:15
Theories
 

Queer and trans theories, Political Economy of Sex Gender and life-space- psychology, feminism, architecture, history & philosophy.

Gender and Bodies; Gender and Violence; Gender and Media

Gender and Work; Gender and Parenthood; Gender and Mental Health

Gender and Indian Law: LGBTQIA+ RightS

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:15
Unit 2
 

Queer and trans theories, Political Economy of Sex; Gender and life-space psychology, feminism, architecture, history & philosophy. Gender and Bodies; Gender and Violence; Gender and Media; Gender and Work; Gender and Parenthood; Gender and Mental Health; Gender and Indian Law: LGBTQIA+ Rights

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:15
Project Work
 

Project-work: 

Examine various sites of the performance and perpetuation of gender and Gendered 

discrimination– 

Through field work, that shows its 

Production in everyday spaces and at the 

Intersections of social, cultural, politcal  Location marked 

Discourses of gender.

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:15
Unit 3
 

Project-work: Examine various sites of the performance and perpetuation of gender and Gendered discrimination– Through fieldwork,

that shows its Production in everyday spaces and at the Intersections of social, cultural, political. Location marked. Discourses of gender

Text Books And Reference Books:

RUDMAN, L. A. (2021). Social Psychology of gender: How Power and Intimacy Shape Gender Relations (2nd ed.). GUILFORD.

Matlin, M. (2011). Potential Problems and Biases in Current Research in The Psychology of Women (pp. 20-27). Nelson Education.

Fine, C. (2010). Delusions of gender: How our minds, society, and neurosexism create difference. WW Norton & Company.

Matlin, M. (2011).The Psychology of Women. Nelson Education.

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Webb, D. (2023). LGBTQ rights in India. AEA Randomized Controlled Trials. https://doi.org/10.1257/rct.10953-1.0

Irigaray(1995)-The Question of the Other Foucault(1976)-The Will to Knowledge: History of Sexuality (Vol 1)

Kristeva (1980) - Powers of Horror: An Essay on Abjection; Tans. (1992) by L. S. Roudiez.

Gayle (1975). “The Traffic in Women: Notes on a Political Economy of Sex.” In Rayna R. Reiter (ed.), Toward an Anthropology of Women. Monthly Review Press. pp. 157--210

(1975)

Stryker (2004) - Transgender Studies: Queer Theories Evil Twin.

Nagoshi et al. (2010)- Transgender Theories: Embodying Research & Practice Fieldwork and Project-based learning

Evaluation Pattern

Assessment Outline: 

 

CIA 1 and CIA 2 is a 20 mark assignment 

CIA 3 is a 50 mark complex assignment

PSY157 - SCIENCE OF WELLBEING (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

This multidisciplinary course will focus on those aspects that help individuals thrive. The course sheds its light on well-being and its components and also clears all the misconceptions revolving around it. The students will be exposed to certain theories, concepts and practice procedures of well-being and its components. This programme will help the students to reflect on their life experiences on these dimensions and to know how to improve them and flourish in their life. 

Course Outcome

CO1: Explain the concept of well-being and its components

CO2: Analyze the role of happiness and emotions in enhancing well-being using relevant theories

CO3: Apply various concepts of well-being on the life experiences of students

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:10
Well-being
 

Well-being - components of well-being: subjective happiness and life satisfaction

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:10
Well-being - components of well-being
 

subjective happiness and life satisfaction

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:10
Happiness & Emotion
 

Happiness - Definition, Significance Misconceptions, types and interventions  Emotion - types, emotion regulation

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:10
Happiness
 

Definition, Significance Misconceptions, types and interventions Emotion - types, emotion regulation

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:10
Mindfulness- components
 

Mindfulness- components: gratitude, forgiveness, kindness-compassion

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:25
Mindfulness components
 

Gratitude, forgiveness, kindness-compassion

Text Books And Reference Books:

·       Carr, A. (2004). Positive Psychology. New York: Routldge.

·       Hupper, F. A., Baylis, N., & Keverne, B. (2005). The science of well-being. Oxford Scholarship.

·       Hupper, F. A., Baylis, N., & Keverne, B. (2005). The science of well-being. Oxford Scholarship.

·       Ivtzan, I. & Lomas, T.(Ed.) (2016) Mindfulness in Positive Psychology. New York: Routldge.

·       Kabat-Zinn, J. (2012). Mindfulness for beginners: reclaiming the present moment—and your life. Boulder, CO, Sounds True.

·       Linley, P. A., & Joseph, S. (Eds.). (2004). Positive psychology in practice. John Wiley & Sons, Inc.. https://doi.org/10.10 02/9780470939338

 

·       Maddux, J. E. (2018). Subjective Wellbeing and Life Satisfaction. New York: Routldge.

 

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

.

Evaluation Pattern

 

 

CIA1

CIA2

CIA3

Class attendance & Participation

20 marks

20 marks

50 marks

10

PSY158 - STRESS MANAGEMENT (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Stress is a common word used today in everyday walks of life. This course is designed to enable students to understand the nature of stress and stressors at theoretical and Practical level. to understand the impact of stress on health and wellbeing and To analyse the maladaptive and adaptive coping strategies in developing a self-plan to manage stress effectively in a life long process.

Course Outcome

CO1: Explain the nature of stress, long-term effects and illnesses that can result from stressors at physiological, Psychological and behavioural levels

CO2: Evaluate personal stressors at various domains of life

CO3: Use various stress management techniques to achieve and maintain well-being.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:15
Understanding the Meaning and Nature of Stress
 

Explain the nature of stress, long-term effects and illnesses that  can result  from stressors at physiological, Psychological and behavioural levels

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:15
Understanding the Meaning and Nature of Stress: (15 hours)
 

Types and Sources of Stress,

Theories and Models of Stress,

Stressors at the workplace,

Stressors unique to age and gender.

Stress and Health: Life style diseases Psychological - Irritability, Depression,

 

Anxiety, Eating disorders, Insomnia

 

Behavioural - Maladaptive, risky

behaviours.

related to stress –

Cardiovascular Disorder, Allergies,

Digestive System Disorder, Recurrent

 

Head ache and Cancer.

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:10
Coping Strategies
 

Evaluate personal stressors at various domains of life

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:10
Coping Strategies (10 hours) Styles of Coping
 

Maladaptive Coping Behaviors,

Maladaptive Cognitive Coping - addiction, abuse, violence, irrational thought process.

Individual differences in Coping

Adaptive Coping

Assessment of stress and wellbeing;

self-reflection

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:20
Stress Management Approaches
 

Use various stress management techniquesto achieve and maintain well-being.

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:20
Stress Management Approaches (20 hrs)
 

Breathing Exercise;

Systematic Desensitization;

Progressive Muscle Relaxation Techniques;

Meditation;

Mindfulness, yoga.

Care of the Self:

Nutrition and Other Lifestyle Issues

Develop a personal stress management plan;

suggest stress

management

techniques for various

contexts like academic,

workplace etc

Text Books And Reference Books:

Health Psychology by Taylor; Control your Stress by Piperopoulus Dutta, P,K, (2010) Stress management Himalaya, Himalaya Publishing House Baron .L & Feist.J (2000) Health Psychology 4th edition, USA Brooks/Cole

 

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

The Stress Management Handbook by Selhub Olpin, M. & Hesson, M. (2015). Stress Management for Life:

 

A Research-Based Experiential Approach. 4th edition. Wadsworth Publishing. Cooper,C,& Palmer,S, (2000)Conquer Your tress, London: Institute of personal development Universities Press. Dutta, P,K, (2010) Stress management Himalaya, Himalaya Publishing House. Lee, K. (2014). Reset: Make the Most of Your Stress: Your 24-7 Plan for Well-being. Universe Publishing.

Evaluation Pattern

CIA 1

CIA 2

CIA 3

Attn+CP

20 marks

20 marks

50 marks

10 marks

PSY160 - UNDERSTANDING ADDICTION AND SUBSTANCE USE (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

This course will focus on understanding addiction through a biopsychosocial and ecological lens in order to address the need for awareness about substance use, behavioural and digital media addictions. The topics will empower students to become ambassadors of change, who can educate and provide peer support. This course will also enable students to learn about community projects, policies, governmental and non governmental programs and resources related to reducing drug use and implications of use.

Course Outcome

CO1: Explain about the phenomenon of addiction using diverse perspectives (biological, psychosocial and ecological)

CO2: Describe and distinguish between different kinds of addictions

CO3: Describe and compare existing frameworks/programs for addiction prevention and management.

CO4: Demonstrate a capacity to create awareness programs on impact of addiction and preventative strategies that can empower the youth and community to embrace wellness.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:15
Integrating perspectives on Addiction:
 

Biological (brain development), Psychosocial (cognitive, emotional, family and peer influence) and Ecological perspectives. Types of addictions – substance, digital media and behavioural; Protective, potentiating and risk factors in a lifespan perspective.

 

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:15
Current trends & frameworks of management of Addiction
 

Current trends in substance and other addictions – a global comparative understanding, Exploring the Impact of addiction on individuals and society; Existing frameworks and programs for addiction treatment and intervention, and awareness programs.

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:20
Creating Awareness among peers and community
 

Building community awareness on addictions with activities and events. Understanding the local needs across different cohorts and demographics on Awareness, Prevention and Treatment of substance and other addictions.

Text Books And Reference Books:

Svanberg, J. (2018). The Psychology of Addiction. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315462653

 

Alavi, S. S. (2012). Behavioural Addiction versus Substance Addiction, Int J Prev Med, 3(4), 290-294. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC3354400/

 

Ambekar, A. et al. (2019). Magnitude of Substance Use in India. https://www.lgbrimh.gov.in/resources/Addiction_Medicine/elibrary/magnitude_substance_abuse_india.pdf

Sloboda, Z., & Bukoski, W. J. (Eds.). (2007). Handbook of drug abuse prevention. Springer.

 

Scheier, L. M. (Ed.). (2015). Handbook of Adolescent Drug Use Prevention: Research, Intervention Strategies, and Practice. American Psychological Association. http://www.jstor.org/stable/j.ctv1chs715

 

E-Handbook by UNODC https://www.unodc.org/documents/drug-prevention-and-treatment/E_handbook.pdf

 

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Veach, L. J., & Moro, R. R. (2017). The spectrum of addiction: Evidence-based assessment, prevention, and treatment across the lifespan. SAGE Publications.

Evaluation Pattern

Course outcomes

CIA1
(Total 20 marks)

CIA2
(Total 20 marks)

CIA3
(Total 50 marks)

CO1:

10

 

10

CO2:

10

5

5

CO3:

 

15

5

CO4:

 

 

30

Note (if any):

 

SOC141 - WOMEN'S ISSUES (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:50
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description: This course aims at enabling the student to study and understand the problems and issues relating to women in Indian society in the context of wider social forces. This course will sensitize students on the issues of subjugation of and oppression prevalent against women in Indian society and enhance their understanding of the various social problems that women face in the society.

Course objectives :

●        To introduce the students to social issues relating to women

●        To explore gender relations from an interdisciplinary perspective 

Course Outcome

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:10
Unit I: Sociological Understanding of Social Problem with a Gender Perspective
 
  1. Conceptualization of a social problem                                         
  2. Structural and functional perspective, cultural roots, and critical analysis of social issues under power, ideology, and hegemony.
  3.  Understanding Gender and subjugation of gender.
Unit-1
Teaching Hours:10
Unit I: Sociological Understanding of Social Problem with a Gender Perspective
 
  1. Conceptualization of a social problem                                         
  2. Structural and functional perspective, cultural roots, and critical analysis of social issues under power, ideology, and hegemony.
  3.  Understanding Gender and subjugation of gender.
Unit-2
Teaching Hours:12
Unit II: Problems of Inequality
 
  1. Poverty - Concept of poverty, its multidimensional manifestations, Feminization of Poverty.
  2. Caste Inequality - Concept of caste, nature of inequality and position of women within it.
Unit-2
Teaching Hours:12
Unit II: Problems of Inequality
 
  1. Poverty - Concept of poverty, its multidimensional manifestations, Feminization of Poverty.
  2. Caste Inequality - Concept of caste, nature of inequality and position of women within it.
Unit-3
Teaching Hours:15
Unit III: Problems of Violence and Discrimination
 
  1. Violence against Women: Cultural setting, Dowry, acid attacks, physical and sexual abuse, Global Sex Market.
  2. Missing Millions- Skewed sex ratio, son preference
Unit-3
Teaching Hours:15
Unit III: Problems of Violence and Discrimination
 
  1. Violence against Women: Cultural setting, Dowry, acid attacks, physical and sexual abuse, Global Sex Market.
  2. Missing Millions- Skewed sex ratio, son preference
Unit-4
Teaching Hours:8
Unit IV: Problem of Personal Well-being
 
  1. Women and Health : Reproductive health
  2. Aging and women
Unit-4
Teaching Hours:8
Unit IV: Problem of Personal Well-being
 
  1. Women and Health : Reproductive health
  2. Aging and women
Text Books And Reference Books:

Bhasin, K. (1994). What is Patriarchy? New Delhi: Kali for Women.

Beteille, A. (1990). Race, Caste and Gender. Man, 25(3), 489–504. https://doi.org/10.2307/2803715

John, Mary E. (2008). Women’s Studies in India: A Reader. New Delhi:Penguin Books.

Krishnaraj, M. (2007). Understanding Violence against Women. Economic and Political Weekly, 42(44), 90–91. http://www.jstor.org/stable/40276750

Kotiswaran, P. (2008). Born Unto Brothels: Toward a Legal Ethnography of Sex Work in an Indian Red-Light Area. Law & Social Inquiry, 33(3), 579–629. http://www.jstor.org/stable/20108776

KUMAR, A. K. S. (2013). The Neglect of Health, Women and Justice. Economic and Political Weekly, 48(23), 25–27. http://www.jstor.org/stable/23527205

 

Karkal, M. (1999). Ageing and Women in India. Economic and Political Weekly, 34(44), WS54–WS56. http://www.jstor.org/stable/4408566

 

Merton, R and Nisbet. (1966). Contemporary Social Problems, New York: Harcourt, Brace and World.

 

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Bhasin, K. (1994). What is Patriarchy? New Delhi: Kali for Women.

Evaluation Pattern

Internal Assessment:

CIA 1  10 marks (conducted out of 20 )- Class Presentations

CIA 2 10 marks (conducted out of 20 )- Article Review

CIA 3 25 marks (conducted out of 50 ) - Prferably an exam

Attendance 5 marks 

 

SOC142 - CONTEMPORARY SOCIAL PROBLEMS AND CHALLENGES (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:50
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

This course discusses various social issues which are of relevance for contemporary world. These issues surround the broad themes of population, health, development. In relation to population and health this course would cover issues like aging, reproductive health, HIV AIDS, euthanasia, drug abuse, etc. In relation to development this course would look into issues like urban land use, farmer’s suicide, displacement, etc.

 Course Objective:

Students shall be able to identify and analyze contemporary social problems. They will be able to apply interdisciplinary approach to relevant policies at local, national, and international levels.

 

Course Outcome

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:5
Sociological Analysis of Social Problems
 
  1. Study of ‘Social Problems’
  2. Characteristics, Stages and Reactions 
Unit-1
Teaching Hours:5
Sociological Analysis of Social Problems
 
  1. Study of ‘Social Problems’
  2. Characteristics, Stages and Reactions 
Unit-2
Teaching Hours:15
Population and Health and Social Problems
 
  1. Demographic Transition
  2. HIV AIDS and societal alienation
  3. Drug Abuse

 

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:15
Population and Health and Social Problems
 
  1. Demographic Transition
  2. HIV AIDS and societal alienation
  3. Drug Abuse

 

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:10
Development and social problems
 
  1. Poverty
  2. Corruption
  3. Development induced displacement

 

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:10
Development and social problems
 
  1. Poverty
  2. Corruption
  3. Development induced displacement

 

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:15
Human Rights Issues
 
  1. Covenants
  2. Human Rights Organizations
  3. Domestic Violence and child abuse

 

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:15
Human Rights Issues
 
  1. Covenants
  2. Human Rights Organizations
  3. Domestic Violence and child abuse

 

Text Books And Reference Books:

Alavi, H.D and Shanin, T. (Ed.) (1982). Introduction to the Sociology of Developing Societies, London: MacMillan.

Ahuja R.  (2014). Social problems in India. New Delhi: Rawat Publication.  

Merton, R. and Nisbet. (1966). Contemporary Social Problems, New York: Harcourt, Brace and World.

Shah, G. (2001). Cultural Subordination & Dalit Challenge. Vol. II

Weeks, J. (2011). Population: An Introduction to Concepts and Issues. Wadsworth Publishing Company, California.

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Alavi, H.D and Shanin, T. (Ed.) (1982). Introduction to the Sociology of Developing Societies, London: MacMillan.

Ahuja R.  (2014). Social problems in India. New Delhi: Rawat Publication.  

Merton, R. and Nisbet. (1966). Contemporary Social Problems, New York: Harcourt, Brace and World.

Shah, G. (2001). Cultural Subordination & Dalit Challenge. Vol. II

Weeks, J. (2011). Population: An Introduction to Concepts and Issues. Wadsworth Publishing Company, California.

Evaluation Pattern
CIA 1  10 marks (conducted out of 20 )
 
CIA 2 10 marks (conducted out of 20 )
 
CIA 3 25 marks (conducted out of 50 ) 
 
Attendance 5 marks 

SPA281-2 - SPANISH (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:30
No of Lecture Hours/Week:2
Max Marks:50
Credits:2

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description: “Aula International 1” A1/A2 . Is designed to develop listening, speaking, writing, and reading skills in Spanish as well as cultural competency in the Hispanic world. This course is intended for students with no prior knowledge of Spanish .This method leads easy way to communicate and to carry out tasks in Spanish. 

 

 

Course Objectives: “Aula International 1” A1/A2’. General objective are more specific to define the linguistic knowledge with the help of which the learners will implement various skills such as to understand, to speak, to interact and to write. 

 

Course Outcome

CO1: Student will able to comprehend and respond with grammatical accuracy to spoken and written Spanish.

CO2: Students will be introduced to various expressions that can be used in day to day activities

C03: Student will able to recognize the value of Spanish language learning and cultures through participation in a variety of activities.

C04: Student will able to demonstrate language learning skills and strategies as cognitive and social development.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:4
Unit 0 - Revisión
 

Recap of topics from term 1

 

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:6
Unit 5-El tiempo
 
  • Indicating the date and month
  • Fixing an appointment
  • Specifying time
Unit-3
Teaching Hours:6
Unit 6 - ¿ Cuáles prefieres ?
 
  • Unit 6 - ¿ Cuáles prefieres ? 6 hrs
  • Identifying the nouns
  • Expressing one’s wishes
  • Conversation in the market / in hypermarket
  • the demonstrative adjectives 
  • Learning colors and cloths
Unit-4
Teaching Hours:7
Unit 7 La Comida
 
  • Spanish dishes 
  • Vocabulary of food 
  • How to make a menu
  • Hotel conversations
  • Recipe 
Unit-5
Teaching Hours:7
Unit 8 Gustar
 
  • Expressing an obligation or refusing
  • Describing about appearance and character
  • Mentioning about one’s tastes and interests
  • Speaking about personal relationships
  • Talk about the present
Text Books And Reference Books:

Textbook : Aula international 1 , Chicochica nivel 1

 

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Spanish websites like Duolingo, Rosetta Stone, Babbel, Rocket Languages, Pimsleur, Brainscape, Busuu, Etc

 

Evaluation Pattern

 

 Programme Structure :

 

Course code 

Course title 

No.of hours

Marks

Credits

SPA281-2

Spanish 

30

100

2

 

 

 

Assessment Pattern

CIA (Weight)

ESE (Weight)

CIA 1 – Assignments/Creative projects

10%

 

CIA 2 –Mid Sem Exam

25%

 

CIA 3 – Viva- testing of the four language skills

10%

 

Attendance

05%

 

End Sem Exam

 

50%

Evaluation Pattern: 

(CIA1:20 mks + CIA2:50 mks + CIA3:20 mks)/2 + Attnd: 5 mks + End Sem: 50 mks

   

 

Examination & Assessments – Through written assignments and different tests of linguistic skills

Question Paper Pattern

Section A - Test of linguistic ability through grammar components –15 marks

Section B - Test of translating abilities and comprehension, short answers - 15 marks

Section C - Test of writing skills / dialogue and essay writing – 20

 

 

 

 

STA141 - ELEMENTS OF STATISTICS (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

This course offers a fundamental grasp of statistical concepts and their practical applications. It covers the meaning, scope, and significance of statistics, and measures of central tendency. The curriculum includes dispersion measures, correlation, regression analysis, index numbers, and data presentation techniques. Students develop crucial skills in statistical analysis, critical thinking, and data interpretation through theory and practice.

Course Outcome

CO1: Demonstrate a deep understanding of the foundational concepts and significance of statistics.

CO2: Apply measures of central tendency and dispersion, correlation and regression accurately for effective data analysis

CO3: Construct and interpret index numbers, demonstrating practical skills in real-world scenarios.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:15
Fundamentals of Statistics and Descriptive Statistics
 

Meaning, definition, significance, scope, and limitations of Statistics, Measurement of central tendency – mean, median, quartile, mode, geometric mean, and harmonic mean. Absolute and relative measures of dispersion (range, standard deviation, and variance) with simple Applications.

 

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:15
Correlation and Regression Analysis:
 

Correlation meaning, definition, type and degree of correlation, methods of correlation, regression analysis meaning uses the difference between correlation and regression, linear regression equation, calculation of the coefficient of regression.

 

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:15
Index Numbers and Data Presentation:
 

Index number meaning characterizes importance and use. Construction of index number, cost of living index, fishers ideal index number. Diagrammatic and graphical presentation of data.

Text Books And Reference Books:

Gupta S.C and Kapoor V.K, Fundamentals of Mathematical Statistics, 12th edition, Sultan Chand & Sons, New Delhi, 2020.

 

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

[1] P., Mukhopadhyay, Mathematical Statistics, Books and Allied (P) Ltd, Kolkata, 2018.

[2] R.E. Walpole, R.H. Myers and S.L Myers, Probability and Statistics for Engineers and Scientists, Pearson, New Delhi, 2017.

          [3] D.C. Montgomery and G.C. Runger, Applied Statistics and Probability for Engineers, 7th Edition, Wiley India, New Delhi, 2018.

          [4] B.L Agarwal, Basic Statistics, 6th Edition, New Age International (P) Limited       Publishers, 2018.

Evaluation Pattern

CIA :50% 

ESE:50%

SW141 - INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL WORK AND SOCIAL WELFARE (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:50
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

 

This is the foundational paper that introduces students to the profession of Social Work.  It includes the philosophical and ideological  foundations of the profession. It highlights how social work has come to be called a profession. In this paper, all the fields in which social work can be practiced are introduced, and the methods of social work

 

 

  1. To help students understand the social work profession, its history and evolution.
  2. To understand the philosophy, values and principles of professional social work.
  3. To understand the basics of various methods of social work.
  4. To understand the fields of social work practice.

Course Outcome

1: Demonstrate proficiency in understanding social work and related concepts.

2: Discuss the philosophy, values, principles and skills of professional social work.

3: Demonstrate proficiency in understanding the methods of social work.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:15
Introduction to Social Work:
 

Social work: Definition, Concept, Objectives, Similarities and dissimilarities of Concepts related to Social Work, Social Service, Social Welfare. Philosophy of Social Work, Values of Social Work, Principles of Social Work, Goals and Scope. History of Social Work in the West and in India

 

 

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:15
Introduction to the Methods of Social Work
 

Case Work, Group Work, Community Organization, Social Work Research, Social Welfare Administration, and Social Action


 

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:15
Fields of Social Work
 

Fieldsof Social Work. Code of ethics. Skill Lab: Active Listening. Negotiation. Preparation and Planning. Understanding self through a SWOT. Presentation

 


 

Text Books And Reference Books:

Batra, N. (2004). Dynamics of social work in India. New Delhi: Raj Publishing.

House, B. (2006). Values & ethics in social work: An introduction. London: Routledge publication.

Bhattacharya, S. (2004). Social work: An integrated approach. New Delhi: Deep & Deep Publications.

Chris, L. C. (2000). Social work ethics: Politics, principles and practice. Exeter: Learning Matters.

Crawford, K. (2004). Social work and human development: Transforming social work practice.  Exeter: Learning Matters.

Desai, M. (2004). Methodology of progressive social work education. Jaipur: Rawat.

            Publication.

Desai, M. (2004). Ideologies and social work: Historical and contemporary analyses. Jaipur: Rawat. Publication.

Horner, N. (2006). What is social work? Context and perspectives. London: Routledge     publication.

National Association of Social Workers (2000). Policy statements 2000-2003, Social work          speaks. National Association of Social Workers Policy Statements 2000-      2003. New        York: Palgrave Macmillan.

Payne, M. (2007). What is professional social work? Jaipur:Rawat Publications.

381Pease, B. (1999).Transforming social work practice: Postmodern critical perspectives polity press. Jaipur: Rawat Publications.

Morales, A. (2004). Social work.  Boston: Pearson Education.

Timms, N. (1970).Social work. London: Routledge publishers.

World Bank (2005). Putting social development to work for the poor: An OED review of world bank activities. New York: World Bank.

 

 

 

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Banks, S. (1995). Ethics and values in social work. Hound Mills: MacMillan Publishers.

Gore, M.S. (1965). Social work education. New Delhi: Asia Publishing House.

Shaw, I., & Lishman,  J.  (1990). Evaluation and social work practice. London: Sage publishers.

Singh R.R. (1985).Fieldwork in social work education (ed). New Delhi: Concept Publishers.

Stroup, H.H. (1960). Social work education – An introduction to the field. New Delhi:      Eurasia Publishing.

Wadia, A. & Hormasji, N. (1968). History and philosophy of social work in India (2nd ed).          Bombay: Allied publishers

Evaluation Pattern
CIA 1  10 marks (conducted out of 20 )
 
CIA 2 10 marks (conducted out of 20 )
 
CIA 3 25 marks (conducted out of 50 )

SW142 - INTRODUCTION TO ORGANISATIONAL BEHAVIOUR (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:50
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

Course Description: The course introduces students to theories associated with organizational behavior, facilitating their comprehension of individual and group behavior within an organization. Additionally, this paper equips students with essential knowledge of personality, motivation, theories, and leadership, establishing a foundational background in these areas.

 

Course Objectives:

  1. To develop familiarity with the origins and evolution of organizational behavior (OB).
  2. To comprehend the concept of motivation through the exploration of various theories.
  3. To gain theoretical andpractical knowledge and tools for implementing organizational development interventions.

Course Outcome

CO1: Exhibit proficiency in comprehending human behaviour within the workplace.

CO2: Apply interpretive and practical skills in utilizing various theories of Individual and group behaviour.

CO3: Demonstrate a solid understanding of the principles and theories of organizational development and change.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:15
Organisation Behaviour
 

 

Definition and scope-approaches to Organizational Behaviour- Elements of Organizational Behaviour- Hawthorne studies-classical and modern approaches to Management- Human Relations movement and Behavioural systems approach to OB, OB Model- Definition, Developing OB model- Inputs, process, outcomes- Roles and challenges of OB- Skills of OB Manager

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:15
Individual and Group Behaviour
 

Personality- Definition, Determinants and Theories of Personality-psychoanalytic theories, socio-psychological theories, trait theories and holistic theories- Personality and Organizational Behaviour,

Motivation: Meaning of   Motivation, Motivation-Traditional Theories of Work Motivation; Maslow’s hierarchy of needs - Herzberg Two Factor theory, , McGregor ‘s Theory X-and Adam ‘s Equity Theory of Work Motivation.

Group Behaviour- Definition, Classification and stages, Techniques in decision making, Effective Team Building, Leadership- Definition, Types

 

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:15
Organizational Development and Change
 

Organizational Development- Definition- Scope of Organizational Development- Characteristics of OD, OD Interventions-Management By Objectives

Organizational change, forces of change; Resistance to change; Managing planned change, approaches to organizational change

Organizational Culture-Key cultures [Power culture, people/person culture. Task culture, role culture]- How culture is created- How culture is sustained

Organizational   Climate- methods to study organizational climate

 

Text Books And Reference Books:

Bhattacharyya Dipik Kumar. (2014).Organizational behaviour. New Delhi; Oxford University Press.

Gupta, Ananda Das. (2014). Organizational behaviour design, structure and culture. Delhi: Biztantra.

King, D., & Lawley, S. (2012). Organizational behaviour. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Luthans, F. (2011). Organizational behaviour (12th ed.). New York: McGraw-Hill International.

Robbins, Judge and Vohra (2012).  Organizational behaviour. New Delhi: Pearson.

Robbins, S. P., Judge, T.A. & Vohra, N. (2012). Organizational behaviour, Pearson.

Essential Reading / Recommended Reading

Luthans (2011). Organizational behaviour. 12/e, McGraw Hill International

Raisa Arvinen-Muondo. (2013). Organizational behaviour: People, process, work and human resource management. London: Kogan Page.

Schermerhorn, J. R & Osborn, R. N. (2012). Organizational behaviour (12th ed.).New Delhi Wiley.

Seijts, Gerard H. (2006).Cases in Organizational behaviour. New Delhi: Sage.

Singh,Kavita.(2010). Organizational behaviour: Text and cases. New Delhi: Perason Publication.

Thomas Kalliath,Paula Brough,Michael O'Driscoll,  Manimala  &  Oi-Ling Siu (2011). Organizational behaviour: A psychological perspective. Australia: McGraw-Hill.

Weber, Emma, Phillips, Patricia Pulliam &; Phillips, Jack J. (2016). Making change work: How to create behavioural change in organizations to drive impact and ROI.  London:  Kogan Page.

Evaluation Pattern
CIA 1 10 marks (conducted out of 20 )
 
CIA 2 10 marks (conducted out of 20 )
 
CIA 3 25 marks (conducted out of 50 ) 
 
Attendance 5 marks 

THE144 - ACTING FOR MEDIA (2023 Batch)

Total Teaching Hours for Semester:45
No of Lecture Hours/Week:3
Max Marks:100
Credits:3

Course Objectives/Course Description

 

This programme is designed for Students who want to explore various acting career opportunities in Media. The course includes practice-based training blended with a challenging range of acting practice possibilities in different Media platforms. A wide range of production and performance prospects enhances the scope of this programme. The course is grounded in basic acting training methods constructed with theatre techniques and applied in different visual media contexts like Stage/ Film/TV/New Media and other Communicative visual contexts. It encompasses different interactive and participatory sessions for cultivating body, voice, and mind through creativity.  

 

Additionally, the programme provides insights into personality makeovers through costume, make-up, and styling and prepares you for auditions and building your actors' portfolio. 

Objectives:

 

  • To introduce the concept of Acting for Media.

  • To provide an overview of the different media and its various components.

  • To provide practical training and exercises to help to gain hands-on experience in Acting for Media.

  • To equip learners with a solid foundation in Acting for Media.

Course Outcome

CO1: To understand the concept of Acting for Media and its importance.

CO2: To articulate a comprehensive understanding of the media and its various components.

CO3: Apply practical skills and techniques to create compelling performances for media.

CO4: Develop a greater appreciation for the art of Acting for Media.

CO5: Exhibit the learning experiences through practical, creative work.

Unit-1
Teaching Hours:5
Learning to Act
 

Everyone can Act- Developing acting skills through relaxation, movements, improvisation, space exploration and empowering self through evaluation and challenges.

Unit-2
Teaching Hours:8
Acting for Theatre.
 

 

Actor preparation and training: Improvisation, role, character, scene and creative body movement, Yoga, Kalari, modern dance movements.

Unit-3
Teaching Hours:12
Acting in front of the Camera.
 

 

Introduction to film acting, Actor-creator, Visual life and language, scene work for the camera and acting techniques. Art of auditioning, projection and intonation of character. The Inner Discipline of Camera Acting, Four Types of Outer Action, Blocking for the Camera.

Unit-4
Teaching Hours:10
Acting for TV and other digital media.
 

 

Introduction to TV/Media, developing skills for the Media, Specific scene work and evaluation. Anchoring and media presentation skills, Dialogue and speech, and voice culture. Other skills –Sight reading, accents and dialects, safe voice practice, Dubbing for the roles and animation, Rhythm and movement skills.

Unit-5
Teaching Hours:5
Personality makeover: through costume, make-up and styling.
 

 

It is understanding the basic makeover through make-up and costume. Body language involves gestures, mannerisms, and other bodily signs—transforming oneself into a star.

Unit-6
Teaching Hours:5
Acting as a profession.
 

 

Preparing for Audition, Actors' workbook, Actors' portfolio.

Text Books And Reference Books:
  1. Konstantin Stanislavsky - An actor prepares-Routledge (1989)
  2. Cathy Haase - Acting for Film-Allworth Press (2003)
Essential Reading / Recommended Reading
  1.  Janet Wilcox - Mastering Monologues and Acting Sides_ How to Audition Successfully for Both Traditional and New Media-Skyhorse Publishing (2011)
  2. Benedetti, Jean_Stanislavsky, Konstantin - An actor's work on a role-Routledge (2010)
  3.  John Sudol - Acting Face to Face 2_ Emotional Alignment_ _ How to Create Genuine Emotion For TV and Film (2015)
Evaluation Pattern

Evaluation CIAs: 

Assignments, including television commercials, films, voiceover work, scene work/reels/standup comedy/camera work/writing/portfolio

Evaluation ESE :

 

The end Semester Examination will create a different media presentation and submit a portfolio.